Mercurial > vim
annotate src/edit.c @ 6689:97cc4ee3e095 v7.4.669
updated for version 7.4.669
Problem: When netbeans is active the sign column always shows up.
Solution: Only show the sign column once a sign has been added. (Xavier de
Gaye)
| author | Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org> |
|---|---|
| date | Fri, 20 Mar 2015 18:11:48 +0100 |
| parents | 21719d38d2ff |
| children | c939d19bd86e |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
| 7 | 1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: |
| 2 * | |
| 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar | |
| 4 * | |
| 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. | |
| 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. | |
| 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. | |
| 8 */ | |
| 9 | |
| 10 /* | |
| 11 * edit.c: functions for Insert mode | |
| 12 */ | |
| 13 | |
| 14 #include "vim.h" | |
| 15 | |
| 16 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 17 /* | |
| 18 * definitions used for CTRL-X submode | |
| 19 */ | |
| 20 #define CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT 0x100 | |
| 21 | |
| 22 #define CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET 1 | |
| 23 #define CTRL_X_SCROLL 2 | |
| 24 #define CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE 3 | |
| 25 #define CTRL_X_FILES 4 | |
| 26 #define CTRL_X_TAGS (5 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 27 #define CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS (6 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 28 #define CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES (7 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 29 #define CTRL_X_FINISHED 8 | |
| 30 #define CTRL_X_DICTIONARY (9 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 31 #define CTRL_X_THESAURUS (10 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 32 #define CTRL_X_CMDLINE 11 | |
| 12 | 33 #define CTRL_X_FUNCTION 12 |
| 523 | 34 #define CTRL_X_OMNI 13 |
| 477 | 35 #define CTRL_X_SPELL 14 |
| 36 #define CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG 15 /* only used in "ctrl_x_msgs" */ | |
| 6657 | 37 #define CTRL_X_EVAL 16 /* for builtin function complete() */ |
| 7 | 38 |
| 39 #define CTRL_X_MSG(i) ctrl_x_msgs[(i) & ~CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT] | |
| 6657 | 40 #define CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(m) (m == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE || m == CTRL_X_EVAL) |
| 7 | 41 |
| 42 static char *ctrl_x_msgs[] = | |
| 43 { | |
| 44 N_(" Keyword completion (^N^P)"), /* ctrl_x_mode == 0, ^P/^N compl. */ | |
| 819 | 45 N_(" ^X mode (^]^D^E^F^I^K^L^N^O^Ps^U^V^Y)"), |
| 449 | 46 NULL, |
| 7 | 47 N_(" Whole line completion (^L^N^P)"), |
| 48 N_(" File name completion (^F^N^P)"), | |
| 49 N_(" Tag completion (^]^N^P)"), | |
| 50 N_(" Path pattern completion (^N^P)"), | |
| 51 N_(" Definition completion (^D^N^P)"), | |
| 52 NULL, | |
| 53 N_(" Dictionary completion (^K^N^P)"), | |
| 54 N_(" Thesaurus completion (^T^N^P)"), | |
| 12 | 55 N_(" Command-line completion (^V^N^P)"), |
| 56 N_(" User defined completion (^U^N^P)"), | |
| 523 | 57 N_(" Omni completion (^O^N^P)"), |
| 819 | 58 N_(" Spelling suggestion (s^N^P)"), |
| 449 | 59 N_(" Keyword Local completion (^N^P)"), |
| 6657 | 60 NULL, /* CTRL_X_EVAL doesn't use msg. */ |
| 7 | 61 }; |
| 62 | |
| 1869 | 63 static char e_hitend[] = N_("Hit end of paragraph"); |
| 2631 | 64 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 65 static char e_complwin[] = N_("E839: Completion function changed window"); | |
| 66 static char e_compldel[] = N_("E840: Completion function deleted text"); | |
| 67 #endif | |
| 7 | 68 |
| 69 /* | |
| 70 * Structure used to store one match for insert completion. | |
| 71 */ | |
| 681 | 72 typedef struct compl_S compl_T; |
| 73 struct compl_S | |
| 7 | 74 { |
| 464 | 75 compl_T *cp_next; |
| 76 compl_T *cp_prev; | |
| 77 char_u *cp_str; /* matched text */ | |
| 681 | 78 char cp_icase; /* TRUE or FALSE: ignore case */ |
| 786 | 79 char_u *(cp_text[CPT_COUNT]); /* text for the menu */ |
| 659 | 80 char_u *cp_fname; /* file containing the match, allocated when |
| 81 * cp_flags has FREE_FNAME */ | |
| 464 | 82 int cp_flags; /* ORIGINAL_TEXT, CONT_S_IPOS or FREE_FNAME */ |
| 83 int cp_number; /* sequence number */ | |
| 7 | 84 }; |
| 85 | |
| 464 | 86 #define ORIGINAL_TEXT (1) /* the original text when the expansion begun */ |
| 7 | 87 #define FREE_FNAME (2) |
| 88 | |
| 89 /* | |
| 90 * All the current matches are stored in a list. | |
| 449 | 91 * "compl_first_match" points to the start of the list. |
| 92 * "compl_curr_match" points to the currently selected entry. | |
| 93 * "compl_shown_match" is different from compl_curr_match during | |
| 94 * ins_compl_get_exp(). | |
| 7 | 95 */ |
| 464 | 96 static compl_T *compl_first_match = NULL; |
| 97 static compl_T *compl_curr_match = NULL; | |
| 98 static compl_T *compl_shown_match = NULL; | |
| 449 | 99 |
| 825 | 100 /* After using a cursor key <Enter> selects a match in the popup menu, |
| 101 * otherwise it inserts a line break. */ | |
| 102 static int compl_enter_selects = FALSE; | |
| 103 | |
| 657 | 104 /* When "compl_leader" is not NULL only matches that start with this string |
| 105 * are used. */ | |
| 106 static char_u *compl_leader = NULL; | |
| 107 | |
| 665 | 108 static int compl_get_longest = FALSE; /* put longest common string |
| 109 in compl_leader */ | |
| 110 | |
| 657 | 111 static int compl_used_match; /* Selected one of the matches. When |
| 112 FALSE the match was edited or using | |
| 113 the longest common string. */ | |
| 114 | |
| 874 | 115 static int compl_was_interrupted = FALSE; /* didn't finish finding |
| 116 completions. */ | |
| 117 | |
| 118 static int compl_restarting = FALSE; /* don't insert match */ | |
| 119 | |
| 449 | 120 /* When the first completion is done "compl_started" is set. When it's |
| 121 * FALSE the word to be completed must be located. */ | |
| 644 | 122 static int compl_started = FALSE; |
| 449 | 123 |
| 1927 | 124 /* Set when doing something for completion that may call edit() recursively, |
| 125 * which is not allowed. */ | |
| 126 static int compl_busy = FALSE; | |
| 127 | |
| 464 | 128 static int compl_matches = 0; |
| 129 static char_u *compl_pattern = NULL; | |
| 130 static int compl_direction = FORWARD; | |
| 131 static int compl_shows_dir = FORWARD; | |
| 716 | 132 static int compl_pending = 0; /* > 1 for postponed CTRL-N */ |
| 464 | 133 static pos_T compl_startpos; |
| 134 static colnr_T compl_col = 0; /* column where the text starts | |
| 135 * that is being completed */ | |
| 136 static char_u *compl_orig_text = NULL; /* text as it was before | |
| 137 * completion started */ | |
| 138 static int compl_cont_mode = 0; | |
| 139 static expand_T compl_xp; | |
| 449 | 140 |
| 3078 | 141 static int compl_opt_refresh_always = FALSE; |
| 142 | |
| 449 | 143 static void ins_ctrl_x __ARGS((void)); |
| 144 static int has_compl_option __ARGS((int dict_opt)); | |
| 1430 | 145 static int ins_compl_accept_char __ARGS((int c)); |
| 944 | 146 static int ins_compl_add __ARGS((char_u *str, int len, int icase, char_u *fname, char_u **cptext, int cdir, int flags, int adup)); |
| 681 | 147 static int ins_compl_equal __ARGS((compl_T *match, char_u *str, int len)); |
| 665 | 148 static void ins_compl_longest_match __ARGS((compl_T *match)); |
| 681 | 149 static void ins_compl_add_matches __ARGS((int num_matches, char_u **matches, int icase)); |
| 7 | 150 static int ins_compl_make_cyclic __ARGS((void)); |
| 540 | 151 static void ins_compl_upd_pum __ARGS((void)); |
| 152 static void ins_compl_del_pum __ARGS((void)); | |
| 648 | 153 static int pum_wanted __ARGS((void)); |
| 707 | 154 static int pum_enough_matches __ARGS((void)); |
| 659 | 155 static void ins_compl_dictionaries __ARGS((char_u *dict, char_u *pat, int flags, int thesaurus)); |
| 703 | 156 static void ins_compl_files __ARGS((int count, char_u **files, int thesaurus, int flags, regmatch_T *regmatch, char_u *buf, int *dir)); |
| 667 | 157 static char_u *find_line_end __ARGS((char_u *ptr)); |
| 7 | 158 static void ins_compl_free __ARGS((void)); |
| 159 static void ins_compl_clear __ARGS((void)); | |
| 657 | 160 static int ins_compl_bs __ARGS((void)); |
| 3078 | 161 static int ins_compl_need_restart __ARGS((void)); |
| 874 | 162 static void ins_compl_new_leader __ARGS((void)); |
| 657 | 163 static void ins_compl_addleader __ARGS((int c)); |
| 3078 | 164 static int ins_compl_len __ARGS((void)); |
| 874 | 165 static void ins_compl_restart __ARGS((void)); |
| 694 | 166 static void ins_compl_set_original_text __ARGS((char_u *str)); |
| 659 | 167 static void ins_compl_addfrommatch __ARGS((void)); |
| 540 | 168 static int ins_compl_prep __ARGS((int c)); |
| 3095 | 169 static void ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader __ARGS((char_u *ptr_arg)); |
| 7 | 170 static buf_T *ins_compl_next_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int flag)); |
| 724 | 171 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) |
| 172 static void ins_compl_add_list __ARGS((list_T *list)); | |
| 3078 | 173 static void ins_compl_add_dict __ARGS((dict_T *dict)); |
| 724 | 174 #endif |
| 659 | 175 static int ins_compl_get_exp __ARGS((pos_T *ini)); |
| 7 | 176 static void ins_compl_delete __ARGS((void)); |
| 177 static void ins_compl_insert __ARGS((void)); | |
| 665 | 178 static int ins_compl_next __ARGS((int allow_get_expansion, int count, int insert_match)); |
| 610 | 179 static int ins_compl_key2dir __ARGS((int c)); |
| 644 | 180 static int ins_compl_pum_key __ARGS((int c)); |
| 610 | 181 static int ins_compl_key2count __ARGS((int c)); |
| 681 | 182 static int ins_compl_use_match __ARGS((int c)); |
| 7 | 183 static int ins_complete __ARGS((int c)); |
| 1872 | 184 static unsigned quote_meta __ARGS((char_u *dest, char_u *str, int len)); |
| 7 | 185 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ |
| 186 | |
| 187 #define BACKSPACE_CHAR 1 | |
| 188 #define BACKSPACE_WORD 2 | |
| 189 #define BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE 3 | |
| 190 #define BACKSPACE_LINE 4 | |
| 191 | |
| 661 | 192 static void ins_redraw __ARGS((int ready)); |
| 7 | 193 static void ins_ctrl_v __ARGS((void)); |
| 194 static void undisplay_dollar __ARGS((void)); | |
| 195 static void insert_special __ARGS((int, int, int)); | |
| 2004 | 196 static void internal_format __ARGS((int textwidth, int second_indent, int flags, int format_only, int c)); |
| 7 | 197 static void check_auto_format __ARGS((int)); |
| 198 static void redo_literal __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 199 static void start_arrow __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos)); | |
| 744 | 200 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 221 | 201 static void check_spell_redraw __ARGS((void)); |
| 484 | 202 static void spell_back_to_badword __ARGS((void)); |
| 497 | 203 static int spell_bad_len = 0; /* length of located bad word */ |
| 221 | 204 #endif |
| 5434 | 205 static void stop_insert __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos, int esc, int nomove)); |
| 7 | 206 static int echeck_abbr __ARGS((int)); |
| 207 static int replace_pop __ARGS((void)); | |
| 208 static void replace_join __ARGS((int off)); | |
| 209 static void replace_pop_ins __ARGS((void)); | |
| 210 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 211 static void mb_replace_pop_ins __ARGS((int cc)); | |
| 212 #endif | |
| 213 static void replace_flush __ARGS((void)); | |
| 1782 | 214 static void replace_do_bs __ARGS((int limit_col)); |
| 215 static int del_char_after_col __ARGS((int limit_col)); | |
| 7 | 216 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT |
| 217 static int cindent_on __ARGS((void)); | |
| 218 #endif | |
| 219 static void ins_reg __ARGS((void)); | |
| 220 static void ins_ctrl_g __ARGS((void)); | |
| 449 | 221 static void ins_ctrl_hat __ARGS((void)); |
| 477 | 222 static int ins_esc __ARGS((long *count, int cmdchar, int nomove)); |
| 7 | 223 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 224 static void ins_ctrl_ __ARGS((void)); | |
| 225 #endif | |
| 226 static int ins_start_select __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 449 | 227 static void ins_insert __ARGS((int replaceState)); |
| 228 static void ins_ctrl_o __ARGS((void)); | |
| 7 | 229 static void ins_shift __ARGS((int c, int lastc)); |
| 230 static void ins_del __ARGS((void)); | |
| 231 static int ins_bs __ARGS((int c, int mode, int *inserted_space_p)); | |
| 232 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 233 static void ins_mouse __ARGS((int c)); | |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
234 static void ins_mousescroll __ARGS((int dir)); |
| 7 | 235 #endif |
| 692 | 236 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 237 static void ins_tabline __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 238 #endif | |
| 7 | 239 static void ins_left __ARGS((void)); |
| 240 static void ins_home __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 241 static void ins_end __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 242 static void ins_s_left __ARGS((void)); | |
| 243 static void ins_right __ARGS((void)); | |
| 244 static void ins_s_right __ARGS((void)); | |
| 245 static void ins_up __ARGS((int startcol)); | |
| 246 static void ins_pageup __ARGS((void)); | |
| 247 static void ins_down __ARGS((int startcol)); | |
| 248 static void ins_pagedown __ARGS((void)); | |
| 249 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
| 250 static void ins_drop __ARGS((void)); | |
| 251 #endif | |
| 252 static int ins_tab __ARGS((void)); | |
| 253 static int ins_eol __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 254 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 255 static int ins_digraph __ARGS((void)); | |
| 256 #endif | |
| 449 | 257 static int ins_ctrl_ey __ARGS((int tc)); |
| 7 | 258 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT |
| 259 static void ins_try_si __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 260 #endif | |
| 261 static colnr_T get_nolist_virtcol __ARGS((void)); | |
| 3390 | 262 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 263 static char_u *do_insert_char_pre __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 264 #endif | |
| 7 | 265 |
| 266 static colnr_T Insstart_textlen; /* length of line when insert started */ | |
| 267 static colnr_T Insstart_blank_vcol; /* vcol for first inserted blank */ | |
| 5680 | 268 static int update_Insstart_orig = TRUE; /* set Insstart_orig to Insstart */ |
| 7 | 269 |
| 270 static char_u *last_insert = NULL; /* the text of the previous insert, | |
| 271 K_SPECIAL and CSI are escaped */ | |
| 272 static int last_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of previous insert */ | |
| 273 static int new_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of current insert */ | |
| 603 | 274 static int did_restart_edit; /* "restart_edit" when calling edit() */ |
| 7 | 275 |
| 276 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 277 static int can_cindent; /* may do cindenting on this line */ | |
| 278 #endif | |
| 279 | |
| 280 static int old_indent = 0; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */ | |
| 281 | |
| 282 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 298 | 283 static int revins_on; /* reverse insert mode on */ |
| 284 static int revins_chars; /* how much to skip after edit */ | |
| 285 static int revins_legal; /* was the last char 'legal'? */ | |
| 286 static int revins_scol; /* start column of revins session */ | |
| 7 | 287 #endif |
| 288 | |
| 289 static int ins_need_undo; /* call u_save() before inserting a | |
| 290 char. Set when edit() is called. | |
| 291 after that arrow_used is used. */ | |
| 292 | |
| 293 static int did_add_space = FALSE; /* auto_format() added an extra space | |
| 294 under the cursor */ | |
| 295 | |
| 296 /* | |
| 297 * edit(): Start inserting text. | |
| 298 * | |
| 299 * "cmdchar" can be: | |
| 300 * 'i' normal insert command | |
| 301 * 'a' normal append command | |
| 302 * 'R' replace command | |
| 303 * 'r' "r<CR>" command: insert one <CR>. Note: count can be > 1, for redo, | |
| 304 * but still only one <CR> is inserted. The <Esc> is not used for redo. | |
| 305 * 'g' "gI" command. | |
| 306 * 'V' "gR" command for Virtual Replace mode. | |
| 307 * 'v' "gr" command for single character Virtual Replace mode. | |
| 308 * | |
| 309 * This function is not called recursively. For CTRL-O commands, it returns | |
| 310 * and lets the caller handle the Normal-mode command. | |
| 311 * | |
| 312 * Return TRUE if a CTRL-O command caused the return (insert mode pending). | |
| 313 */ | |
| 314 int | |
| 315 edit(cmdchar, startln, count) | |
| 316 int cmdchar; | |
| 317 int startln; /* if set, insert at start of line */ | |
| 318 long count; | |
| 319 { | |
| 320 int c = 0; | |
| 321 char_u *ptr; | |
| 322 int lastc; | |
| 1869 | 323 int mincol; |
| 7 | 324 static linenr_T o_lnum = 0; |
| 325 int i; | |
| 326 int did_backspace = TRUE; /* previous char was backspace */ | |
| 327 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 328 int line_is_white = FALSE; /* line is empty before insert */ | |
| 329 #endif | |
| 330 linenr_T old_topline = 0; /* topline before insertion */ | |
| 331 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 332 int old_topfill = -1; | |
| 333 #endif | |
| 334 int inserted_space = FALSE; /* just inserted a space */ | |
| 335 int replaceState = REPLACE; | |
| 477 | 336 int nomove = FALSE; /* don't move cursor on return */ |
| 7 | 337 |
| 603 | 338 /* Remember whether editing was restarted after CTRL-O. */ |
| 339 did_restart_edit = restart_edit; | |
| 340 | |
| 7 | 341 /* sleep before redrawing, needed for "CTRL-O :" that results in an |
| 342 * error message */ | |
| 343 check_for_delay(TRUE); | |
| 344 | |
| 5680 | 345 /* set Insstart_orig to Insstart */ |
| 346 update_Insstart_orig = TRUE; | |
| 347 | |
| 7 | 348 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX |
| 349 /* Don't allow inserting in the sandbox. */ | |
| 350 if (sandbox != 0) | |
| 351 { | |
| 352 EMSG(_(e_sandbox)); | |
| 353 return FALSE; | |
| 354 } | |
| 355 #endif | |
| 632 | 356 /* Don't allow changes in the buffer while editing the cmdline. The |
| 357 * caller of getcmdline() may get confused. */ | |
| 634 | 358 if (textlock != 0) |
| 632 | 359 { |
| 360 EMSG(_(e_secure)); | |
| 361 return FALSE; | |
| 362 } | |
| 7 | 363 |
| 364 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 844 | 365 /* Don't allow recursive insert mode when busy with completion. */ |
| 1927 | 366 if (compl_started || compl_busy || pum_visible()) |
| 844 | 367 { |
| 368 EMSG(_(e_secure)); | |
| 369 return FALSE; | |
| 370 } | |
| 7 | 371 ins_compl_clear(); /* clear stuff for CTRL-X mode */ |
| 372 #endif | |
| 373 | |
| 11 | 374 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 375 /* | |
| 376 * Trigger InsertEnter autocommands. Do not do this for "r<CR>" or "grx". | |
| 377 */ | |
| 378 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') | |
| 379 { | |
| 4027 | 380 pos_T save_cursor = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 381 | |
| 532 | 382 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
| 11 | 383 if (cmdchar == 'R') |
| 384 ptr = (char_u *)"r"; | |
| 385 else if (cmdchar == 'V') | |
| 386 ptr = (char_u *)"v"; | |
| 387 else | |
| 388 ptr = (char_u *)"i"; | |
| 389 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, ptr, 1); | |
| 4448 | 390 set_vim_var_string(VV_CHAR, NULL, -1); /* clear v:char */ |
| 532 | 391 # endif |
| 11 | 392 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
| 4027 | 393 |
| 4448 | 394 /* Make sure the cursor didn't move. Do call check_cursor_col() in |
| 395 * case the text was modified. Since Insert mode was not started yet | |
| 396 * a call to check_cursor_col() may move the cursor, especially with | |
| 397 * the "A" command, thus set State to avoid that. Also check that the | |
| 398 * line number is still valid (lines may have been deleted). | |
| 399 * Do not restore if v:char was set to a non-empty string. */ | |
| 400 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, save_cursor) | |
| 401 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 402 && *get_vim_var_str(VV_CHAR) == NUL | |
| 403 # endif | |
| 404 && save_cursor.lnum <= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 4027 | 405 { |
| 406 int save_state = State; | |
| 407 | |
| 408 curwin->w_cursor = save_cursor; | |
| 409 State = INSERT; | |
| 410 check_cursor_col(); | |
| 411 State = save_state; | |
| 412 } | |
| 11 | 413 } |
| 414 #endif | |
| 415 | |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
416 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
417 /* Check if the cursor line needs redrawing before changing State. If |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
418 * 'concealcursor' is "n" it needs to be redrawn without concealing. */ |
|
2428
33148c37f3c9
Changes for VMS. Mostly by Zoltan Arpadffy.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
419 conceal_check_cursur_line(); |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
420 #endif |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
421 |
| 7 | 422 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE |
| 423 /* | |
| 424 * When doing a paste with the middle mouse button, Insstart is set to | |
| 425 * where the paste started. | |
| 426 */ | |
| 427 if (where_paste_started.lnum != 0) | |
| 428 Insstart = where_paste_started; | |
| 429 else | |
| 430 #endif | |
| 431 { | |
| 432 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 433 if (startln) | |
| 434 Insstart.col = 0; | |
| 435 } | |
| 1869 | 436 Insstart_textlen = (colnr_T)linetabsize(ml_get_curline()); |
| 7 | 437 Insstart_blank_vcol = MAXCOL; |
| 438 if (!did_ai) | |
| 439 ai_col = 0; | |
| 440 | |
| 441 if (cmdchar != NUL && restart_edit == 0) | |
| 442 { | |
| 443 ResetRedobuff(); | |
| 444 AppendNumberToRedobuff(count); | |
| 445 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 446 if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v') | |
| 447 { | |
| 448 /* "gR" or "gr" command */ | |
| 449 AppendCharToRedobuff('g'); | |
| 450 AppendCharToRedobuff((cmdchar == 'v') ? 'r' : 'R'); | |
| 451 } | |
| 452 else | |
| 453 #endif | |
| 454 { | |
| 455 AppendCharToRedobuff(cmdchar); | |
| 456 if (cmdchar == 'g') /* "gI" command */ | |
| 457 AppendCharToRedobuff('I'); | |
| 458 else if (cmdchar == 'r') /* "r<CR>" command */ | |
| 459 count = 1; /* insert only one <CR> */ | |
| 460 } | |
| 461 } | |
| 462 | |
| 463 if (cmdchar == 'R') | |
| 464 { | |
| 465 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 466 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) | |
| 467 { | |
| 468 beep_flush(); | |
| 469 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */ | |
| 470 State = INSERT; | |
| 471 } | |
| 472 else | |
| 473 #endif | |
| 474 State = REPLACE; | |
| 475 } | |
| 476 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 477 else if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v') | |
| 478 { | |
| 479 State = VREPLACE; | |
| 480 replaceState = VREPLACE; | |
| 481 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 482 vr_lines_changed = 1; | |
| 483 } | |
| 484 #endif | |
| 485 else | |
| 486 State = INSERT; | |
| 487 | |
| 488 stop_insert_mode = FALSE; | |
| 489 | |
| 490 /* | |
| 491 * Need to recompute the cursor position, it might move when the cursor is | |
| 492 * on a TAB or special character. | |
| 493 */ | |
| 494 curs_columns(TRUE); | |
| 495 | |
| 496 /* | |
| 497 * Enable langmap or IME, indicated by 'iminsert'. | |
| 498 * Note that IME may enabled/disabled without us noticing here, thus the | |
| 499 * 'iminsert' value may not reflect what is actually used. It is updated | |
| 500 * when hitting <Esc>. | |
| 501 */ | |
| 502 if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP) | |
| 503 State |= LANGMAP; | |
| 504 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
| 505 im_set_active(curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM); | |
| 506 #endif | |
| 507 | |
| 508 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 509 setmouse(); | |
| 510 #endif | |
| 511 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 512 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 513 #endif | |
| 514 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 515 /* there is no reverse replace mode */ | |
| 516 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri); | |
| 517 if (revins_on) | |
| 518 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 519 revins_chars = 0; | |
| 520 revins_legal = 0; | |
| 521 revins_scol = -1; | |
| 522 #endif | |
| 523 | |
| 524 /* | |
| 525 * Handle restarting Insert mode. | |
| 526 * Don't do this for "CTRL-O ." (repeat an insert): we get here with | |
| 527 * restart_edit non-zero, and something in the stuff buffer. | |
| 528 */ | |
| 529 if (restart_edit != 0 && stuff_empty()) | |
| 530 { | |
| 531 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 532 /* | |
| 533 * After a paste we consider text typed to be part of the insert for | |
| 534 * the pasted text. You can backspace over the pasted text too. | |
| 535 */ | |
| 536 if (where_paste_started.lnum) | |
| 537 arrow_used = FALSE; | |
| 538 else | |
| 539 #endif | |
| 540 arrow_used = TRUE; | |
| 541 restart_edit = 0; | |
| 542 | |
| 543 /* | |
| 544 * If the cursor was after the end-of-line before the CTRL-O and it is | |
| 545 * now at the end-of-line, put it after the end-of-line (this is not | |
| 546 * correct in very rare cases). | |
| 547 * Also do this if curswant is greater than the current virtual | |
| 548 * column. Eg after "^O$" or "^O80|". | |
| 549 */ | |
| 550 validate_virtcol(); | |
| 551 update_curswant(); | |
| 230 | 552 if (((ins_at_eol && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == o_lnum) |
| 7 | 553 || curwin->w_curswant > curwin->w_virtcol) |
| 554 && *(ptr = ml_get_curline() + curwin->w_cursor.col) != NUL) | |
| 555 { | |
| 556 if (ptr[1] == NUL) | |
| 557 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 558 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 559 else if (has_mbyte) | |
| 560 { | |
| 474 | 561 i = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
| 7 | 562 if (ptr[i] == NUL) |
| 563 curwin->w_cursor.col += i; | |
| 564 } | |
| 565 #endif | |
| 566 } | |
| 230 | 567 ins_at_eol = FALSE; |
| 7 | 568 } |
| 569 else | |
| 570 arrow_used = FALSE; | |
| 571 | |
| 572 /* we are in insert mode now, don't need to start it anymore */ | |
| 573 need_start_insertmode = FALSE; | |
| 574 | |
| 575 /* Need to save the line for undo before inserting the first char. */ | |
| 576 ins_need_undo = TRUE; | |
| 577 | |
| 578 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 579 where_paste_started.lnum = 0; | |
| 580 #endif | |
| 581 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 582 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 583 #endif | |
| 584 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 585 /* The cursor line is not in a closed fold, unless 'insertmode' is set or | |
| 586 * restarting. */ | |
| 587 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0) | |
| 588 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 589 #endif | |
| 590 | |
| 591 /* | |
| 592 * If 'showmode' is set, show the current (insert/replace/..) mode. | |
| 593 * A warning message for changing a readonly file is given here, before | |
| 594 * actually changing anything. It's put after the mode, if any. | |
| 595 */ | |
| 596 i = 0; | |
| 644 | 597 if (p_smd && msg_silent == 0) |
| 7 | 598 i = showmode(); |
| 599 | |
| 600 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0) | |
| 1473 | 601 change_warning(i == 0 ? 0 : i + 1); |
| 7 | 602 |
| 603 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE | |
| 604 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ | |
| 605 #endif | |
| 606 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 607 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */ | |
| 608 #endif | |
| 609 | |
| 603 | 610 /* |
| 611 * Get the current length of the redo buffer, those characters have to be | |
| 612 * skipped if we want to get to the inserted characters. | |
| 613 */ | |
| 7 | 614 ptr = get_inserted(); |
| 615 if (ptr == NULL) | |
| 616 new_insert_skip = 0; | |
| 617 else | |
| 618 { | |
| 619 new_insert_skip = (int)STRLEN(ptr); | |
| 620 vim_free(ptr); | |
| 621 } | |
| 622 | |
| 623 old_indent = 0; | |
| 624 | |
| 625 /* | |
| 626 * Main loop in Insert mode: repeat until Insert mode is left. | |
| 627 */ | |
| 628 for (;;) | |
| 629 { | |
| 630 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 631 if (!revins_legal) | |
| 632 revins_scol = -1; /* reset on illegal motions */ | |
| 633 else | |
| 634 revins_legal = 0; | |
| 635 #endif | |
| 636 if (arrow_used) /* don't repeat insert when arrow key used */ | |
| 637 count = 0; | |
| 638 | |
| 5680 | 639 if (update_Insstart_orig) |
| 640 Insstart_orig = Insstart; | |
| 641 | |
| 7 | 642 if (stop_insert_mode) |
| 643 { | |
| 644 /* ":stopinsert" used or 'insertmode' reset */ | |
| 645 count = 0; | |
| 646 goto doESCkey; | |
| 647 } | |
| 648 | |
| 649 /* set curwin->w_curswant for next K_DOWN or K_UP */ | |
| 650 if (!arrow_used) | |
| 651 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 652 | |
| 653 /* If there is no typeahead may check for timestamps (e.g., for when a | |
| 654 * menu invoked a shell command). */ | |
| 655 if (stuff_empty()) | |
| 656 { | |
| 657 did_check_timestamps = FALSE; | |
| 658 if (need_check_timestamps) | |
| 659 check_timestamps(FALSE); | |
| 660 } | |
| 661 | |
| 662 /* | |
| 663 * When emsg() was called msg_scroll will have been set. | |
| 664 */ | |
| 665 msg_scroll = FALSE; | |
| 666 | |
| 667 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 668 /* When 'mousefocus' is set a mouse movement may have taken us to | |
| 669 * another window. "need_mouse_correct" may then be set because of an | |
| 670 * autocommand. */ | |
| 671 if (need_mouse_correct) | |
| 672 gui_mouse_correct(); | |
| 673 #endif | |
| 674 | |
| 675 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 676 /* Open fold at the cursor line, according to 'foldopen'. */ | |
| 677 if (fdo_flags & FDO_INSERT) | |
| 678 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 679 /* Close folds where the cursor isn't, according to 'foldclose' */ | |
| 680 if (!char_avail()) | |
| 681 foldCheckClose(); | |
| 682 #endif | |
| 683 | |
| 684 /* | |
| 685 * If we inserted a character at the last position of the last line in | |
| 686 * the window, scroll the window one line up. This avoids an extra | |
| 687 * redraw. | |
| 688 * This is detected when the cursor column is smaller after inserting | |
| 689 * something. | |
| 690 * Don't do this when the topline changed already, it has | |
| 691 * already been adjusted (by insertchar() calling open_line())). | |
| 692 */ | |
| 693 if (curbuf->b_mod_set | |
| 694 && curwin->w_p_wrap | |
| 695 && !did_backspace | |
| 696 && curwin->w_topline == old_topline | |
| 697 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 698 && curwin->w_topfill == old_topfill | |
| 699 #endif | |
| 700 ) | |
| 701 { | |
| 702 mincol = curwin->w_wcol; | |
| 703 validate_cursor_col(); | |
| 704 | |
| 1869 | 705 if ((int)curwin->w_wcol < mincol - curbuf->b_p_ts |
| 7 | 706 && curwin->w_wrow == W_WINROW(curwin) |
| 707 + curwin->w_height - 1 - p_so | |
| 708 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curwin->w_topline | |
| 709 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 710 || curwin->w_topfill > 0 | |
| 711 #endif | |
| 712 )) | |
| 713 { | |
| 714 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 715 if (curwin->w_topfill > 0) | |
| 716 --curwin->w_topfill; | |
| 717 else | |
| 718 #endif | |
| 719 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 720 if (hasFolding(curwin->w_topline, NULL, &old_topline)) | |
| 721 set_topline(curwin, old_topline + 1); | |
| 722 else | |
| 723 #endif | |
| 724 set_topline(curwin, curwin->w_topline + 1); | |
| 725 } | |
| 726 } | |
| 727 | |
| 728 /* May need to adjust w_topline to show the cursor. */ | |
| 729 update_topline(); | |
| 730 | |
| 731 did_backspace = FALSE; | |
| 732 | |
| 733 validate_cursor(); /* may set must_redraw */ | |
| 734 | |
| 735 /* | |
| 736 * Redraw the display when no characters are waiting. | |
| 737 * Also shows mode, ruler and positions cursor. | |
| 738 */ | |
| 661 | 739 ins_redraw(TRUE); |
| 7 | 740 |
| 741 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND | |
| 742 if (curwin->w_p_scb) | |
| 743 do_check_scrollbind(TRUE); | |
| 744 #endif | |
| 745 | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
746 #ifdef FEAT_CURSORBIND |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
747 if (curwin->w_p_crb) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
748 do_check_cursorbind(); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
749 #endif |
| 7 | 750 update_curswant(); |
| 751 old_topline = curwin->w_topline; | |
| 752 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 753 old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; | |
| 754 #endif | |
| 755 | |
| 756 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 757 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */ | |
| 758 #endif | |
| 759 | |
| 760 /* | |
| 1526 | 761 * Get a character for Insert mode. Ignore K_IGNORE. |
| 7 | 762 */ |
| 6673 | 763 if (c != K_CURSORHOLD) |
| 764 lastc = c; /* remember the previous char for CTRL-D */ | |
| 1526 | 765 do |
| 766 { | |
| 767 c = safe_vgetc(); | |
| 768 } while (c == K_IGNORE); | |
| 7 | 769 |
| 978 | 770 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 771 /* Don't want K_CURSORHOLD for the second key, e.g., after CTRL-V. */ | |
| 772 did_cursorhold = TRUE; | |
| 773 #endif | |
| 774 | |
| 7 | 775 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 776 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped) | |
| 777 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */ | |
| 778 #endif | |
| 779 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 780 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped) | |
| 781 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */ | |
| 782 #endif | |
| 783 | |
| 784 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 659 | 785 /* |
| 786 * Special handling of keys while the popup menu is visible or wanted | |
| 897 | 787 * and the cursor is still in the completed word. Only when there is |
| 788 * a match, skip this when no matches were found. | |
| 659 | 789 */ |
| 897 | 790 if (compl_started |
| 791 && pum_wanted() | |
| 792 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= compl_col | |
| 793 && (compl_shown_match == NULL | |
| 794 || compl_shown_match != compl_shown_match->cp_next)) | |
| 659 | 795 { |
| 796 /* BS: Delete one character from "compl_leader". */ | |
| 797 if ((c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H) | |
| 836 | 798 && curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col |
| 799 && (c = ins_compl_bs()) == NUL) | |
| 657 | 800 continue; |
| 801 | |
| 659 | 802 /* When no match was selected or it was edited. */ |
| 803 if (!compl_used_match) | |
| 657 | 804 { |
| 659 | 805 /* CTRL-L: Add one character from the current match to |
| 836 | 806 * "compl_leader". Except when at the original match and |
| 807 * there is nothing to add, CTRL-L works like CTRL-P then. */ | |
| 808 if (c == Ctrl_L | |
| 6657 | 809 && (!CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode) |
| 1872 | 810 || (int)STRLEN(compl_shown_match->cp_str) |
| 836 | 811 > curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col)) |
| 659 | 812 { |
| 813 ins_compl_addfrommatch(); | |
| 814 continue; | |
| 815 } | |
| 816 | |
| 1430 | 817 /* A non-white character that fits in with the current |
| 818 * completion: Add to "compl_leader". */ | |
| 819 if (ins_compl_accept_char(c)) | |
| 659 | 820 { |
| 3390 | 821 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 822 /* Trigger InsertCharPre. */ | |
| 823 char_u *str = do_insert_char_pre(c); | |
| 824 char_u *p; | |
| 825 | |
| 826 if (str != NULL) | |
| 827 { | |
| 828 for (p = str; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p)) | |
| 829 ins_compl_addleader(PTR2CHAR(p)); | |
| 830 vim_free(str); | |
| 831 } | |
| 832 else | |
| 833 #endif | |
| 834 ins_compl_addleader(c); | |
| 659 | 835 continue; |
| 836 } | |
| 665 | 837 |
| 887 | 838 /* Pressing CTRL-Y selects the current match. When |
| 825 | 839 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */ |
| 840 if (c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects | |
| 841 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL))) | |
| 665 | 842 { |
| 843 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 844 ins_compl_insert(); | |
| 845 } | |
| 657 | 846 } |
| 847 } | |
| 848 | |
| 7 | 849 /* Prepare for or stop CTRL-X mode. This doesn't do completion, but |
| 850 * it does fix up the text when finishing completion. */ | |
| 665 | 851 compl_get_longest = FALSE; |
| 1526 | 852 if (ins_compl_prep(c)) |
| 657 | 853 continue; |
| 7 | 854 #endif |
| 855 | |
| 477 | 856 /* CTRL-\ CTRL-N goes to Normal mode, |
| 857 * CTRL-\ CTRL-G goes to mode selected with 'insertmode', | |
| 858 * CTRL-\ CTRL-O is like CTRL-O but without moving the cursor. */ | |
| 7 | 859 if (c == Ctrl_BSL) |
| 860 { | |
| 861 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
| 661 | 862 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 863 ++no_mapping; |
| 864 ++allow_keys; | |
| 1389 | 865 c = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 866 --no_mapping; |
| 867 --allow_keys; | |
| 477 | 868 if (c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_G && c != Ctrl_O) |
| 7 | 869 { |
| 477 | 870 /* it's something else */ |
| 7 | 871 vungetc(c); |
| 872 c = Ctrl_BSL; | |
| 873 } | |
| 874 else if (c == Ctrl_G && p_im) | |
| 875 continue; | |
| 876 else | |
| 877 { | |
| 477 | 878 if (c == Ctrl_O) |
| 879 { | |
| 880 ins_ctrl_o(); | |
| 881 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor keeps its column */ | |
| 882 nomove = TRUE; | |
| 883 } | |
| 7 | 884 count = 0; |
| 885 goto doESCkey; | |
| 886 } | |
| 887 } | |
| 888 | |
| 889 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 890 c = do_digraph(c); | |
| 891 #endif | |
| 892 | |
| 893 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 894 if ((c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE) | |
| 895 goto docomplete; | |
| 896 #endif | |
| 897 if (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) | |
| 898 { | |
| 899 ins_ctrl_v(); | |
| 900 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last typed character */ | |
| 901 continue; | |
| 902 } | |
| 903 | |
| 904 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 905 if (cindent_on() | |
| 906 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 907 && ctrl_x_mode == 0 | |
| 908 # endif | |
| 909 ) | |
| 910 { | |
| 911 /* A key name preceded by a bang means this key is not to be | |
| 912 * inserted. Skip ahead to the re-indenting below. | |
| 913 * A key name preceded by a star means that indenting has to be | |
| 914 * done before inserting the key. */ | |
| 915 line_is_white = inindent(0); | |
| 916 if (in_cinkeys(c, '!', line_is_white)) | |
| 917 goto force_cindent; | |
| 918 if (can_cindent && in_cinkeys(c, '*', line_is_white) | |
| 919 && stop_arrow() == OK) | |
| 920 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
| 921 } | |
| 922 #endif | |
| 923 | |
| 924 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 925 if (curwin->w_p_rl) | |
| 926 switch (c) | |
| 927 { | |
| 928 case K_LEFT: c = K_RIGHT; break; | |
| 929 case K_S_LEFT: c = K_S_RIGHT; break; | |
| 930 case K_C_LEFT: c = K_C_RIGHT; break; | |
| 931 case K_RIGHT: c = K_LEFT; break; | |
| 932 case K_S_RIGHT: c = K_S_LEFT; break; | |
| 933 case K_C_RIGHT: c = K_C_LEFT; break; | |
| 934 } | |
| 935 #endif | |
| 936 | |
| 937 /* | |
| 938 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. If it | |
| 939 * does, a CTRL-O and c will be stuffed, we need to get these | |
| 940 * characters. | |
| 941 */ | |
| 942 if (ins_start_select(c)) | |
| 943 continue; | |
| 944 | |
| 945 /* | |
| 946 * The big switch to handle a character in insert mode. | |
| 947 */ | |
| 948 switch (c) | |
| 949 { | |
| 449 | 950 case ESC: /* End input mode */ |
| 7 | 951 if (echeck_abbr(ESC + ABBR_OFF)) |
| 952 break; | |
| 953 /*FALLTHROUGH*/ | |
| 954 | |
| 449 | 955 case Ctrl_C: /* End input mode */ |
| 7 | 956 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN |
| 957 if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0) | |
| 958 { | |
| 959 /* Close the cmdline window. */ | |
| 960 cmdwin_result = K_IGNORE; | |
| 961 got_int = FALSE; /* don't stop executing autocommands et al. */ | |
| 929 | 962 nomove = TRUE; |
| 7 | 963 goto doESCkey; |
| 964 } | |
| 965 #endif | |
| 966 | |
| 967 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 968 do_intr: | |
| 969 #endif | |
| 970 /* when 'insertmode' set, and not halfway a mapping, don't leave | |
| 971 * Insert mode */ | |
| 972 if (goto_im()) | |
| 973 { | |
| 974 if (got_int) | |
| 975 { | |
| 976 (void)vgetc(); /* flush all buffers */ | |
| 977 got_int = FALSE; | |
| 978 } | |
| 979 else | |
| 980 vim_beep(); | |
| 981 break; | |
| 982 } | |
| 983 doESCkey: | |
| 984 /* | |
| 985 * This is the ONLY return from edit()! | |
| 986 */ | |
| 987 /* Always update o_lnum, so that a "CTRL-O ." that adds a line | |
| 988 * still puts the cursor back after the inserted text. */ | |
| 230 | 989 if (ins_at_eol && gchar_cursor() == NUL) |
| 7 | 990 o_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
| 991 | |
| 477 | 992 if (ins_esc(&count, cmdchar, nomove)) |
| 11 | 993 { |
| 994 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 995 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') | |
| 996 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTLEAVE, NULL, NULL, | |
| 997 FALSE, curbuf); | |
| 993 | 998 did_cursorhold = FALSE; |
| 11 | 999 #endif |
| 7 | 1000 return (c == Ctrl_O); |
| 11 | 1001 } |
| 7 | 1002 continue; |
| 1003 | |
| 449 | 1004 case Ctrl_Z: /* suspend when 'insertmode' set */ |
| 1005 if (!p_im) | |
| 1006 goto normalchar; /* insert CTRL-Z as normal char */ | |
| 1007 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)":st\r"); | |
| 1008 c = Ctrl_O; | |
| 1009 /*FALLTHROUGH*/ | |
| 1010 | |
| 1011 case Ctrl_O: /* execute one command */ | |
| 502 | 1012 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 523 | 1013 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI) |
| 449 | 1014 goto docomplete; |
| 1015 #endif | |
| 1016 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_O + ABBR_OFF)) | |
| 1017 break; | |
| 1018 ins_ctrl_o(); | |
| 853 | 1019 |
| 1020 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 1021 /* don't move the cursor left when 'virtualedit' has "onemore". */ | |
| 1022 if (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) | |
| 1023 { | |
| 1024 ins_at_eol = FALSE; | |
| 1025 nomove = TRUE; | |
| 1026 } | |
| 1027 #endif | |
| 449 | 1028 count = 0; |
| 1029 goto doESCkey; | |
| 1030 | |
| 464 | 1031 case K_INS: /* toggle insert/replace mode */ |
| 1032 case K_KINS: | |
| 1033 ins_insert(replaceState); | |
| 1034 break; | |
| 1035 | |
| 1036 case K_SELECT: /* end of Select mode mapping - ignore */ | |
| 1037 break; | |
| 1038 | |
| 449 | 1039 #ifdef FEAT_SNIFF |
| 1040 case K_SNIFF: /* Sniff command received */ | |
| 1041 stuffcharReadbuff(K_SNIFF); | |
| 1042 goto doESCkey; | |
| 1043 #endif | |
| 1044 | |
| 1045 case K_HELP: /* Help key works like <ESC> <Help> */ | |
| 1046 case K_F1: | |
| 1047 case K_XF1: | |
| 1048 stuffcharReadbuff(K_HELP); | |
| 1049 if (p_im) | |
| 1050 need_start_insertmode = TRUE; | |
| 1051 goto doESCkey; | |
| 1052 | |
| 1053 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
| 1054 case K_F21: /* NetBeans command */ | |
| 1055 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */ | |
| 1389 | 1056 i = plain_vgetc(); |
| 449 | 1057 --no_mapping; |
| 1058 netbeans_keycommand(i); | |
| 1059 break; | |
| 1060 #endif | |
| 1061 | |
| 1062 case K_ZERO: /* Insert the previously inserted text. */ | |
| 7 | 1063 case NUL: |
| 1064 case Ctrl_A: | |
| 449 | 1065 /* For ^@ the trailing ESC will end the insert, unless there is an |
| 1066 * error. */ | |
| 7 | 1067 if (stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, (c == Ctrl_A)) == FAIL |
| 1068 && c != Ctrl_A && !p_im) | |
| 1069 goto doESCkey; /* quit insert mode */ | |
| 1070 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1071 break; | |
| 1072 | |
| 449 | 1073 case Ctrl_R: /* insert the contents of a register */ |
| 7 | 1074 ins_reg(); |
| 1075 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1076 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1077 break; | |
| 1078 | |
| 449 | 1079 case Ctrl_G: /* commands starting with CTRL-G */ |
| 7 | 1080 ins_ctrl_g(); |
| 1081 break; | |
| 1082 | |
| 449 | 1083 case Ctrl_HAT: /* switch input mode and/or langmap */ |
| 1084 ins_ctrl_hat(); | |
| 7 | 1085 break; |
| 1086 | |
| 1087 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 449 | 1088 case Ctrl__: /* switch between languages */ |
| 7 | 1089 if (!p_ari) |
| 1090 goto normalchar; | |
| 1091 ins_ctrl_(); | |
| 1092 break; | |
| 1093 #endif | |
| 1094 | |
| 449 | 1095 case Ctrl_D: /* Make indent one shiftwidth smaller. */ |
| 7 | 1096 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID) |
| 1097 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) | |
| 1098 goto docomplete; | |
| 1099 #endif | |
| 1100 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
| 1101 | |
| 449 | 1102 case Ctrl_T: /* Make indent one shiftwidth greater. */ |
| 7 | 1103 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 1104 if (c == Ctrl_T && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) | |
| 1105 { | |
| 449 | 1106 if (has_compl_option(FALSE)) |
| 1107 goto docomplete; | |
| 1108 break; | |
| 7 | 1109 } |
| 1110 # endif | |
| 1111 ins_shift(c, lastc); | |
| 1112 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1113 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1114 break; | |
| 1115 | |
| 449 | 1116 case K_DEL: /* delete character under the cursor */ |
| 7 | 1117 case K_KDEL: |
| 1118 ins_del(); | |
| 1119 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1120 break; | |
| 1121 | |
| 449 | 1122 case K_BS: /* delete character before the cursor */ |
| 7 | 1123 case Ctrl_H: |
| 1124 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_CHAR, &inserted_space); | |
| 1125 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1126 break; | |
| 1127 | |
| 449 | 1128 case Ctrl_W: /* delete word before the cursor */ |
| 7 | 1129 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_WORD, &inserted_space); |
| 1130 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1131 break; | |
| 1132 | |
| 449 | 1133 case Ctrl_U: /* delete all inserted text in current line */ |
| 12 | 1134 # ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 1135 /* CTRL-X CTRL-U completes with 'completefunc'. */ | |
| 449 | 1136 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) |
| 12 | 1137 goto docomplete; |
| 1138 # endif | |
| 7 | 1139 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_LINE, &inserted_space); |
| 1140 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1141 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1142 break; | |
| 1143 | |
| 1144 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 449 | 1145 case K_LEFTMOUSE: /* mouse keys */ |
| 7 | 1146 case K_LEFTMOUSE_NM: |
| 1147 case K_LEFTDRAG: | |
| 1148 case K_LEFTRELEASE: | |
| 1149 case K_LEFTRELEASE_NM: | |
| 1150 case K_MIDDLEMOUSE: | |
| 1151 case K_MIDDLEDRAG: | |
| 1152 case K_MIDDLERELEASE: | |
| 1153 case K_RIGHTMOUSE: | |
| 1154 case K_RIGHTDRAG: | |
| 1155 case K_RIGHTRELEASE: | |
| 1156 case K_X1MOUSE: | |
| 1157 case K_X1DRAG: | |
| 1158 case K_X1RELEASE: | |
| 1159 case K_X2MOUSE: | |
| 1160 case K_X2DRAG: | |
| 1161 case K_X2RELEASE: | |
| 1162 ins_mouse(c); | |
| 1163 break; | |
| 1164 | |
| 449 | 1165 case K_MOUSEDOWN: /* Default action for scroll wheel up: scroll up */ |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1166 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_DOWN); |
| 7 | 1167 break; |
| 1168 | |
| 449 | 1169 case K_MOUSEUP: /* Default action for scroll wheel down: scroll down */ |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1170 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_UP); |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1171 break; |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1172 |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1173 case K_MOUSELEFT: /* Scroll wheel left */ |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1174 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_LEFT); |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1175 break; |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1176 |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1177 case K_MOUSERIGHT: /* Scroll wheel right */ |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1178 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_RIGHT); |
| 7 | 1179 break; |
| 1180 #endif | |
| 692 | 1181 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE |
| 1182 case K_TABLINE: | |
| 1183 case K_TABMENU: | |
| 1184 ins_tabline(c); | |
| 1185 break; | |
| 1186 #endif | |
| 7 | 1187 |
| 449 | 1188 case K_IGNORE: /* Something mapped to nothing */ |
| 7 | 1189 break; |
| 1190 | |
| 661 | 1191 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 1192 case K_CURSORHOLD: /* Didn't type something for a while. */ | |
| 1193 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORHOLDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); | |
| 1194 did_cursorhold = TRUE; | |
| 1195 break; | |
| 1196 #endif | |
| 1197 | |
| 625 | 1198 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_W32 |
| 1199 /* On Win32 ignore <M-F4>, we get it when closing the window was | |
| 1200 * cancelled. */ | |
| 1201 case K_F4: | |
| 1202 if (mod_mask != MOD_MASK_ALT) | |
| 1203 goto normalchar; | |
| 1204 break; | |
| 1205 #endif | |
| 1206 | |
| 7 | 1207 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 1208 case K_VER_SCROLLBAR: | |
| 1209 ins_scroll(); | |
| 1210 break; | |
| 1211 | |
| 1212 case K_HOR_SCROLLBAR: | |
| 1213 ins_horscroll(); | |
| 1214 break; | |
| 1215 #endif | |
| 1216 | |
| 449 | 1217 case K_HOME: /* <Home> */ |
| 7 | 1218 case K_KHOME: |
| 1219 case K_S_HOME: | |
| 1220 case K_C_HOME: | |
| 1221 ins_home(c); | |
| 1222 break; | |
| 1223 | |
| 449 | 1224 case K_END: /* <End> */ |
| 7 | 1225 case K_KEND: |
| 1226 case K_S_END: | |
| 1227 case K_C_END: | |
| 1228 ins_end(c); | |
| 1229 break; | |
| 1230 | |
| 449 | 1231 case K_LEFT: /* <Left> */ |
| 180 | 1232 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL)) |
| 1233 ins_s_left(); | |
| 1234 else | |
| 1235 ins_left(); | |
| 7 | 1236 break; |
| 1237 | |
| 449 | 1238 case K_S_LEFT: /* <S-Left> */ |
| 7 | 1239 case K_C_LEFT: |
| 1240 ins_s_left(); | |
| 1241 break; | |
| 1242 | |
| 449 | 1243 case K_RIGHT: /* <Right> */ |
| 180 | 1244 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL)) |
| 1245 ins_s_right(); | |
| 1246 else | |
| 1247 ins_right(); | |
| 7 | 1248 break; |
| 1249 | |
| 449 | 1250 case K_S_RIGHT: /* <S-Right> */ |
| 7 | 1251 case K_C_RIGHT: |
| 1252 ins_s_right(); | |
| 1253 break; | |
| 1254 | |
| 449 | 1255 case K_UP: /* <Up> */ |
| 665 | 1256 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 1257 if (pum_visible()) | |
| 1258 goto docomplete; | |
| 1259 #endif | |
| 180 | 1260 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) |
| 1261 ins_pageup(); | |
| 1262 else | |
| 1263 ins_up(FALSE); | |
| 7 | 1264 break; |
| 1265 | |
| 449 | 1266 case K_S_UP: /* <S-Up> */ |
| 7 | 1267 case K_PAGEUP: |
| 1268 case K_KPAGEUP: | |
| 613 | 1269 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 610 | 1270 if (pum_visible()) |
| 1271 goto docomplete; | |
| 613 | 1272 #endif |
| 7 | 1273 ins_pageup(); |
| 1274 break; | |
| 1275 | |
| 449 | 1276 case K_DOWN: /* <Down> */ |
| 665 | 1277 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 1278 if (pum_visible()) | |
| 1279 goto docomplete; | |
| 1280 #endif | |
| 180 | 1281 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) |
| 1282 ins_pagedown(); | |
| 1283 else | |
| 1284 ins_down(FALSE); | |
| 7 | 1285 break; |
| 1286 | |
| 449 | 1287 case K_S_DOWN: /* <S-Down> */ |
| 7 | 1288 case K_PAGEDOWN: |
| 1289 case K_KPAGEDOWN: | |
| 613 | 1290 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 610 | 1291 if (pum_visible()) |
| 1292 goto docomplete; | |
| 613 | 1293 #endif |
| 7 | 1294 ins_pagedown(); |
| 1295 break; | |
| 1296 | |
| 1297 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
| 449 | 1298 case K_DROP: /* drag-n-drop event */ |
| 7 | 1299 ins_drop(); |
| 1300 break; | |
| 1301 #endif | |
| 1302 | |
| 449 | 1303 case K_S_TAB: /* When not mapped, use like a normal TAB */ |
| 7 | 1304 c = TAB; |
| 1305 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
| 1306 | |
| 449 | 1307 case TAB: /* TAB or Complete patterns along path */ |
| 7 | 1308 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID) |
| 1309 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS) | |
| 1310 goto docomplete; | |
| 1311 #endif | |
| 1312 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1313 if (ins_tab()) | |
| 1314 goto normalchar; /* insert TAB as a normal char */ | |
| 1315 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1316 break; | |
| 1317 | |
| 449 | 1318 case K_KENTER: /* <Enter> */ |
| 7 | 1319 c = CAR; |
| 1320 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
| 1321 case CAR: | |
| 1322 case NL: | |
| 1323 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) | |
| 1324 /* In a quickfix window a <CR> jumps to the error under the | |
| 1325 * cursor. */ | |
| 1326 if (bt_quickfix(curbuf) && c == CAR) | |
| 1327 { | |
| 644 | 1328 if (curwin->w_llist_ref == NULL) /* quickfix window */ |
| 1329 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".cc"); | |
| 1330 else /* location list window */ | |
| 1331 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".ll"); | |
| 7 | 1332 break; |
| 1333 } | |
| 1334 #endif | |
| 1335 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
| 1336 if (cmdwin_type != 0) | |
| 1337 { | |
| 1338 /* Execute the command in the cmdline window. */ | |
| 1339 cmdwin_result = CAR; | |
| 1340 goto doESCkey; | |
| 1341 } | |
| 1342 #endif | |
| 1343 if (ins_eol(c) && !p_im) | |
| 1344 goto doESCkey; /* out of memory */ | |
| 1345 auto_format(FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 1346 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1347 break; | |
| 1348 | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
1349 #if defined(FEAT_DIGRAPHS) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) |
| 449 | 1350 case Ctrl_K: /* digraph or keyword completion */ |
| 7 | 1351 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 1352 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY) | |
| 1353 { | |
| 449 | 1354 if (has_compl_option(TRUE)) |
| 1355 goto docomplete; | |
| 1356 break; | |
| 7 | 1357 } |
| 1358 # endif | |
| 1359 # ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 1360 c = ins_digraph(); | |
| 1361 if (c == NUL) | |
| 1362 break; | |
| 1363 # endif | |
| 1364 goto normalchar; | |
| 449 | 1365 #endif |
| 7 | 1366 |
| 1367 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 464 | 1368 case Ctrl_X: /* Enter CTRL-X mode */ |
| 1369 ins_ctrl_x(); | |
| 1370 break; | |
| 1371 | |
| 449 | 1372 case Ctrl_RSB: /* Tag name completion after ^X */ |
| 7 | 1373 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_TAGS) |
| 1374 goto normalchar; | |
| 1375 goto docomplete; | |
| 1376 | |
| 449 | 1377 case Ctrl_F: /* File name completion after ^X */ |
| 7 | 1378 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_FILES) |
| 1379 goto normalchar; | |
| 1380 goto docomplete; | |
| 477 | 1381 |
| 1382 case 's': /* Spelling completion after ^X */ | |
| 1383 case Ctrl_S: | |
| 1384 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_SPELL) | |
| 1385 goto normalchar; | |
| 1386 goto docomplete; | |
| 7 | 1387 #endif |
| 1388 | |
| 449 | 1389 case Ctrl_L: /* Whole line completion after ^X */ |
| 7 | 1390 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 1391 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 1392 #endif | |
| 1393 { | |
| 1394 /* CTRL-L with 'insertmode' set: Leave Insert mode */ | |
| 1395 if (p_im) | |
| 1396 { | |
| 1397 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_L + ABBR_OFF)) | |
| 1398 break; | |
| 1399 goto doESCkey; | |
| 1400 } | |
| 1401 goto normalchar; | |
| 1402 } | |
| 1403 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 1404 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
| 1405 | |
| 449 | 1406 case Ctrl_P: /* Do previous/next pattern completion */ |
| 7 | 1407 case Ctrl_N: |
| 1408 /* if 'complete' is empty then plain ^P is no longer special, | |
| 1409 * but it is under other ^X modes */ | |
| 1410 if (*curbuf->b_p_cpt == NUL | |
| 1411 && ctrl_x_mode != 0 | |
| 449 | 1412 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)) |
| 7 | 1413 goto normalchar; |
| 1414 | |
| 1415 docomplete: | |
| 1927 | 1416 compl_busy = TRUE; |
| 7 | 1417 if (ins_complete(c) == FAIL) |
| 449 | 1418 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 1927 | 1419 compl_busy = FALSE; |
| 7 | 1420 break; |
| 1421 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ | |
| 1422 | |
| 449 | 1423 case Ctrl_Y: /* copy from previous line or scroll down */ |
| 1424 case Ctrl_E: /* copy from next line or scroll up */ | |
| 1425 c = ins_ctrl_ey(c); | |
| 7 | 1426 break; |
| 1427 | |
| 1428 default: | |
| 1429 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 1430 if (c == intr_char) /* special interrupt char */ | |
| 1431 goto do_intr; | |
| 1432 #endif | |
| 1433 | |
| 2845 | 1434 normalchar: |
| 7 | 1435 /* |
| 4352 | 1436 * Insert a normal character. |
| 7 | 1437 */ |
| 2845 | 1438 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 1439 if (!p_paste) | |
| 1440 { | |
| 3390 | 1441 /* Trigger InsertCharPre. */ |
| 1442 char_u *str = do_insert_char_pre(c); | |
| 1443 char_u *p; | |
| 1444 | |
| 1445 if (str != NULL) | |
| 2845 | 1446 { |
| 3390 | 1447 if (*str != NUL && stop_arrow() != FAIL) |
| 2845 | 1448 { |
| 3390 | 1449 /* Insert the new value of v:char literally. */ |
| 1450 for (p = str; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p)) | |
| 2845 | 1451 { |
| 3390 | 1452 c = PTR2CHAR(p); |
| 1453 if (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL) | |
| 1454 ins_eol(c); | |
| 1455 else | |
| 1456 ins_char(c); | |
| 2845 | 1457 } |
| 3390 | 1458 AppendToRedobuffLit(str, -1); |
| 2845 | 1459 } |
| 3390 | 1460 vim_free(str); |
| 1461 c = NUL; | |
| 2845 | 1462 } |
| 1463 | |
| 3390 | 1464 /* If the new value is already inserted or an empty string |
| 1465 * then don't insert any character. */ | |
| 2845 | 1466 if (c == NUL) |
| 1467 break; | |
| 1468 } | |
| 1469 #endif | |
| 7 | 1470 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT |
| 1471 /* Try to perform smart-indenting. */ | |
| 1472 ins_try_si(c); | |
| 1473 #endif | |
| 1474 | |
| 1475 if (c == ' ') | |
| 1476 { | |
| 1477 inserted_space = TRUE; | |
| 1478 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 1479 if (inindent(0)) | |
| 1480 can_cindent = FALSE; | |
| 1481 #endif | |
| 1482 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL | |
| 1483 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum) | |
| 1484 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); | |
| 1485 } | |
| 1486 | |
| 3448 | 1487 /* Insert a normal character and check for abbreviations on a |
| 1488 * special character. Let CTRL-] expand abbreviations without | |
| 1489 * inserting it. */ | |
| 1490 if (vim_iswordc(c) || (!echeck_abbr( | |
| 7 | 1491 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 1492 /* Add ABBR_OFF for characters above 0x100, this is | |
| 1493 * what check_abbr() expects. */ | |
| 1494 (has_mbyte && c >= 0x100) ? (c + ABBR_OFF) : | |
| 1495 #endif | |
| 3584 | 1496 c) && c != Ctrl_RSB)) |
| 7 | 1497 { |
| 1498 insert_special(c, FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 1499 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 1500 revins_legal++; | |
| 1501 revins_chars++; | |
| 1502 #endif | |
| 1503 } | |
| 1504 | |
| 1505 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1506 | |
| 1507 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1508 /* When inserting a character the cursor line must never be in a | |
| 1509 * closed fold. */ | |
| 1510 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 1511 #endif | |
| 1512 break; | |
| 1513 } /* end of switch (c) */ | |
| 1514 | |
| 978 | 1515 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 1516 /* If typed something may trigger CursorHoldI again. */ | |
| 1517 if (c != K_CURSORHOLD) | |
| 1518 did_cursorhold = FALSE; | |
| 1519 #endif | |
| 1520 | |
| 7 | 1521 /* If the cursor was moved we didn't just insert a space */ |
| 1522 if (arrow_used) | |
| 1523 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1524 | |
| 1525 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 1526 if (can_cindent && cindent_on() | |
| 1527 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 1528 && ctrl_x_mode == 0 | |
| 1529 # endif | |
| 1530 ) | |
| 1531 { | |
| 1532 force_cindent: | |
| 1533 /* | |
| 1534 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'. | |
| 1535 */ | |
| 1536 if (in_cinkeys(c, ' ', line_is_white)) | |
| 1537 { | |
| 1538 if (stop_arrow() == OK) | |
| 1539 /* re-indent the current line */ | |
| 1540 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
| 1541 } | |
| 1542 } | |
| 1543 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */ | |
| 1544 | |
| 1545 } /* for (;;) */ | |
| 1546 /* NOTREACHED */ | |
| 1547 } | |
| 1548 | |
| 1549 /* | |
| 1550 * Redraw for Insert mode. | |
| 1551 * This is postponed until getting the next character to make '$' in the 'cpo' | |
| 1552 * option work correctly. | |
| 1553 * Only redraw when there are no characters available. This speeds up | |
| 1554 * inserting sequences of characters (e.g., for CTRL-R). | |
| 1555 */ | |
| 1556 static void | |
| 661 | 1557 ins_redraw(ready) |
| 1876 | 1558 int ready UNUSED; /* not busy with something */ |
| 7 | 1559 { |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1560 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1561 linenr_T conceal_old_cursor_line = 0; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1562 linenr_T conceal_new_cursor_line = 0; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1563 int conceal_update_lines = FALSE; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1564 #endif |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1565 |
| 5592 | 1566 if (char_avail()) |
| 1567 return; | |
| 1568 | |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1569 #if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) || defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) |
| 5592 | 1570 /* Trigger CursorMoved if the cursor moved. Not when the popup menu is |
| 1571 * visible, the command might delete it. */ | |
| 1572 if (ready && ( | |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1573 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 5592 | 1574 has_cursormovedI() |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1575 # endif |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1576 # if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) && defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) |
| 5592 | 1577 || |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1578 # endif |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1579 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
| 5592 | 1580 curwin->w_p_cole > 0 |
| 1581 # endif | |
| 1582 ) | |
| 1583 && !equalpos(last_cursormoved, curwin->w_cursor) | |
| 1584 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 1585 && !pum_visible() | |
| 1586 # endif | |
| 1587 ) | |
| 1588 { | |
| 1589 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 1590 /* Need to update the screen first, to make sure syntax | |
| 1591 * highlighting is correct after making a change (e.g., inserting | |
| 1592 * a "(". The autocommand may also require a redraw, so it's done | |
| 1593 * again below, unfortunately. */ | |
| 1594 if (syntax_present(curwin) && must_redraw) | |
| 1595 update_screen(0); | |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1596 # endif |
| 5592 | 1597 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 1598 if (has_cursormovedI()) | |
| 1599 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORMOVEDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); | |
| 1600 # endif | |
| 1601 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL | |
| 1602 if (curwin->w_p_cole > 0) | |
| 1603 { | |
| 1604 conceal_old_cursor_line = last_cursormoved.lnum; | |
| 1605 conceal_new_cursor_line = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1606 conceal_update_lines = TRUE; | |
| 1607 } | |
| 1608 # endif | |
| 1609 last_cursormoved = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 1610 } | |
| 1611 #endif | |
| 1612 | |
| 1613 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 1614 /* Trigger TextChangedI if b_changedtick differs. */ | |
| 1615 if (ready && has_textchangedI() | |
| 1616 && last_changedtick != curbuf->b_changedtick | |
| 794 | 1617 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1618 && !pum_visible() |
| 794 | 1619 # endif |
| 5592 | 1620 ) |
| 1621 { | |
| 1622 if (last_changedtick_buf == curbuf) | |
| 1623 apply_autocmds(EVENT_TEXTCHANGEDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); | |
| 1624 last_changedtick_buf = curbuf; | |
| 1625 last_changedtick = curbuf->b_changedtick; | |
| 1626 } | |
| 1627 #endif | |
| 1628 | |
| 1629 if (must_redraw) | |
| 1630 update_screen(0); | |
| 1631 else if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline) | |
| 1632 showmode(); /* clear cmdline and show mode */ | |
| 1633 # if defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) | |
| 1634 if ((conceal_update_lines | |
| 1635 && (conceal_old_cursor_line != conceal_new_cursor_line | |
| 1636 || conceal_cursor_line(curwin))) | |
| 1637 || need_cursor_line_redraw) | |
| 1638 { | |
| 1639 if (conceal_old_cursor_line != conceal_new_cursor_line) | |
| 1640 update_single_line(curwin, conceal_old_cursor_line); | |
| 1641 update_single_line(curwin, conceal_new_cursor_line == 0 | |
| 1642 ? curwin->w_cursor.lnum : conceal_new_cursor_line); | |
| 1643 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_CROW; | |
| 1644 } | |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1645 # endif |
| 5592 | 1646 showruler(FALSE); |
| 1647 setcursor(); | |
| 1648 emsg_on_display = FALSE; /* may remove error message now */ | |
| 7 | 1649 } |
| 1650 | |
| 1651 /* | |
| 1652 * Handle a CTRL-V or CTRL-Q typed in Insert mode. | |
| 1653 */ | |
| 1654 static void | |
| 1655 ins_ctrl_v() | |
| 1656 { | |
| 1657 int c; | |
| 2811 | 1658 int did_putchar = FALSE; |
| 7 | 1659 |
| 1660 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
| 661 | 1661 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 1662 |
| 1663 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) | |
| 2811 | 1664 { |
| 7 | 1665 edit_putchar('^', TRUE); |
| 2811 | 1666 did_putchar = TRUE; |
| 1667 } | |
| 7 | 1668 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */ |
| 1669 | |
| 1670 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 1671 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_V); | |
| 1672 #endif | |
| 1673 | |
| 1674 c = get_literal(); | |
| 2811 | 1675 if (did_putchar) |
| 1676 /* when the line fits in 'columns' the '^' is at the start of the next | |
| 1677 * line and will not removed by the redraw */ | |
| 1678 edit_unputchar(); | |
| 7 | 1679 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO |
| 1680 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 1681 #endif | |
| 1682 insert_special(c, FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1683 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 1684 revins_chars++; | |
| 1685 revins_legal++; | |
| 1686 #endif | |
| 1687 } | |
| 1688 | |
| 1689 /* | |
| 1690 * Put a character directly onto the screen. It's not stored in a buffer. | |
| 1691 * Used while handling CTRL-K, CTRL-V, etc. in Insert mode. | |
| 1692 */ | |
| 1693 static int pc_status; | |
| 1694 #define PC_STATUS_UNSET 0 /* pc_bytes was not set */ | |
| 1695 #define PC_STATUS_RIGHT 1 /* right halve of double-wide char */ | |
| 1696 #define PC_STATUS_LEFT 2 /* left halve of double-wide char */ | |
| 1697 #define PC_STATUS_SET 3 /* pc_bytes was filled */ | |
| 1698 static char_u pc_bytes[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; /* saved bytes */ | |
| 1699 static int pc_attr; | |
| 1700 static int pc_row; | |
| 1701 static int pc_col; | |
| 1702 | |
| 1703 void | |
| 1704 edit_putchar(c, highlight) | |
| 1705 int c; | |
| 1706 int highlight; | |
| 1707 { | |
| 1708 int attr; | |
| 1709 | |
| 1710 if (ScreenLines != NULL) | |
| 1711 { | |
| 1712 update_topline(); /* just in case w_topline isn't valid */ | |
| 1713 validate_cursor(); | |
| 1714 if (highlight) | |
| 1715 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 1716 else | |
| 1717 attr = 0; | |
| 1718 pc_row = W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow; | |
| 1719 pc_col = W_WINCOL(curwin); | |
| 1720 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
| 1721 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; | |
| 1722 #endif | |
| 1723 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 1724 if (curwin->w_p_rl) | |
| 1725 { | |
| 1726 pc_col += W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1 - curwin->w_wcol; | |
| 1727 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1728 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 1729 { | |
| 1730 int fix_col = mb_fix_col(pc_col, pc_row); | |
| 1731 | |
| 1732 if (fix_col != pc_col) | |
| 1733 { | |
| 1734 screen_putchar(' ', pc_row, fix_col, attr); | |
| 1735 --curwin->w_wcol; | |
| 1736 pc_status = PC_STATUS_RIGHT; | |
| 1737 } | |
| 1738 } | |
| 1739 # endif | |
| 1740 } | |
| 1741 else | |
| 1742 #endif | |
| 1743 { | |
| 1744 pc_col += curwin->w_wcol; | |
| 1745 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1746 if (mb_lefthalve(pc_row, pc_col)) | |
| 1747 pc_status = PC_STATUS_LEFT; | |
| 1748 #endif | |
| 1749 } | |
| 1750 | |
| 1751 /* save the character to be able to put it back */ | |
| 1752 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
| 1753 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_UNSET) | |
| 1754 #endif | |
| 1755 { | |
| 1756 screen_getbytes(pc_row, pc_col, pc_bytes, &pc_attr); | |
| 1757 pc_status = PC_STATUS_SET; | |
| 1758 } | |
| 1759 screen_putchar(c, pc_row, pc_col, attr); | |
| 1760 } | |
| 1761 } | |
| 1762 | |
| 1763 /* | |
| 1764 * Undo the previous edit_putchar(). | |
| 1765 */ | |
| 1766 void | |
| 1767 edit_unputchar() | |
| 1768 { | |
| 1769 if (pc_status != PC_STATUS_UNSET && pc_row >= msg_scrolled) | |
| 1770 { | |
| 1771 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
| 1772 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT) | |
| 1773 ++curwin->w_wcol; | |
| 1774 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT || pc_status == PC_STATUS_LEFT) | |
| 1775 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE); | |
| 1776 else | |
| 1777 #endif | |
| 1778 screen_puts(pc_bytes, pc_row - msg_scrolled, pc_col, pc_attr); | |
| 1779 } | |
| 1780 } | |
| 1781 | |
| 1782 /* | |
| 1783 * Called when p_dollar is set: display a '$' at the end of the changed text | |
| 1784 * Only works when cursor is in the line that changes. | |
| 1785 */ | |
| 1786 void | |
| 1787 display_dollar(col) | |
| 1788 colnr_T col; | |
| 1789 { | |
| 1790 colnr_T save_col; | |
| 1791 | |
| 1792 if (!redrawing()) | |
| 1793 return; | |
| 1794 | |
| 1795 cursor_off(); | |
| 1796 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1797 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
| 1798 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1799 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 1800 { | |
| 1801 char_u *p; | |
| 1802 | |
| 1803 /* If on the last byte of a multi-byte move to the first byte. */ | |
| 1804 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 1805 curwin->w_cursor.col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + col); | |
| 1806 } | |
| 1807 #endif | |
| 1808 curs_columns(FALSE); /* recompute w_wrow and w_wcol */ | |
| 1809 if (curwin->w_wcol < W_WIDTH(curwin)) | |
| 1810 { | |
| 1811 edit_putchar('$', FALSE); | |
| 1812 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol; | |
| 1813 } | |
| 1814 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; | |
| 1815 } | |
| 1816 | |
| 1817 /* | |
| 1818 * Call this function before moving the cursor from the normal insert position | |
| 1819 * in insert mode. | |
| 1820 */ | |
| 1821 static void | |
| 1822 undisplay_dollar() | |
| 1823 { | |
| 3318 | 1824 if (dollar_vcol >= 0) |
| 1825 { | |
| 1826 dollar_vcol = -1; | |
| 7 | 1827 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE); |
| 1828 } | |
| 1829 } | |
| 1830 | |
| 1831 /* | |
| 1832 * Insert an indent (for <Tab> or CTRL-T) or delete an indent (for CTRL-D). | |
| 1833 * Keep the cursor on the same character. | |
| 1834 * type == INDENT_INC increase indent (for CTRL-T or <Tab>) | |
| 1835 * type == INDENT_DEC decrease indent (for CTRL-D) | |
| 1836 * type == INDENT_SET set indent to "amount" | |
| 1837 * if round is TRUE, round the indent to 'shiftwidth' (only with _INC and _Dec). | |
| 1838 */ | |
| 1839 void | |
| 1516 | 1840 change_indent(type, amount, round, replaced, call_changed_bytes) |
| 7 | 1841 int type; |
| 1842 int amount; | |
| 1843 int round; | |
| 1844 int replaced; /* replaced character, put on replace stack */ | |
| 1516 | 1845 int call_changed_bytes; /* call changed_bytes() */ |
| 7 | 1846 { |
| 1847 int vcol; | |
| 1848 int last_vcol; | |
| 1849 int insstart_less; /* reduction for Insstart.col */ | |
| 1850 int new_cursor_col; | |
| 1851 int i; | |
| 1852 char_u *ptr; | |
| 1853 int save_p_list; | |
| 1854 int start_col; | |
| 1855 colnr_T vc; | |
| 1856 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 1857 colnr_T orig_col = 0; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 1858 char_u *new_line, *orig_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 1859 | |
| 1860 /* VREPLACE mode needs to know what the line was like before changing */ | |
| 1861 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1862 { | |
| 1863 orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); /* Deal with NULL below */ | |
| 1864 orig_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1865 } | |
| 1866 #endif | |
| 1867 | |
| 1868 /* for the following tricks we don't want list mode */ | |
| 1869 save_p_list = curwin->w_p_list; | |
| 1870 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE; | |
| 1871 vc = getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 1872 vcol = vc; | |
| 1873 | |
| 1874 /* | |
| 1875 * For Replace mode we need to fix the replace stack later, which is only | |
| 1876 * possible when the cursor is in the indent. Remember the number of | |
| 1877 * characters before the cursor if it's possible. | |
| 1878 */ | |
| 1879 start_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1880 | |
| 1881 /* determine offset from first non-blank */ | |
| 1882 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1883 beginline(BL_WHITE); | |
| 1884 new_cursor_col -= curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1885 | |
| 1886 insstart_less = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1887 | |
| 1888 /* | |
| 1889 * If the cursor is in the indent, compute how many screen columns the | |
| 1890 * cursor is to the left of the first non-blank. | |
| 1891 */ | |
| 1892 if (new_cursor_col < 0) | |
| 1893 vcol = get_indent() - vcol; | |
| 1894 | |
| 1895 if (new_cursor_col > 0) /* can't fix replace stack */ | |
| 1896 start_col = -1; | |
| 1897 | |
| 1898 /* | |
| 1899 * Set the new indent. The cursor will be put on the first non-blank. | |
| 1900 */ | |
| 1901 if (type == INDENT_SET) | |
| 1516 | 1902 (void)set_indent(amount, call_changed_bytes ? SIN_CHANGED : 0); |
| 7 | 1903 else |
| 1904 { | |
| 1905 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 1906 int save_State = State; | |
| 1907 | |
| 1908 /* Avoid being called recursively. */ | |
| 1909 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1910 State = INSERT; | |
| 1911 #endif | |
| 1516 | 1912 shift_line(type == INDENT_DEC, round, 1, call_changed_bytes); |
| 7 | 1913 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE |
| 1914 State = save_State; | |
| 1915 #endif | |
| 1916 } | |
| 1917 insstart_less -= curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1918 | |
| 1919 /* | |
| 1920 * Try to put cursor on same character. | |
| 1921 * If the cursor is at or after the first non-blank in the line, | |
| 1922 * compute the cursor column relative to the column of the first | |
| 1923 * non-blank character. | |
| 1924 * If we are not in insert mode, leave the cursor on the first non-blank. | |
| 1925 * If the cursor is before the first non-blank, position it relative | |
| 1926 * to the first non-blank, counted in screen columns. | |
| 1927 */ | |
| 1928 if (new_cursor_col >= 0) | |
| 1929 { | |
| 1930 /* | |
| 1931 * When changing the indent while the cursor is touching it, reset | |
| 1932 * Insstart_col to 0. | |
| 1933 */ | |
| 1934 if (new_cursor_col == 0) | |
| 1935 insstart_less = MAXCOL; | |
| 1936 new_cursor_col += curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1937 } | |
| 1938 else if (!(State & INSERT)) | |
| 1939 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1940 else | |
| 1941 { | |
| 1942 /* | |
| 1943 * Compute the screen column where the cursor should be. | |
| 1944 */ | |
| 1945 vcol = get_indent() - vcol; | |
| 1869 | 1946 curwin->w_virtcol = (colnr_T)((vcol < 0) ? 0 : vcol); |
| 7 | 1947 |
| 1948 /* | |
| 1949 * Advance the cursor until we reach the right screen column. | |
| 1950 */ | |
| 1951 vcol = last_vcol = 0; | |
| 1952 new_cursor_col = -1; | |
| 1953 ptr = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 1954 while (vcol <= (int)curwin->w_virtcol) | |
| 1955 { | |
| 1956 last_vcol = vcol; | |
| 1957 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1958 if (has_mbyte && new_cursor_col >= 0) | |
| 474 | 1959 new_cursor_col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr + new_cursor_col); |
| 7 | 1960 else |
| 1961 #endif | |
| 1962 ++new_cursor_col; | |
| 5995 | 1963 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr, ptr + new_cursor_col, (colnr_T)vcol); |
| 7 | 1964 } |
| 1965 vcol = last_vcol; | |
| 1966 | |
| 1967 /* | |
| 1968 * May need to insert spaces to be able to position the cursor on | |
| 1969 * the right screen column. | |
| 1970 */ | |
| 1971 if (vcol != (int)curwin->w_virtcol) | |
| 1972 { | |
| 1869 | 1973 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)new_cursor_col; |
| 7 | 1974 i = (int)curwin->w_virtcol - vcol; |
| 1869 | 1975 ptr = alloc((unsigned)(i + 1)); |
| 7 | 1976 if (ptr != NULL) |
| 1977 { | |
| 1978 new_cursor_col += i; | |
| 1979 ptr[i] = NUL; | |
| 1980 while (--i >= 0) | |
| 1981 ptr[i] = ' '; | |
| 1982 ins_str(ptr); | |
| 1983 vim_free(ptr); | |
| 1984 } | |
| 1985 } | |
| 1986 | |
| 1987 /* | |
| 1988 * When changing the indent while the cursor is in it, reset | |
| 1989 * Insstart_col to 0. | |
| 1990 */ | |
| 1991 insstart_less = MAXCOL; | |
| 1992 } | |
| 1993 | |
| 1994 curwin->w_p_list = save_p_list; | |
| 1995 | |
| 1996 if (new_cursor_col <= 0) | |
| 1997 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 1998 else | |
| 1869 | 1999 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)new_cursor_col; |
| 7 | 2000 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; |
| 2001 changed_cline_bef_curs(); | |
| 2002 | |
| 2003 /* | |
| 2004 * May have to adjust the start of the insert. | |
| 2005 */ | |
| 2006 if (State & INSERT) | |
| 2007 { | |
| 2008 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum && Insstart.col != 0) | |
| 2009 { | |
| 2010 if ((int)Insstart.col <= insstart_less) | |
| 2011 Insstart.col = 0; | |
| 2012 else | |
| 2013 Insstart.col -= insstart_less; | |
| 2014 } | |
| 2015 if ((int)ai_col <= insstart_less) | |
| 2016 ai_col = 0; | |
| 2017 else | |
| 2018 ai_col -= insstart_less; | |
| 2019 } | |
| 2020 | |
| 2021 /* | |
| 2022 * For REPLACE mode, may have to fix the replace stack, if it's possible. | |
| 2023 * If the number of characters before the cursor decreased, need to pop a | |
| 2024 * few characters from the replace stack. | |
| 2025 * If the number of characters before the cursor increased, need to push a | |
| 2026 * few NULs onto the replace stack. | |
| 2027 */ | |
| 2028 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State) && start_col >= 0) | |
| 2029 { | |
| 2030 while (start_col > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
| 2031 { | |
| 2032 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */ | |
| 2033 --start_col; | |
| 2034 } | |
| 2035 while (start_col < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col || replaced) | |
| 2036 { | |
| 2037 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 2038 if (replaced) | |
| 2039 { | |
| 2040 replace_push(replaced); | |
| 2041 replaced = NUL; | |
| 2042 } | |
| 2043 ++start_col; | |
| 2044 } | |
| 2045 } | |
| 2046 | |
| 2047 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 2048 /* | |
| 2049 * For VREPLACE mode, we also have to fix the replace stack. In this case | |
| 2050 * it is always possible because we backspace over the whole line and then | |
| 2051 * put it back again the way we wanted it. | |
| 2052 */ | |
| 2053 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 2054 { | |
| 2055 /* If orig_line didn't allocate, just return. At least we did the job, | |
| 2056 * even if you can't backspace. */ | |
| 2057 if (orig_line == NULL) | |
| 2058 return; | |
| 2059 | |
| 2060 /* Save new line */ | |
| 2061 new_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 2062 if (new_line == NULL) | |
| 2063 return; | |
| 2064 | |
| 2065 /* We only put back the new line up to the cursor */ | |
| 2066 new_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL; | |
| 2067 | |
| 2068 /* Put back original line */ | |
| 2069 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, orig_line, FALSE); | |
| 2070 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col; | |
| 2071 | |
| 2072 /* Backspace from cursor to start of line */ | |
| 2073 backspace_until_column(0); | |
| 2074 | |
| 2075 /* Insert new stuff into line again */ | |
| 2076 ins_bytes(new_line); | |
| 2077 | |
| 2078 vim_free(new_line); | |
| 2079 } | |
| 2080 #endif | |
| 2081 } | |
| 2082 | |
| 2083 /* | |
| 2084 * Truncate the space at the end of a line. This is to be used only in an | |
| 2085 * insert mode. It handles fixing the replace stack for REPLACE and VREPLACE | |
| 2086 * modes. | |
| 2087 */ | |
| 2088 void | |
| 2089 truncate_spaces(line) | |
| 2090 char_u *line; | |
| 2091 { | |
| 2092 int i; | |
| 2093 | |
| 2094 /* find start of trailing white space */ | |
| 2095 for (i = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1; i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]); i--) | |
| 2096 { | |
| 2097 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 2098 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */ | |
| 2099 } | |
| 2100 line[i + 1] = NUL; | |
| 2101 } | |
| 2102 | |
| 2103 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \ | |
| 2104 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 2105 /* | |
| 2106 * Backspace the cursor until the given column. Handles REPLACE and VREPLACE | |
| 2107 * modes correctly. May also be used when not in insert mode at all. | |
| 1782 | 2108 * Will attempt not to go before "col" even when there is a composing |
| 2109 * character. | |
| 7 | 2110 */ |
| 2111 void | |
| 2112 backspace_until_column(col) | |
| 2113 int col; | |
| 2114 { | |
| 2115 while ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col) | |
| 2116 { | |
| 2117 curwin->w_cursor.col--; | |
| 2118 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1782 | 2119 replace_do_bs(col); |
| 2120 else if (!del_char_after_col(col)) | |
| 2121 break; | |
| 2122 } | |
| 2123 } | |
| 2124 #endif | |
| 2125 | |
| 2126 /* | |
| 2127 * Like del_char(), but make sure not to go before column "limit_col". | |
| 2128 * Only matters when there are composing characters. | |
| 2129 * Return TRUE when something was deleted. | |
| 2130 */ | |
| 2131 static int | |
| 2132 del_char_after_col(limit_col) | |
| 1876 | 2133 int limit_col UNUSED; |
| 1782 | 2134 { |
| 2135 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2136 if (enc_utf8 && limit_col >= 0) | |
| 2137 { | |
| 1869 | 2138 colnr_T ecol = curwin->w_cursor.col + 1; |
| 1782 | 2139 |
| 2140 /* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character, but | |
| 2141 * skip forward again when going too far back because of a | |
| 2142 * composing character. */ | |
| 2143 mb_adjust_cursor(); | |
| 1796 | 2144 while (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)limit_col) |
| 1782 | 2145 { |
| 2146 int l = utf_ptr2len(ml_get_cursor()); | |
| 2147 | |
| 2148 if (l == 0) /* end of line */ | |
| 2149 break; | |
| 2150 curwin->w_cursor.col += l; | |
| 2151 } | |
| 2152 if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL || curwin->w_cursor.col == ecol) | |
| 2153 return FALSE; | |
| 1869 | 2154 del_bytes((long)((int)ecol - curwin->w_cursor.col), FALSE, TRUE); |
| 1782 | 2155 } |
| 2156 else | |
| 2157 #endif | |
| 2158 (void)del_char(FALSE); | |
| 2159 return TRUE; | |
| 2160 } | |
| 7 | 2161 |
| 2162 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 2163 /* | |
| 449 | 2164 * CTRL-X pressed in Insert mode. |
| 2165 */ | |
| 2166 static void | |
| 2167 ins_ctrl_x() | |
| 2168 { | |
| 2169 /* CTRL-X after CTRL-X CTRL-V doesn't do anything, so that CTRL-X | |
| 2170 * CTRL-V works like CTRL-N */ | |
| 2171 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_CMDLINE) | |
| 2172 { | |
| 2173 /* if the next ^X<> won't ADD nothing, then reset | |
| 2174 * compl_cont_status */ | |
| 2175 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_N_ADDS) | |
| 665 | 2176 compl_cont_status |= CONT_INTRPT; |
| 449 | 2177 else |
| 2178 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
| 2179 /* We're not sure which CTRL-X mode it will be yet */ | |
| 2180 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET; | |
| 2181 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode)); | |
| 2182 edit_submode_pre = NULL; | |
| 2183 showmode(); | |
| 2184 } | |
| 2185 } | |
| 2186 | |
| 2187 /* | |
| 2188 * Return TRUE if the 'dict' or 'tsr' option can be used. | |
| 2189 */ | |
| 2190 static int | |
| 2191 has_compl_option(dict_opt) | |
| 2192 int dict_opt; | |
| 2193 { | |
| 703 | 2194 if (dict_opt ? (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL && *p_dict == NUL |
| 744 | 2195 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 2196 && !curwin->w_p_spell | |
| 2197 # endif | |
| 2198 ) | |
| 449 | 2199 : (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL && *p_tsr == NUL)) |
| 2200 { | |
| 2201 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
| 2202 edit_submode = NULL; | |
| 2203 msg_attr(dict_opt ? (char_u *)_("'dictionary' option is empty") | |
| 2204 : (char_u *)_("'thesaurus' option is empty"), | |
| 2205 hl_attr(HLF_E)); | |
| 2206 if (emsg_silent == 0) | |
| 2207 { | |
| 2208 vim_beep(); | |
| 2209 setcursor(); | |
| 2210 out_flush(); | |
| 2211 ui_delay(2000L, FALSE); | |
| 2212 } | |
| 2213 return FALSE; | |
| 2214 } | |
| 2215 return TRUE; | |
| 2216 } | |
| 2217 | |
| 2218 /* | |
| 7 | 2219 * Is the character 'c' a valid key to go to or keep us in CTRL-X mode? |
| 2220 * This depends on the current mode. | |
| 2221 */ | |
| 2222 int | |
| 2223 vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) | |
| 2224 int c; | |
| 2225 { | |
| 2226 /* Always allow ^R - let it's results then be checked */ | |
| 2227 if (c == Ctrl_R) | |
| 2228 return TRUE; | |
| 2229 | |
| 610 | 2230 /* Accept <PageUp> and <PageDown> if the popup menu is visible. */ |
| 644 | 2231 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c)) |
| 610 | 2232 return TRUE; |
| 2233 | |
| 7 | 2234 switch (ctrl_x_mode) |
| 2235 { | |
| 2236 case 0: /* Not in any CTRL-X mode */ | |
| 2237 return (c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_X); | |
| 2238 case CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET: | |
| 449 | 2239 return ( c == Ctrl_X || c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E |
| 7 | 2240 || c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_RSB |
| 2241 || c == Ctrl_I || c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P | |
| 2242 || c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_V | |
| 477 | 2243 || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_O |
| 3229 | 2244 || c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_K || c == 's'); |
| 7 | 2245 case CTRL_X_SCROLL: |
| 2246 return (c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E); | |
| 2247 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE: | |
| 2248 return (c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2249 case CTRL_X_FILES: | |
| 2250 return (c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2251 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY: | |
| 2252 return (c == Ctrl_K || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2253 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS: | |
| 2254 return (c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2255 case CTRL_X_TAGS: | |
| 2256 return (c == Ctrl_RSB || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2257 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
| 2258 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS: | |
| 2259 return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2260 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES: | |
| 2261 return (c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2262 #endif | |
| 2263 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: | |
| 2264 return (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N | |
| 2265 || c == Ctrl_X); | |
| 12 | 2266 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 2267 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION: | |
| 449 | 2268 return (c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); |
| 523 | 2269 case CTRL_X_OMNI: |
| 449 | 2270 return (c == Ctrl_O || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); |
| 502 | 2271 #endif |
| 477 | 2272 case CTRL_X_SPELL: |
| 2273 return (c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 6657 | 2274 case CTRL_X_EVAL: |
| 2275 return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 7 | 2276 } |
| 2277 EMSG(_(e_internal)); | |
| 2278 return FALSE; | |
| 2279 } | |
| 2280 | |
| 2281 /* | |
| 1430 | 2282 * Return TRUE when character "c" is part of the item currently being |
| 2283 * completed. Used to decide whether to abandon complete mode when the menu | |
| 2284 * is visible. | |
| 2285 */ | |
| 2286 static int | |
| 2287 ins_compl_accept_char(c) | |
| 2288 int c; | |
| 2289 { | |
| 2290 if (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 2291 /* When expanding an identifier only accept identifier chars. */ | |
| 2292 return vim_isIDc(c); | |
| 2293 | |
| 2294 switch (ctrl_x_mode) | |
| 2295 { | |
| 2296 case CTRL_X_FILES: | |
| 2297 /* When expanding file name only accept file name chars. But not | |
| 2298 * path separators, so that "proto/<Tab>" expands files in | |
| 2299 * "proto", not "proto/" as a whole */ | |
| 2300 return vim_isfilec(c) && !vim_ispathsep(c); | |
| 2301 | |
| 2302 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: | |
| 2303 case CTRL_X_OMNI: | |
| 2304 /* Command line and Omni completion can work with just about any | |
| 2305 * printable character, but do stop at white space. */ | |
| 2306 return vim_isprintc(c) && !vim_iswhite(c); | |
| 2307 | |
| 2308 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE: | |
| 2309 /* For while line completion a space can be part of the line. */ | |
| 2310 return vim_isprintc(c); | |
| 2311 } | |
| 2312 return vim_iswordc(c); | |
| 2313 } | |
| 2314 | |
| 2315 /* | |
| 659 | 2316 * This is like ins_compl_add(), but if 'ic' and 'inf' are set, then the |
| 7 | 2317 * case of the originally typed text is used, and the case of the completed |
| 1219 | 2318 * text is inferred, ie this tries to work out what case you probably wanted |
| 7 | 2319 * the rest of the word to be in -- webb |
| 2320 */ | |
| 2321 int | |
| 681 | 2322 ins_compl_add_infercase(str, len, icase, fname, dir, flags) |
| 7 | 2323 char_u *str; |
| 2324 int len; | |
| 681 | 2325 int icase; |
| 7 | 2326 char_u *fname; |
| 2327 int dir; | |
| 464 | 2328 int flags; |
| 7 | 2329 { |
| 1353 | 2330 char_u *p; |
| 2331 int i, c; | |
| 2332 int actual_len; /* Take multi-byte characters */ | |
| 2333 int actual_compl_length; /* into account. */ | |
| 2177 | 2334 int min_len; |
| 2004 | 2335 int *wca; /* Wide character array. */ |
| 7 | 2336 int has_lower = FALSE; |
| 2337 int was_letter = FALSE; | |
| 1353 | 2338 |
| 1436 | 2339 if (p_ic && curbuf->b_p_inf && len > 0) |
| 1353 | 2340 { |
| 2341 /* Infer case of completed part. */ | |
| 2342 | |
| 2343 /* Find actual length of completion. */ | |
| 2344 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2345 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2346 { | |
| 2347 p = str; | |
| 2348 actual_len = 0; | |
| 2349 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 2350 { | |
| 2351 mb_ptr_adv(p); | |
| 2352 ++actual_len; | |
| 2353 } | |
| 2354 } | |
| 2355 else | |
| 2356 #endif | |
| 2357 actual_len = len; | |
| 2358 | |
| 2359 /* Find actual length of original text. */ | |
| 2360 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2361 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2362 { | |
| 2363 p = compl_orig_text; | |
| 2364 actual_compl_length = 0; | |
| 2365 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 7 | 2366 { |
| 1353 | 2367 mb_ptr_adv(p); |
| 2368 ++actual_compl_length; | |
| 2369 } | |
| 2370 } | |
| 2371 else | |
| 2372 #endif | |
| 2373 actual_compl_length = compl_length; | |
| 2374 | |
| 2177 | 2375 /* "actual_len" may be smaller than "actual_compl_length" when using |
| 2376 * thesaurus, only use the minimum when comparing. */ | |
| 2377 min_len = actual_len < actual_compl_length | |
| 2378 ? actual_len : actual_compl_length; | |
| 2379 | |
| 1353 | 2380 /* Allocate wide character array for the completion and fill it. */ |
| 1869 | 2381 wca = (int *)alloc((unsigned)(actual_len * sizeof(int))); |
| 1353 | 2382 if (wca != NULL) |
| 2383 { | |
| 2384 p = str; | |
| 2385 for (i = 0; i < actual_len; ++i) | |
| 2386 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2387 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2388 wca[i] = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
| 2389 else | |
| 2390 #endif | |
| 2391 wca[i] = *(p++); | |
| 2392 | |
| 2393 /* Rule 1: Were any chars converted to lower? */ | |
| 2394 p = compl_orig_text; | |
| 2177 | 2395 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) |
| 1353 | 2396 { |
| 2397 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2398 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2399 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
| 2400 else | |
| 2401 #endif | |
| 2402 c = *(p++); | |
| 2403 if (MB_ISLOWER(c)) | |
| 7 | 2404 { |
| 1353 | 2405 has_lower = TRUE; |
| 2406 if (MB_ISUPPER(wca[i])) | |
| 2407 { | |
| 2408 /* Rule 1 is satisfied. */ | |
| 2409 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i) | |
| 2410 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]); | |
| 2411 break; | |
| 2412 } | |
| 7 | 2413 } |
| 2414 } | |
| 1353 | 2415 |
| 2416 /* | |
| 2417 * Rule 2: No lower case, 2nd consecutive letter converted to | |
| 2418 * upper case. | |
| 2419 */ | |
| 2420 if (!has_lower) | |
| 2421 { | |
| 2422 p = compl_orig_text; | |
| 2177 | 2423 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) |
| 1353 | 2424 { |
| 2425 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2426 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2427 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
| 2428 else | |
| 2429 #endif | |
| 2430 c = *(p++); | |
| 2431 if (was_letter && MB_ISUPPER(c) && MB_ISLOWER(wca[i])) | |
| 2432 { | |
| 2433 /* Rule 2 is satisfied. */ | |
| 2434 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i) | |
| 2435 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]); | |
| 2436 break; | |
| 2437 } | |
| 2438 was_letter = MB_ISLOWER(c) || MB_ISUPPER(c); | |
| 2439 } | |
| 2440 } | |
| 2441 | |
| 2442 /* Copy the original case of the part we typed. */ | |
| 2443 p = compl_orig_text; | |
| 2177 | 2444 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) |
| 7 | 2445 { |
| 1353 | 2446 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 2447 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2448 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
| 2449 else | |
| 2450 #endif | |
| 2451 c = *(p++); | |
| 2452 if (MB_ISLOWER(c)) | |
| 2453 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]); | |
| 2454 else if (MB_ISUPPER(c)) | |
| 2455 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]); | |
| 7 | 2456 } |
| 1353 | 2457 |
| 1436 | 2458 /* |
| 1353 | 2459 * Generate encoding specific output from wide character array. |
| 2460 * Multi-byte characters can occupy up to five bytes more than | |
| 2461 * ASCII characters, and we also need one byte for NUL, so stay | |
| 2462 * six bytes away from the edge of IObuff. | |
| 2463 */ | |
| 2464 p = IObuff; | |
| 2465 i = 0; | |
| 2466 while (i < actual_len && (p - IObuff + 6) < IOSIZE) | |
| 2467 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2468 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 1446 | 2469 p += (*mb_char2bytes)(wca[i++], p); |
| 1353 | 2470 else |
| 2471 #endif | |
| 2472 *(p++) = wca[i++]; | |
| 2473 *p = NUL; | |
| 2474 | |
| 2475 vim_free(wca); | |
| 2476 } | |
| 7 | 2477 |
| 841 | 2478 return ins_compl_add(IObuff, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, |
| 2479 flags, FALSE); | |
| 2480 } | |
| 2481 return ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, flags, FALSE); | |
| 7 | 2482 } |
| 2483 | |
| 2484 /* | |
| 2485 * Add a match to the list of matches. | |
| 2486 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return | |
| 464 | 2487 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error, |
| 681 | 2488 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned. |
| 7 | 2489 */ |
| 841 | 2490 static int |
| 944 | 2491 ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, cptext, cdir, flags, adup) |
| 7 | 2492 char_u *str; |
| 2493 int len; | |
| 681 | 2494 int icase; |
| 7 | 2495 char_u *fname; |
| 841 | 2496 char_u **cptext; /* extra text for popup menu or NULL */ |
| 659 | 2497 int cdir; |
| 464 | 2498 int flags; |
| 944 | 2499 int adup; /* accept duplicate match */ |
| 7 | 2500 { |
| 464 | 2501 compl_T *match; |
| 659 | 2502 int dir = (cdir == 0 ? compl_direction : cdir); |
| 7 | 2503 |
| 2504 ui_breakcheck(); | |
| 2505 if (got_int) | |
| 464 | 2506 return FAIL; |
| 7 | 2507 if (len < 0) |
| 2508 len = (int)STRLEN(str); | |
| 2509 | |
| 2510 /* | |
| 2511 * If the same match is already present, don't add it. | |
| 2512 */ | |
| 944 | 2513 if (compl_first_match != NULL && !adup) |
| 449 | 2514 { |
| 2515 match = compl_first_match; | |
| 7 | 2516 do |
| 2517 { | |
| 464 | 2518 if ( !(match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) |
| 989 | 2519 && STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, len) == 0 |
| 464 | 2520 && match->cp_str[len] == NUL) |
| 2521 return NOTDONE; | |
| 2522 match = match->cp_next; | |
| 449 | 2523 } while (match != NULL && match != compl_first_match); |
| 7 | 2524 } |
| 2525 | |
| 540 | 2526 /* Remove any popup menu before changing the list of matches. */ |
| 2527 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
| 2528 | |
| 7 | 2529 /* |
| 2530 * Allocate a new match structure. | |
| 2531 * Copy the values to the new match structure. | |
| 2532 */ | |
| 659 | 2533 match = (compl_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(compl_T)); |
| 7 | 2534 if (match == NULL) |
| 464 | 2535 return FAIL; |
| 2536 match->cp_number = -1; | |
| 2537 if (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
| 2538 match->cp_number = 0; | |
| 694 | 2539 if ((match->cp_str = vim_strnsave(str, len)) == NULL) |
| 7 | 2540 { |
| 2541 vim_free(match); | |
| 464 | 2542 return FAIL; |
| 7 | 2543 } |
| 681 | 2544 match->cp_icase = icase; |
| 659 | 2545 |
| 7 | 2546 /* match-fname is: |
| 464 | 2547 * - compl_curr_match->cp_fname if it is a string equal to fname. |
| 7 | 2548 * - a copy of fname, FREE_FNAME is set to free later THE allocated mem. |
| 2549 * - NULL otherwise. --Acevedo */ | |
| 659 | 2550 if (fname != NULL |
| 829 | 2551 && compl_curr_match != NULL |
| 659 | 2552 && compl_curr_match->cp_fname != NULL |
| 2553 && STRCMP(fname, compl_curr_match->cp_fname) == 0) | |
| 464 | 2554 match->cp_fname = compl_curr_match->cp_fname; |
| 659 | 2555 else if (fname != NULL) |
| 2556 { | |
| 2557 match->cp_fname = vim_strsave(fname); | |
| 464 | 2558 flags |= FREE_FNAME; |
| 659 | 2559 } |
| 7 | 2560 else |
| 464 | 2561 match->cp_fname = NULL; |
| 2562 match->cp_flags = flags; | |
| 786 | 2563 |
| 2564 if (cptext != NULL) | |
| 2565 { | |
| 2566 int i; | |
| 2567 | |
| 2568 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i) | |
| 2569 if (cptext[i] != NULL && *cptext[i] != NUL) | |
| 2570 match->cp_text[i] = vim_strsave(cptext[i]); | |
| 2571 } | |
| 7 | 2572 |
| 2573 /* | |
| 2574 * Link the new match structure in the list of matches. | |
| 2575 */ | |
| 449 | 2576 if (compl_first_match == NULL) |
| 464 | 2577 match->cp_next = match->cp_prev = NULL; |
| 7 | 2578 else if (dir == FORWARD) |
| 2579 { | |
| 464 | 2580 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match->cp_next; |
| 2581 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match; | |
| 7 | 2582 } |
| 2583 else /* BACKWARD */ | |
| 2584 { | |
| 464 | 2585 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match; |
| 2586 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; | |
| 2587 } | |
| 2588 if (match->cp_next) | |
| 2589 match->cp_next->cp_prev = match; | |
| 2590 if (match->cp_prev) | |
| 2591 match->cp_prev->cp_next = match; | |
| 7 | 2592 else /* if there's nothing before, it is the first match */ |
| 449 | 2593 compl_first_match = match; |
| 2594 compl_curr_match = match; | |
| 7 | 2595 |
| 665 | 2596 /* |
| 2597 * Find the longest common string if still doing that. | |
| 2598 */ | |
| 2599 if (compl_get_longest && (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0) | |
| 2600 ins_compl_longest_match(match); | |
| 2601 | |
| 7 | 2602 return OK; |
| 2603 } | |
| 2604 | |
| 2605 /* | |
| 681 | 2606 * Return TRUE if "str[len]" matches with match->cp_str, considering |
| 2607 * match->cp_icase. | |
| 2608 */ | |
| 2609 static int | |
| 2610 ins_compl_equal(match, str, len) | |
| 2611 compl_T *match; | |
| 2612 char_u *str; | |
| 2613 int len; | |
| 2614 { | |
| 2615 if (match->cp_icase) | |
| 2616 return STRNICMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0; | |
| 2617 return STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0; | |
| 2618 } | |
| 2619 | |
| 2620 /* | |
| 665 | 2621 * Reduce the longest common string for match "match". |
| 2622 */ | |
| 2623 static void | |
| 2624 ins_compl_longest_match(match) | |
| 2625 compl_T *match; | |
| 2626 { | |
| 2627 char_u *p, *s; | |
| 681 | 2628 int c1, c2; |
| 665 | 2629 int had_match; |
| 2630 | |
| 2631 if (compl_leader == NULL) | |
| 842 | 2632 { |
| 665 | 2633 /* First match, use it as a whole. */ |
| 2634 compl_leader = vim_strsave(match->cp_str); | |
| 842 | 2635 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
| 2636 { | |
| 2637 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col); | |
| 2638 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 1782 | 2639 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
| 842 | 2640 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 2641 | |
| 2642 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it | |
| 2643 * again after redrawing. */ | |
| 2644 if (!had_match) | |
| 2645 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 2646 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
| 2647 } | |
| 2648 } | |
| 665 | 2649 else |
| 2650 { | |
| 2651 /* Reduce the text if this match differs from compl_leader. */ | |
| 681 | 2652 p = compl_leader; |
| 2653 s = match->cp_str; | |
| 2654 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 665 | 2655 { |
| 2656 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2657 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2658 { | |
| 681 | 2659 c1 = mb_ptr2char(p); |
| 2660 c2 = mb_ptr2char(s); | |
| 665 | 2661 } |
| 2662 else | |
| 2663 #endif | |
| 2664 { | |
| 681 | 2665 c1 = *p; |
| 2666 c2 = *s; | |
| 2667 } | |
| 2668 if (match->cp_icase ? (MB_TOLOWER(c1) != MB_TOLOWER(c2)) | |
| 2669 : (c1 != c2)) | |
| 2670 break; | |
| 2671 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2672 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2673 { | |
| 2674 mb_ptr_adv(p); | |
| 2675 mb_ptr_adv(s); | |
| 2676 } | |
| 2677 else | |
| 2678 #endif | |
| 2679 { | |
| 2680 ++p; | |
| 2681 ++s; | |
| 665 | 2682 } |
| 2683 } | |
| 2684 | |
| 2685 if (*p != NUL) | |
| 2686 { | |
| 2687 /* Leader was shortened, need to change the inserted text. */ | |
| 2688 *p = NUL; | |
| 2689 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col); | |
| 2690 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 1782 | 2691 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
| 665 | 2692 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 2693 | |
| 2694 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it | |
| 2695 * again after redrawing. */ | |
| 2696 if (!had_match) | |
| 2697 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 2698 } | |
| 2699 | |
| 2700 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
| 2701 } | |
| 2702 } | |
| 2703 | |
| 2704 /* | |
| 7 | 2705 * Add an array of matches to the list of matches. |
| 2706 * Frees matches[]. | |
| 2707 */ | |
| 2708 static void | |
| 681 | 2709 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, icase) |
| 7 | 2710 int num_matches; |
| 2711 char_u **matches; | |
| 681 | 2712 int icase; |
| 7 | 2713 { |
| 2714 int i; | |
| 2715 int add_r = OK; | |
| 659 | 2716 int dir = compl_direction; |
| 7 | 2717 |
| 464 | 2718 for (i = 0; i < num_matches && add_r != FAIL; i++) |
| 681 | 2719 if ((add_r = ins_compl_add(matches[i], -1, icase, |
| 841 | 2720 NULL, NULL, dir, 0, FALSE)) == OK) |
| 7 | 2721 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ |
| 659 | 2722 dir = FORWARD; |
| 7 | 2723 FreeWild(num_matches, matches); |
| 2724 } | |
| 2725 | |
| 2726 /* Make the completion list cyclic. | |
| 2727 * Return the number of matches (excluding the original). | |
| 2728 */ | |
| 2729 static int | |
| 2730 ins_compl_make_cyclic() | |
| 2731 { | |
| 464 | 2732 compl_T *match; |
| 7 | 2733 int count = 0; |
| 2734 | |
| 449 | 2735 if (compl_first_match != NULL) |
| 7 | 2736 { |
| 2737 /* | |
| 2738 * Find the end of the list. | |
| 2739 */ | |
| 449 | 2740 match = compl_first_match; |
| 2741 /* there's always an entry for the compl_orig_text, it doesn't count. */ | |
| 464 | 2742 while (match->cp_next != NULL && match->cp_next != compl_first_match) |
| 2743 { | |
| 2744 match = match->cp_next; | |
| 7 | 2745 ++count; |
| 2746 } | |
| 464 | 2747 match->cp_next = compl_first_match; |
| 2748 compl_first_match->cp_prev = match; | |
| 7 | 2749 } |
| 2750 return count; | |
| 2751 } | |
| 2752 | |
| 724 | 2753 /* |
| 2754 * Start completion for the complete() function. | |
| 2755 * "startcol" is where the matched text starts (1 is first column). | |
| 2756 * "list" is the list of matches. | |
| 2757 */ | |
| 2758 void | |
| 2759 set_completion(startcol, list) | |
| 1869 | 2760 colnr_T startcol; |
| 724 | 2761 list_T *list; |
| 2762 { | |
| 2763 /* If already doing completions stop it. */ | |
| 2764 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) | |
| 2765 ins_compl_prep(' '); | |
| 2766 ins_compl_clear(); | |
| 2767 | |
| 2768 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 2769 return; | |
| 2770 | |
| 2632 | 2771 compl_direction = FORWARD; |
| 1869 | 2772 if (startcol > curwin->w_cursor.col) |
| 724 | 2773 startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 2774 compl_col = startcol; | |
| 1869 | 2775 compl_length = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)startcol; |
| 724 | 2776 /* compl_pattern doesn't need to be set */ |
| 2777 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col, compl_length); | |
| 2778 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text, | |
| 942 | 2779 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK) |
| 724 | 2780 return; |
| 2781 | |
| 6657 | 2782 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_EVAL; |
| 724 | 2783 |
| 2784 ins_compl_add_list(list); | |
| 2785 compl_matches = ins_compl_make_cyclic(); | |
| 2786 compl_started = TRUE; | |
| 2787 compl_used_match = TRUE; | |
| 929 | 2788 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 724 | 2789 |
| 2790 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match; | |
| 2791 ins_complete(Ctrl_N); | |
| 2792 out_flush(); | |
| 2793 } | |
| 2794 | |
| 2795 | |
| 574 | 2796 /* "compl_match_array" points the currently displayed list of entries in the |
| 2797 * popup menu. It is NULL when there is no popup menu. */ | |
| 659 | 2798 static pumitem_T *compl_match_array = NULL; |
| 540 | 2799 static int compl_match_arraysize; |
| 2800 | |
| 2801 /* | |
| 2802 * Update the screen and when there is any scrolling remove the popup menu. | |
| 2803 */ | |
| 2804 static void | |
| 2805 ins_compl_upd_pum() | |
| 2806 { | |
| 2807 int h; | |
| 2808 | |
| 2809 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
| 2810 { | |
| 2811 h = curwin->w_cline_height; | |
| 2812 update_screen(0); | |
| 2813 if (h != curwin->w_cline_height) | |
| 2814 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
| 2815 } | |
| 2816 } | |
| 2817 | |
| 2818 /* | |
| 2819 * Remove any popup menu. | |
| 2820 */ | |
| 2821 static void | |
| 2822 ins_compl_del_pum() | |
| 2823 { | |
| 2824 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
| 2825 { | |
| 2826 pum_undisplay(); | |
| 2827 vim_free(compl_match_array); | |
| 2828 compl_match_array = NULL; | |
| 2829 } | |
| 2830 } | |
| 2831 | |
| 2832 /* | |
| 2833 * Return TRUE if the popup menu should be displayed. | |
| 2834 */ | |
| 2835 static int | |
| 2836 pum_wanted() | |
| 2837 { | |
| 707 | 2838 /* 'completeopt' must contain "menu" or "menuone" */ |
| 665 | 2839 if (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'm') == NULL) |
| 540 | 2840 return FALSE; |
| 2841 | |
| 2842 /* The display looks bad on a B&W display. */ | |
| 2843 if (t_colors < 8 | |
| 2844 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 2845 && !gui.in_use | |
| 2846 #endif | |
| 2847 ) | |
| 2848 return FALSE; | |
| 657 | 2849 return TRUE; |
| 2850 } | |
| 2851 | |
| 2852 /* | |
| 2853 * Return TRUE if there are two or more matches to be shown in the popup menu. | |
| 707 | 2854 * One if 'completopt' contains "menuone". |
| 657 | 2855 */ |
| 2856 static int | |
| 707 | 2857 pum_enough_matches() |
| 657 | 2858 { |
| 2859 compl_T *compl; | |
| 2860 int i; | |
| 540 | 2861 |
| 2862 /* Don't display the popup menu if there are no matches or there is only | |
| 2863 * one (ignoring the original text). */ | |
| 2864 compl = compl_first_match; | |
| 2865 i = 0; | |
| 2866 do | |
| 2867 { | |
| 2868 if (compl == NULL | |
| 2869 || ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 && ++i == 2)) | |
| 2870 break; | |
| 2871 compl = compl->cp_next; | |
| 2872 } while (compl != compl_first_match); | |
| 2873 | |
| 707 | 2874 if (strstr((char *)p_cot, "menuone") != NULL) |
| 2875 return (i >= 1); | |
| 540 | 2876 return (i >= 2); |
| 2877 } | |
| 2878 | |
| 2879 /* | |
| 2880 * Show the popup menu for the list of matches. | |
| 659 | 2881 * Also adjusts "compl_shown_match" to an entry that is actually displayed. |
| 540 | 2882 */ |
| 648 | 2883 void |
| 540 | 2884 ins_compl_show_pum() |
| 2885 { | |
| 2886 compl_T *compl; | |
| 659 | 2887 compl_T *shown_compl = NULL; |
| 2888 int did_find_shown_match = FALSE; | |
| 2889 int shown_match_ok = FALSE; | |
| 540 | 2890 int i; |
| 2891 int cur = -1; | |
| 2892 colnr_T col; | |
| 657 | 2893 int lead_len = 0; |
| 2894 | |
| 707 | 2895 if (!pum_wanted() || !pum_enough_matches()) |
| 540 | 2896 return; |
| 2897 | |
| 794 | 2898 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) |
| 2899 /* Dirty hard-coded hack: remove any matchparen highlighting. */ | |
| 2900 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"if exists('g:loaded_matchparen')|3match none|endif"); | |
| 2901 #endif | |
| 2902 | |
| 540 | 2903 /* Update the screen before drawing the popup menu over it. */ |
| 2904 update_screen(0); | |
| 2905 | |
| 2906 if (compl_match_array == NULL) | |
| 2907 { | |
| 2908 /* Need to build the popup menu list. */ | |
| 2909 compl_match_arraysize = 0; | |
| 2910 compl = compl_first_match; | |
| 657 | 2911 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
| 835 | 2912 lead_len = (int)STRLEN(compl_leader); |
| 540 | 2913 do |
| 2914 { | |
| 657 | 2915 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 |
| 2916 && (compl_leader == NULL | |
| 681 | 2917 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len))) |
| 540 | 2918 ++compl_match_arraysize; |
| 2919 compl = compl->cp_next; | |
| 2920 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match); | |
| 657 | 2921 if (compl_match_arraysize == 0) |
| 2922 return; | |
| 659 | 2923 compl_match_array = (pumitem_T *)alloc_clear( |
| 2924 (unsigned)(sizeof(pumitem_T) | |
| 540 | 2925 * compl_match_arraysize)); |
| 2926 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
| 2927 { | |
| 829 | 2928 /* If the current match is the original text don't find the first |
| 2929 * match after it, don't highlight anything. */ | |
| 2930 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
| 2931 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
| 2932 | |
| 540 | 2933 i = 0; |
| 2934 compl = compl_first_match; | |
| 2935 do | |
| 2936 { | |
| 657 | 2937 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 |
| 2938 && (compl_leader == NULL | |
| 681 | 2939 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len))) |
| 540 | 2940 { |
| 659 | 2941 if (!shown_match_ok) |
| 2942 { | |
| 2943 if (compl == compl_shown_match || did_find_shown_match) | |
| 2944 { | |
| 2945 /* This item is the shown match or this is the | |
| 2946 * first displayed item after the shown match. */ | |
| 2947 compl_shown_match = compl; | |
| 2948 did_find_shown_match = TRUE; | |
| 2949 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
| 2950 } | |
| 2951 else | |
| 2952 /* Remember this displayed match for when the | |
| 2953 * shown match is just below it. */ | |
| 2954 shown_compl = compl; | |
| 540 | 2955 cur = i; |
| 659 | 2956 } |
| 786 | 2957 |
| 2958 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR] != NULL) | |
| 2959 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = | |
| 2960 compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR]; | |
| 2961 else | |
| 2962 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = compl->cp_str; | |
| 2963 compl_match_array[i].pum_kind = compl->cp_text[CPT_KIND]; | |
| 2964 compl_match_array[i].pum_info = compl->cp_text[CPT_INFO]; | |
| 2965 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU] != NULL) | |
| 2966 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = | |
| 2967 compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU]; | |
| 659 | 2968 else |
| 2969 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = compl->cp_fname; | |
| 2970 } | |
| 2971 | |
| 2972 if (compl == compl_shown_match) | |
| 2973 { | |
| 2974 did_find_shown_match = TRUE; | |
| 716 | 2975 |
| 2976 /* When the original text is the shown match don't set | |
| 2977 * compl_shown_match. */ | |
| 2978 if (compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
| 2979 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
| 2980 | |
| 659 | 2981 if (!shown_match_ok && shown_compl != NULL) |
| 2982 { | |
| 2983 /* The shown match isn't displayed, set it to the | |
| 2984 * previously displayed match. */ | |
| 2985 compl_shown_match = shown_compl; | |
| 2986 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
| 2987 } | |
| 540 | 2988 } |
| 2989 compl = compl->cp_next; | |
| 2990 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match); | |
| 659 | 2991 |
| 2992 if (!shown_match_ok) /* no displayed match at all */ | |
| 2993 cur = -1; | |
| 540 | 2994 } |
| 2995 } | |
| 2996 else | |
| 2997 { | |
| 2998 /* popup menu already exists, only need to find the current item.*/ | |
| 657 | 2999 for (i = 0; i < compl_match_arraysize; ++i) |
| 786 | 3000 if (compl_match_array[i].pum_text == compl_shown_match->cp_str |
| 3001 || compl_match_array[i].pum_text | |
| 3002 == compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_ABBR]) | |
| 829 | 3003 { |
| 3004 cur = i; | |
| 657 | 3005 break; |
| 829 | 3006 } |
| 540 | 3007 } |
| 3008 | |
| 3009 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
| 3010 { | |
| 3011 /* Compute the screen column of the start of the completed text. | |
| 3012 * Use the cursor to get all wrapping and other settings right. */ | |
| 3013 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 3014 curwin->w_cursor.col = compl_col; | |
| 732 | 3015 pum_display(compl_match_array, compl_match_arraysize, cur); |
| 540 | 3016 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; |
| 3017 } | |
| 3018 } | |
| 3019 | |
| 7 | 3020 #define DICT_FIRST (1) /* use just first element in "dict" */ |
| 3021 #define DICT_EXACT (2) /* "dict" is the exact name of a file */ | |
| 648 | 3022 |
| 7 | 3023 /* |
| 703 | 3024 * Add any identifiers that match the given pattern in the list of dictionary |
| 3025 * files "dict_start" to the list of completions. | |
| 7 | 3026 */ |
| 3027 static void | |
| 703 | 3028 ins_compl_dictionaries(dict_start, pat, flags, thesaurus) |
| 3029 char_u *dict_start; | |
| 7 | 3030 char_u *pat; |
| 667 | 3031 int flags; /* DICT_FIRST and/or DICT_EXACT */ |
| 703 | 3032 int thesaurus; /* Thesaurus completion */ |
| 3033 { | |
| 3034 char_u *dict = dict_start; | |
| 7 | 3035 char_u *ptr; |
| 3036 char_u *buf; | |
| 3037 regmatch_T regmatch; | |
| 3038 char_u **files; | |
| 3039 int count; | |
| 3040 int save_p_scs; | |
| 659 | 3041 int dir = compl_direction; |
| 7 | 3042 |
| 703 | 3043 if (*dict == NUL) |
| 3044 { | |
| 744 | 3045 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 703 | 3046 /* When 'dictionary' is empty and spell checking is enabled use |
| 3047 * "spell". */ | |
| 3048 if (!thesaurus && curwin->w_p_spell) | |
| 3049 dict = (char_u *)"spell"; | |
| 3050 else | |
| 3051 #endif | |
| 3052 return; | |
| 3053 } | |
| 3054 | |
| 7 | 3055 buf = alloc(LSIZE); |
| 703 | 3056 if (buf == NULL) |
| 3057 return; | |
| 1074 | 3058 regmatch.regprog = NULL; /* so that we can goto theend */ |
| 703 | 3059 |
| 7 | 3060 /* If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here */ |
| 3061 save_p_scs = p_scs; | |
| 3062 if (curbuf->b_p_inf) | |
| 3063 p_scs = FALSE; | |
| 667 | 3064 |
| 3065 /* When invoked to match whole lines for CTRL-X CTRL-L adjust the pattern | |
| 3066 * to only match at the start of a line. Otherwise just match the | |
| 842 | 3067 * pattern. Also need to double backslashes. */ |
| 6657 | 3068 if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) |
| 667 | 3069 { |
| 842 | 3070 char_u *pat_esc = vim_strsave_escaped(pat, (char_u *)"\\"); |
| 1869 | 3071 size_t len; |
| 842 | 3072 |
| 3073 if (pat_esc == NULL) | |
| 1159 | 3074 goto theend; |
| 1869 | 3075 len = STRLEN(pat_esc) + 10; |
| 3076 ptr = alloc((unsigned)len); | |
| 667 | 3077 if (ptr == NULL) |
| 842 | 3078 { |
| 3079 vim_free(pat_esc); | |
| 1074 | 3080 goto theend; |
| 842 | 3081 } |
| 1869 | 3082 vim_snprintf((char *)ptr, len, "^\\s*\\zs\\V%s", pat_esc); |
| 842 | 3083 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(ptr, RE_MAGIC); |
| 3084 vim_free(pat_esc); | |
| 667 | 3085 vim_free(ptr); |
| 3086 } | |
| 3087 else | |
| 703 | 3088 { |
| 667 | 3089 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0); |
| 703 | 3090 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL) |
| 3091 goto theend; | |
| 3092 } | |
| 667 | 3093 |
| 7 | 3094 /* ignore case depends on 'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and "pat" */ |
| 3095 regmatch.rm_ic = ignorecase(pat); | |
| 703 | 3096 while (*dict != NUL && !got_int && !compl_interrupted) |
| 7 | 3097 { |
| 3098 /* copy one dictionary file name into buf */ | |
| 3099 if (flags == DICT_EXACT) | |
| 3100 { | |
| 3101 count = 1; | |
| 3102 files = &dict; | |
| 3103 } | |
| 3104 else | |
| 3105 { | |
| 3106 /* Expand wildcards in the dictionary name, but do not allow | |
| 3107 * backticks (for security, the 'dict' option may have been set in | |
| 3108 * a modeline). */ | |
| 3109 copy_option_part(&dict, buf, LSIZE, ","); | |
| 744 | 3110 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 703 | 3111 if (!thesaurus && STRCMP(buf, "spell") == 0) |
| 3112 count = -1; | |
| 744 | 3113 else |
| 3114 # endif | |
| 3115 if (vim_strchr(buf, '`') != NULL | |
| 7 | 3116 || expand_wildcards(1, &buf, &count, &files, |
| 3117 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) != OK) | |
| 3118 count = 0; | |
| 3119 } | |
| 3120 | |
| 744 | 3121 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 703 | 3122 if (count == -1) |
| 3123 { | |
| 712 | 3124 /* Complete from active spelling. Skip "\<" in the pattern, we |
| 3125 * don't use it as a RE. */ | |
| 703 | 3126 if (pat[0] == '\\' && pat[1] == '<') |
| 3127 ptr = pat + 2; | |
| 3128 else | |
| 3129 ptr = pat; | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
3130 spell_dump_compl(ptr, regmatch.rm_ic, &dir, 0); |
| 703 | 3131 } |
| 3132 else | |
| 744 | 3133 # endif |
| 938 | 3134 if (count > 0) /* avoid warning for using "files" uninit */ |
| 703 | 3135 { |
| 3136 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags, | |
| 3137 ®match, buf, &dir); | |
| 7 | 3138 if (flags != DICT_EXACT) |
| 703 | 3139 FreeWild(count, files); |
| 3140 } | |
| 3141 if (flags != 0) | |
| 7 | 3142 break; |
| 3143 } | |
| 703 | 3144 |
| 3145 theend: | |
| 7 | 3146 p_scs = save_p_scs; |
|
4805
66803af09906
updated for version 7.3.1149
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4448
diff
changeset
|
3147 vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog); |
| 7 | 3148 vim_free(buf); |
| 3149 } | |
| 3150 | |
| 703 | 3151 static void |
| 3152 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags, regmatch, buf, dir) | |
| 3153 int count; | |
| 3154 char_u **files; | |
| 3155 int thesaurus; | |
| 3156 int flags; | |
| 3157 regmatch_T *regmatch; | |
| 3158 char_u *buf; | |
| 3159 int *dir; | |
| 3160 { | |
| 3161 char_u *ptr; | |
| 3162 int i; | |
| 3163 FILE *fp; | |
| 3164 int add_r; | |
| 3165 | |
| 3166 for (i = 0; i < count && !got_int && !compl_interrupted; i++) | |
| 3167 { | |
| 3168 fp = mch_fopen((char *)files[i], "r"); /* open dictionary file */ | |
| 3169 if (flags != DICT_EXACT) | |
| 3170 { | |
| 3171 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, | |
| 3172 _("Scanning dictionary: %s"), (char *)files[i]); | |
| 1869 | 3173 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); |
| 703 | 3174 } |
| 3175 | |
| 3176 if (fp != NULL) | |
| 3177 { | |
| 3178 /* | |
| 3179 * Read dictionary file line by line. | |
| 3180 * Check each line for a match. | |
| 3181 */ | |
| 3182 while (!got_int && !compl_interrupted | |
| 3183 && !vim_fgets(buf, LSIZE, fp)) | |
| 3184 { | |
| 3185 ptr = buf; | |
| 3186 while (vim_regexec(regmatch, buf, (colnr_T)(ptr - buf))) | |
| 3187 { | |
| 3188 ptr = regmatch->startp[0]; | |
| 6657 | 3189 if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) |
| 703 | 3190 ptr = find_line_end(ptr); |
| 3191 else | |
| 3192 ptr = find_word_end(ptr); | |
| 3193 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(regmatch->startp[0], | |
| 3194 (int)(ptr - regmatch->startp[0]), | |
| 942 | 3195 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0); |
| 703 | 3196 if (thesaurus) |
| 3197 { | |
| 3198 char_u *wstart; | |
| 3199 | |
| 3200 /* | |
| 3201 * Add the other matches on the line | |
| 3202 */ | |
| 1353 | 3203 ptr = buf; |
| 703 | 3204 while (!got_int) |
| 3205 { | |
| 3206 /* Find start of the next word. Skip white | |
| 3207 * space and punctuation. */ | |
| 3208 ptr = find_word_start(ptr); | |
| 3209 if (*ptr == NUL || *ptr == NL) | |
| 3210 break; | |
| 3211 wstart = ptr; | |
| 3212 | |
| 1353 | 3213 /* Find end of the word. */ |
| 703 | 3214 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 3215 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3216 /* Japanese words may have characters in | |
| 3217 * different classes, only separate words | |
| 3218 * with single-byte non-word characters. */ | |
| 3219 while (*ptr != NUL) | |
| 3220 { | |
| 3221 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); | |
| 3222 | |
| 3223 if (l < 2 && !vim_iswordc(*ptr)) | |
| 3224 break; | |
| 3225 ptr += l; | |
| 3226 } | |
| 3227 else | |
| 3228 #endif | |
| 3229 ptr = find_word_end(ptr); | |
| 1353 | 3230 |
| 3231 /* Add the word. Skip the regexp match. */ | |
| 3232 if (wstart != regmatch->startp[0]) | |
| 3233 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(wstart, | |
| 3234 (int)(ptr - wstart), | |
| 3235 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0); | |
| 703 | 3236 } |
| 3237 } | |
| 3238 if (add_r == OK) | |
| 3239 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ | |
| 3240 *dir = FORWARD; | |
| 3241 else if (add_r == FAIL) | |
| 3242 break; | |
| 3243 /* avoid expensive call to vim_regexec() when at end | |
| 3244 * of line */ | |
| 3245 if (*ptr == '\n' || got_int) | |
| 3246 break; | |
| 3247 } | |
| 3248 line_breakcheck(); | |
| 3249 ins_compl_check_keys(50); | |
| 3250 } | |
| 3251 fclose(fp); | |
| 3252 } | |
| 3253 } | |
| 3254 } | |
| 3255 | |
| 7 | 3256 /* |
| 3257 * Find the start of the next word. | |
| 3258 * Returns a pointer to the first char of the word. Also stops at a NUL. | |
| 3259 */ | |
| 3260 char_u * | |
| 3261 find_word_start(ptr) | |
| 3262 char_u *ptr; | |
| 3263 { | |
| 3264 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3265 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3266 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && mb_get_class(ptr) <= 1) | |
| 474 | 3267 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
| 7 | 3268 else |
| 3269 #endif | |
| 3270 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && !vim_iswordc(*ptr)) | |
| 3271 ++ptr; | |
| 3272 return ptr; | |
| 3273 } | |
| 3274 | |
| 3275 /* | |
| 3276 * Find the end of the word. Assumes it starts inside a word. | |
| 3277 * Returns a pointer to just after the word. | |
| 3278 */ | |
| 3279 char_u * | |
| 3280 find_word_end(ptr) | |
| 3281 char_u *ptr; | |
| 3282 { | |
| 3283 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3284 int start_class; | |
| 3285 | |
| 3286 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3287 { | |
| 3288 start_class = mb_get_class(ptr); | |
| 3289 if (start_class > 1) | |
| 3290 while (*ptr != NUL) | |
| 3291 { | |
| 474 | 3292 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
| 7 | 3293 if (mb_get_class(ptr) != start_class) |
| 3294 break; | |
| 3295 } | |
| 3296 } | |
| 3297 else | |
| 3298 #endif | |
| 3299 while (vim_iswordc(*ptr)) | |
| 3300 ++ptr; | |
| 3301 return ptr; | |
| 3302 } | |
| 3303 | |
| 3304 /* | |
| 667 | 3305 * Find the end of the line, omitting CR and NL at the end. |
| 3306 * Returns a pointer to just after the line. | |
| 3307 */ | |
| 3308 static char_u * | |
| 3309 find_line_end(ptr) | |
| 3310 char_u *ptr; | |
| 3311 { | |
| 3312 char_u *s; | |
| 3313 | |
| 3314 s = ptr + STRLEN(ptr); | |
| 3315 while (s > ptr && (s[-1] == CAR || s[-1] == NL)) | |
| 3316 --s; | |
| 3317 return s; | |
| 3318 } | |
| 3319 | |
| 3320 /* | |
| 7 | 3321 * Free the list of completions |
| 3322 */ | |
| 3323 static void | |
| 3324 ins_compl_free() | |
| 3325 { | |
| 464 | 3326 compl_T *match; |
| 786 | 3327 int i; |
| 7 | 3328 |
| 449 | 3329 vim_free(compl_pattern); |
| 3330 compl_pattern = NULL; | |
| 657 | 3331 vim_free(compl_leader); |
| 3332 compl_leader = NULL; | |
| 449 | 3333 |
| 3334 if (compl_first_match == NULL) | |
| 7 | 3335 return; |
| 540 | 3336 |
| 3337 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
| 3338 pum_clear(); | |
| 3339 | |
| 449 | 3340 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match; |
| 7 | 3341 do |
| 3342 { | |
| 449 | 3343 match = compl_curr_match; |
| 464 | 3344 compl_curr_match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; |
| 3345 vim_free(match->cp_str); | |
| 7 | 3346 /* several entries may use the same fname, free it just once. */ |
| 464 | 3347 if (match->cp_flags & FREE_FNAME) |
| 3348 vim_free(match->cp_fname); | |
| 786 | 3349 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i) |
| 3350 vim_free(match->cp_text[i]); | |
| 7 | 3351 vim_free(match); |
| 449 | 3352 } while (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_curr_match != compl_first_match); |
| 3353 compl_first_match = compl_curr_match = NULL; | |
| 1927 | 3354 compl_shown_match = NULL; |
| 7 | 3355 } |
| 3356 | |
| 3357 static void | |
| 3358 ins_compl_clear() | |
| 3359 { | |
| 449 | 3360 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 3361 compl_started = FALSE; | |
| 3362 compl_matches = 0; | |
| 3363 vim_free(compl_pattern); | |
| 3364 compl_pattern = NULL; | |
| 657 | 3365 vim_free(compl_leader); |
| 3366 compl_leader = NULL; | |
| 7 | 3367 edit_submode_extra = NULL; |
| 724 | 3368 vim_free(compl_orig_text); |
| 3369 compl_orig_text = NULL; | |
| 825 | 3370 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; |
| 7 | 3371 } |
| 3372 | |
| 3373 /* | |
| 674 | 3374 * Return TRUE when Insert completion is active. |
| 3375 */ | |
| 3376 int | |
| 3377 ins_compl_active() | |
| 3378 { | |
| 3379 return compl_started; | |
| 3380 } | |
| 3381 | |
| 3382 /* | |
| 659 | 3383 * Delete one character before the cursor and show the subset of the matches |
| 3384 * that match the word that is now before the cursor. | |
| 836 | 3385 * Returns the character to be used, NUL if the work is done and another char |
| 3386 * to be got from the user. | |
| 657 | 3387 */ |
| 3388 static int | |
| 3389 ins_compl_bs() | |
| 3390 { | |
| 3391 char_u *line; | |
| 3392 char_u *p; | |
| 3393 | |
| 836 | 3394 line = ml_get_curline(); |
| 3395 p = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 3396 mb_ptr_back(line, p); | |
| 3397 | |
| 1430 | 3398 /* Stop completion when the whole word was deleted. For Omni completion |
| 3399 * allow the word to be deleted, we won't match everything. */ | |
| 3400 if ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col < 0 | |
| 3401 || ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col == 0 | |
| 6657 | 3402 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_OMNI) || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_EVAL) |
| 836 | 3403 return K_BS; |
| 3404 | |
| 874 | 3405 /* Deleted more than what was used to find matches or didn't finish |
| 3406 * finding all matches: need to look for matches all over again. */ | |
| 3407 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= compl_col + compl_length | |
| 3078 | 3408 || ins_compl_need_restart()) |
| 874 | 3409 ins_compl_restart(); |
| 657 | 3410 |
| 3411 vim_free(compl_leader); | |
| 835 | 3412 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, (int)(p - line) - compl_col); |
| 657 | 3413 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
| 3414 { | |
| 874 | 3415 ins_compl_new_leader(); |
| 4205 | 3416 if (compl_shown_match != NULL) |
| 3417 /* Make sure current match is not a hidden item. */ | |
| 3418 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match; | |
| 874 | 3419 return NUL; |
| 3420 } | |
| 3421 return K_BS; | |
| 3422 } | |
| 3423 | |
| 3424 /* | |
| 3078 | 3425 * Return TRUE when we need to find matches again, ins_compl_restart() is to |
| 3426 * be called. | |
| 3427 */ | |
| 3428 static int | |
| 3429 ins_compl_need_restart() | |
| 3430 { | |
| 3431 /* Return TRUE if we didn't complete finding matches or when the | |
| 3432 * 'completefunc' returned "always" in the "refresh" dictionary item. */ | |
| 3433 return compl_was_interrupted | |
| 3434 || ((ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI) | |
| 3435 && compl_opt_refresh_always); | |
| 3436 } | |
| 3437 | |
| 3438 /* | |
| 874 | 3439 * Called after changing "compl_leader". |
| 3440 * Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. | |
| 3441 * May also search for matches again if the previous search was interrupted. | |
| 3442 */ | |
| 3443 static void | |
| 3444 ins_compl_new_leader() | |
| 3445 { | |
| 3446 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
| 3447 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 1782 | 3448 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
| 874 | 3449 compl_used_match = FALSE; |
| 3450 | |
| 3451 if (compl_started) | |
| 3452 ins_compl_set_original_text(compl_leader); | |
| 3453 else | |
| 3454 { | |
| 826 | 3455 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 874 | 3456 spell_bad_len = 0; /* need to redetect bad word */ |
| 3457 #endif | |
| 3458 /* | |
| 3459 * Matches were cleared, need to search for them now. First display | |
| 3460 * the changed text before the cursor. Set "compl_restarting" to | |
| 3461 * avoid that the first match is inserted. | |
| 3462 */ | |
| 3463 update_screen(0); | |
| 3464 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 3465 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 3466 { | |
| 3467 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */ | |
| 3468 setcursor(); | |
| 3469 out_flush(); | |
| 3470 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 3471 } | |
| 3472 #endif | |
| 3473 compl_restarting = TRUE; | |
| 3474 if (ins_complete(Ctrl_N) == FAIL) | |
| 3475 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
| 3476 compl_restarting = FALSE; | |
| 3477 } | |
| 3478 | |
| 887 | 3479 compl_enter_selects = !compl_used_match; |
| 874 | 3480 |
| 3481 /* Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. */ | |
| 3482 ins_compl_show_pum(); | |
| 947 | 3483 |
| 3484 /* Don't let Enter select the original text when there is no popup menu. */ | |
| 3485 if (compl_match_array == NULL) | |
| 3486 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; | |
| 657 | 3487 } |
| 3488 | |
| 3489 /* | |
| 1782 | 3490 * Return the length of the completion, from the completion start column to |
| 3491 * the cursor column. Making sure it never goes below zero. | |
| 3492 */ | |
| 3493 static int | |
| 3494 ins_compl_len() | |
| 3495 { | |
| 1869 | 3496 int off = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; |
| 1782 | 3497 |
| 3498 if (off < 0) | |
| 3499 return 0; | |
| 3500 return off; | |
| 3501 } | |
| 3502 | |
| 3503 /* | |
| 657 | 3504 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of |
| 3505 * matches. | |
| 3506 */ | |
| 3507 static void | |
| 3508 ins_compl_addleader(c) | |
| 3509 int c; | |
| 3510 { | |
| 3511 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3512 int cc; | |
| 3513 | |
| 3514 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1) | |
| 3515 { | |
| 3516 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; | |
| 3517 | |
| 3518 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf); | |
| 3519 buf[cc] = NUL; | |
| 3520 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc); | |
| 3612 | 3521 if (compl_opt_refresh_always) |
| 3522 AppendToRedobuff(buf); | |
| 657 | 3523 } |
| 3524 else | |
| 3525 #endif | |
| 3602 | 3526 { |
| 657 | 3527 ins_char(c); |
| 3612 | 3528 if (compl_opt_refresh_always) |
| 3529 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
| 3602 | 3530 } |
| 657 | 3531 |
| 874 | 3532 /* If we didn't complete finding matches we must search again. */ |
| 3078 | 3533 if (ins_compl_need_restart()) |
| 874 | 3534 ins_compl_restart(); |
| 3535 | |
| 3271 | 3536 /* When 'always' is set, don't reset compl_leader. While completing, |
| 3612 | 3537 * cursor doesn't point original position, changing compl_leader would |
| 3271 | 3538 * break redo. */ |
| 3539 if (!compl_opt_refresh_always) | |
| 3540 { | |
| 3541 vim_free(compl_leader); | |
| 3542 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col, | |
| 1869 | 3543 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col)); |
| 3271 | 3544 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
| 3545 ins_compl_new_leader(); | |
| 3546 } | |
| 874 | 3547 } |
| 3548 | |
| 3549 /* | |
| 3550 * Setup for finding completions again without leaving CTRL-X mode. Used when | |
| 3551 * BS or a key was typed while still searching for matches. | |
| 3552 */ | |
| 3553 static void | |
| 3554 ins_compl_restart() | |
| 3555 { | |
| 3556 ins_compl_free(); | |
| 3557 compl_started = FALSE; | |
| 3558 compl_matches = 0; | |
| 3559 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
| 3560 compl_cont_mode = 0; | |
| 694 | 3561 } |
| 3562 | |
| 3563 /* | |
| 3564 * Set the first match, the original text. | |
| 3565 */ | |
| 3566 static void | |
| 3567 ins_compl_set_original_text(str) | |
| 3568 char_u *str; | |
| 3569 { | |
| 3570 char_u *p; | |
| 3571 | |
| 3572 /* Replace the original text entry. */ | |
| 3573 if (compl_first_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) /* safety check */ | |
| 3574 { | |
| 3575 p = vim_strsave(str); | |
| 3576 if (p != NULL) | |
| 3577 { | |
| 3578 vim_free(compl_first_match->cp_str); | |
| 3579 compl_first_match->cp_str = p; | |
| 3580 } | |
| 657 | 3581 } |
| 3582 } | |
| 3583 | |
| 3584 /* | |
| 659 | 3585 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of |
| 3586 * matches. | |
| 3587 */ | |
| 3588 static void | |
| 3589 ins_compl_addfrommatch() | |
| 3590 { | |
| 3591 char_u *p; | |
| 1869 | 3592 int len = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; |
| 659 | 3593 int c; |
| 887 | 3594 compl_T *cp; |
| 659 | 3595 |
| 3596 p = compl_shown_match->cp_str; | |
| 677 | 3597 if ((int)STRLEN(p) <= len) /* the match is too short */ |
| 887 | 3598 { |
| 3599 /* When still at the original match use the first entry that matches | |
| 3600 * the leader. */ | |
| 3601 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
| 3602 { | |
| 3603 p = NULL; | |
| 3604 for (cp = compl_shown_match->cp_next; cp != NULL | |
| 3605 && cp != compl_first_match; cp = cp->cp_next) | |
| 3606 { | |
| 987 | 3607 if (compl_leader == NULL |
| 3608 || ins_compl_equal(cp, compl_leader, | |
| 887 | 3609 (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))) |
| 3610 { | |
| 3611 p = cp->cp_str; | |
| 3612 break; | |
| 3613 } | |
| 3614 } | |
| 3615 if (p == NULL || (int)STRLEN(p) <= len) | |
| 3616 return; | |
| 3617 } | |
| 3618 else | |
| 3619 return; | |
| 3620 } | |
| 659 | 3621 p += len; |
| 2845 | 3622 c = PTR2CHAR(p); |
| 659 | 3623 ins_compl_addleader(c); |
| 3624 } | |
| 3625 | |
| 3626 /* | |
| 7 | 3627 * Prepare for Insert mode completion, or stop it. |
| 464 | 3628 * Called just after typing a character in Insert mode. |
| 540 | 3629 * Returns TRUE when the character is not to be inserted; |
| 7 | 3630 */ |
| 540 | 3631 static int |
| 7 | 3632 ins_compl_prep(c) |
| 3633 int c; | |
| 3634 { | |
| 3635 char_u *ptr; | |
| 3636 int want_cindent; | |
| 540 | 3637 int retval = FALSE; |
| 7 | 3638 |
| 3639 /* Forget any previous 'special' messages if this is actually | |
| 3640 * a ^X mode key - bar ^R, in which case we wait to see what it gives us. | |
| 3641 */ | |
| 3642 if (c != Ctrl_R && vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) | |
| 3643 edit_submode_extra = NULL; | |
| 3644 | |
| 1434 | 3645 /* Ignore end of Select mode mapping and mouse scroll buttons. */ |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
3646 if (c == K_SELECT || c == K_MOUSEDOWN || c == K_MOUSEUP |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
3647 || c == K_MOUSELEFT || c == K_MOUSERIGHT) |
| 540 | 3648 return retval; |
| 7 | 3649 |
| 665 | 3650 /* Set "compl_get_longest" when finding the first matches. */ |
| 3651 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET | |
| 3652 || (ctrl_x_mode == 0 && !compl_started)) | |
| 3653 { | |
| 3654 compl_get_longest = (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'l') != NULL); | |
| 3655 compl_used_match = TRUE; | |
| 3656 } | |
| 3657 | |
| 7 | 3658 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET) |
| 3659 { | |
| 3660 /* | |
| 3661 * We have just typed CTRL-X and aren't quite sure which CTRL-X mode | |
| 3662 * it will be yet. Now we decide. | |
| 3663 */ | |
| 3664 switch (c) | |
| 3665 { | |
| 3666 case Ctrl_E: | |
| 3667 case Ctrl_Y: | |
| 3668 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SCROLL; | |
| 3669 if (!(State & REPLACE_FLAG)) | |
| 3670 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (insert) Scroll (^E/^Y)"); | |
| 3671 else | |
| 3672 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (replace) Scroll (^E/^Y)"); | |
| 3673 edit_submode_pre = NULL; | |
| 3674 showmode(); | |
| 3675 break; | |
| 3676 case Ctrl_L: | |
| 3677 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE; | |
| 3678 break; | |
| 3679 case Ctrl_F: | |
| 3680 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FILES; | |
| 3681 break; | |
| 3682 case Ctrl_K: | |
| 3683 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; | |
| 3684 break; | |
| 3685 case Ctrl_R: | |
| 3686 /* Simply allow ^R to happen without affecting ^X mode */ | |
| 3687 break; | |
| 3688 case Ctrl_T: | |
| 3689 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_THESAURUS; | |
| 3690 break; | |
| 12 | 3691 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 3692 case Ctrl_U: | |
| 3693 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FUNCTION; | |
| 3694 break; | |
| 449 | 3695 case Ctrl_O: |
| 523 | 3696 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_OMNI; |
| 449 | 3697 break; |
| 502 | 3698 #endif |
| 477 | 3699 case 's': |
| 3700 case Ctrl_S: | |
| 3701 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SPELL; | |
| 744 | 3702 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 819 | 3703 ++emsg_off; /* Avoid getting the E756 error twice. */ |
| 484 | 3704 spell_back_to_badword(); |
| 819 | 3705 --emsg_off; |
| 484 | 3706 #endif |
| 477 | 3707 break; |
| 7 | 3708 case Ctrl_RSB: |
| 3709 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_TAGS; | |
| 3710 break; | |
| 3711 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
| 3712 case Ctrl_I: | |
| 3713 case K_S_TAB: | |
| 3714 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS; | |
| 3715 break; | |
| 3716 case Ctrl_D: | |
| 3717 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES; | |
| 3718 break; | |
| 3719 #endif | |
| 3720 case Ctrl_V: | |
| 3721 case Ctrl_Q: | |
| 3722 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_CMDLINE; | |
| 3723 break; | |
| 3724 case Ctrl_P: | |
| 3725 case Ctrl_N: | |
| 3726 /* ^X^P means LOCAL expansion if nothing interrupted (eg we | |
| 3727 * just started ^X mode, or there were enough ^X's to cancel | |
| 3728 * the previous mode, say ^X^F^X^X^P or ^P^X^X^X^P, see below) | |
| 3729 * do normal expansion when interrupting a different mode (say | |
| 3730 * ^X^F^X^P or ^P^X^X^P, see below) | |
| 3731 * nothing changes if interrupting mode 0, (eg, the flag | |
| 3732 * doesn't change when going to ADDING mode -- Acevedo */ | |
| 449 | 3733 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT)) |
| 3734 compl_cont_status |= CONT_LOCAL; | |
| 3735 else if (compl_cont_mode != 0) | |
| 3736 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_LOCAL; | |
| 7 | 3737 /* FALLTHROUGH */ |
| 3738 default: | |
| 449 | 3739 /* If we have typed at least 2 ^X's... for modes != 0, we set |
| 3740 * compl_cont_status = 0 (eg, as if we had just started ^X | |
| 3741 * mode). | |
| 3742 * For mode 0, we set "compl_cont_mode" to an impossible | |
| 3743 * value, in both cases ^X^X can be used to restart the same | |
| 3744 * mode (avoiding ADDING mode). | |
| 3745 * Undocumented feature: In a mode != 0 ^X^P and ^X^X^P start | |
| 3746 * 'complete' and local ^P expansions respectively. | |
| 3747 * In mode 0 an extra ^X is needed since ^X^P goes to ADDING | |
| 3748 * mode -- Acevedo */ | |
| 7 | 3749 if (c == Ctrl_X) |
| 3750 { | |
| 449 | 3751 if (compl_cont_mode != 0) |
| 3752 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
| 7 | 3753 else |
| 449 | 3754 compl_cont_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET; |
| 7 | 3755 } |
| 3756 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
| 3757 edit_submode = NULL; | |
| 3758 showmode(); | |
| 3759 break; | |
| 3760 } | |
| 3761 } | |
| 3762 else if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) | |
| 3763 { | |
| 3764 /* We're already in CTRL-X mode, do we stay in it? */ | |
| 3765 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) | |
| 3766 { | |
| 3767 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL) | |
| 3768 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
| 3769 else | |
| 3770 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FINISHED; | |
| 3771 edit_submode = NULL; | |
| 3772 } | |
| 3773 showmode(); | |
| 3774 } | |
| 3775 | |
| 449 | 3776 if (compl_started || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED) |
| 7 | 3777 { |
| 3778 /* Show error message from attempted keyword completion (probably | |
| 3779 * 'Pattern not found') until another key is hit, then go back to | |
| 449 | 3780 * showing what mode we are in. */ |
| 7 | 3781 showmode(); |
| 644 | 3782 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 && c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_P && c != Ctrl_R |
| 3783 && !ins_compl_pum_key(c)) | |
| 7 | 3784 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED) |
| 3785 { | |
| 3786 /* Get here when we have finished typing a sequence of ^N and | |
| 3787 * ^P or other completion characters in CTRL-X mode. Free up | |
| 449 | 3788 * memory that was used, and make sure we can redo the insert. */ |
| 836 | 3789 if (compl_curr_match != NULL || compl_leader != NULL || c == Ctrl_E) |
| 7 | 3790 { |
| 3791 /* | |
| 836 | 3792 * If any of the original typed text has been changed, eg when |
| 3793 * ignorecase is set, we must add back-spaces to the redo | |
| 3794 * buffer. We add as few as necessary to delete just the part | |
| 3795 * of the original text that has changed. | |
| 3796 * When using the longest match, edited the match or used | |
| 3797 * CTRL-E then don't use the current match. | |
| 7 | 3798 */ |
| 836 | 3799 if (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_used_match && c != Ctrl_E) |
| 3800 ptr = compl_curr_match->cp_str; | |
| 3801 else | |
| 3095 | 3802 ptr = NULL; |
| 3803 ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader(ptr); | |
| 7 | 3804 } |
| 3805 | |
| 3806 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 3807 want_cindent = (can_cindent && cindent_on()); | |
| 3808 #endif | |
| 3809 /* | |
| 3810 * When completing whole lines: fix indent for 'cindent'. | |
| 3811 * Otherwise, break line if it's too long. | |
| 3812 */ | |
| 449 | 3813 if (compl_cont_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) |
| 7 | 3814 { |
| 3815 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 3816 /* re-indent the current line */ | |
| 3817 if (want_cindent) | |
| 3818 { | |
| 3819 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
| 3820 want_cindent = FALSE; /* don't do it again */ | |
| 3821 } | |
| 3822 #endif | |
| 3823 } | |
| 3824 else | |
| 3825 { | |
| 1073 | 3826 int prev_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 3827 | |
| 7 | 3828 /* put the cursor on the last char, for 'tw' formatting */ |
| 1073 | 3829 if (prev_col > 0) |
| 3830 dec_cursor(); | |
| 7 | 3831 if (stop_arrow() == OK) |
| 3832 insertchar(NUL, 0, -1); | |
| 1073 | 3833 if (prev_col > 0 |
| 3834 && ml_get_curline()[curwin->w_cursor.col] != NUL) | |
| 3835 inc_cursor(); | |
| 7 | 3836 } |
| 3837 | |
| 816 | 3838 /* If the popup menu is displayed pressing CTRL-Y means accepting |
| 825 | 3839 * the selection without inserting anything. When |
| 3840 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */ | |
| 3841 if ((c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects | |
| 3842 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL))) | |
| 3843 && pum_visible()) | |
| 540 | 3844 retval = TRUE; |
| 3845 | |
| 816 | 3846 /* CTRL-E means completion is Ended, go back to the typed text. */ |
| 3847 if (c == Ctrl_E) | |
| 3848 { | |
| 3849 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 3850 if (compl_leader != NULL) | |
| 1782 | 3851 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
| 816 | 3852 else if (compl_first_match != NULL) |
| 1782 | 3853 ins_bytes(compl_orig_text + ins_compl_len()); |
| 816 | 3854 retval = TRUE; |
| 3855 } | |
| 3856 | |
| 1698 | 3857 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); |
| 3858 | |
| 7 | 3859 ins_compl_free(); |
| 449 | 3860 compl_started = FALSE; |
| 3861 compl_matches = 0; | |
| 6056 | 3862 if (!shortmess(SHM_COMPLETIONMENU)) |
| 3863 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */ | |
| 7 | 3864 ctrl_x_mode = 0; |
| 825 | 3865 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; |
| 7 | 3866 if (edit_submode != NULL) |
| 3867 { | |
| 3868 edit_submode = NULL; | |
| 3869 showmode(); | |
| 3870 } | |
| 3871 | |
| 3872 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 3873 /* | |
| 3874 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'. | |
| 3875 */ | |
| 3876 if (want_cindent && in_cinkeys(KEY_COMPLETE, ' ', inindent(0))) | |
| 3877 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
| 3878 #endif | |
| 3676 | 3879 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 3880 /* Trigger the CompleteDone event to give scripts a chance to act | |
| 3881 * upon the completion. */ | |
| 3882 apply_autocmds(EVENT_COMPLETEDONE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); | |
| 3883 #endif | |
| 7 | 3884 } |
| 3885 } | |
| 4120 | 3886 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 3887 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG) | |
| 3888 /* Trigger the CompleteDone event to give scripts a chance to act | |
| 3889 * upon the (possibly failed) completion. */ | |
| 3890 apply_autocmds(EVENT_COMPLETEDONE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); | |
| 3891 #endif | |
| 7 | 3892 |
| 3893 /* reset continue_* if we left expansion-mode, if we stay they'll be | |
| 3894 * (re)set properly in ins_complete() */ | |
| 3895 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) | |
| 3896 { | |
| 449 | 3897 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 3898 compl_cont_mode = 0; | |
| 7 | 3899 } |
| 540 | 3900 |
| 3901 return retval; | |
| 7 | 3902 } |
| 3903 | |
| 3904 /* | |
| 3095 | 3905 * Fix the redo buffer for the completion leader replacing some of the typed |
| 3906 * text. This inserts backspaces and appends the changed text. | |
| 3907 * "ptr" is the known leader text or NUL. | |
| 3908 */ | |
| 3909 static void | |
| 3910 ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader(ptr_arg) | |
| 3911 char_u *ptr_arg; | |
| 3912 { | |
| 3913 int len; | |
| 3914 char_u *p; | |
| 3915 char_u *ptr = ptr_arg; | |
| 3916 | |
| 3917 if (ptr == NULL) | |
| 3918 { | |
| 3919 if (compl_leader != NULL) | |
| 3920 ptr = compl_leader; | |
| 3921 else | |
| 3922 return; /* nothing to do */ | |
| 3923 } | |
| 3924 if (compl_orig_text != NULL) | |
| 3925 { | |
| 3926 p = compl_orig_text; | |
| 3927 for (len = 0; p[len] != NUL && p[len] == ptr[len]; ++len) | |
| 3928 ; | |
| 3929 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3930 if (len > 0) | |
| 3931 len -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + len); | |
| 3932 #endif | |
| 3933 for (p += len; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p)) | |
| 3934 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_BS); | |
| 3935 } | |
| 3936 else | |
| 3937 len = 0; | |
| 3938 if (ptr != NULL) | |
| 3939 AppendToRedobuffLit(ptr + len, -1); | |
| 3940 } | |
| 3941 | |
| 3942 /* | |
| 7 | 3943 * Loops through the list of windows, loaded-buffers or non-loaded-buffers |
| 3944 * (depending on flag) starting from buf and looking for a non-scanned | |
| 3945 * buffer (other than curbuf). curbuf is special, if it is called with | |
| 3946 * buf=curbuf then it has to be the first call for a given flag/expansion. | |
| 3947 * | |
| 3948 * Returns the buffer to scan, if any, otherwise returns curbuf -- Acevedo | |
| 3949 */ | |
| 3950 static buf_T * | |
| 3951 ins_compl_next_buf(buf, flag) | |
| 3952 buf_T *buf; | |
| 3953 int flag; | |
| 3954 { | |
| 3955 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 3956 static win_T *wp; | |
| 3957 #endif | |
| 3958 | |
| 3959 if (flag == 'w') /* just windows */ | |
| 3960 { | |
| 3961 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 3962 if (buf == curbuf) /* first call for this flag/expansion */ | |
| 3963 wp = curwin; | |
| 383 | 3964 while ((wp = (wp->w_next != NULL ? wp->w_next : firstwin)) != curwin |
| 7 | 3965 && wp->w_buffer->b_scanned) |
| 3966 ; | |
| 3967 buf = wp->w_buffer; | |
| 3968 #else | |
| 3969 buf = curbuf; | |
| 3970 #endif | |
| 3971 } | |
| 3972 else | |
| 3973 /* 'b' (just loaded buffers), 'u' (just non-loaded buffers) or 'U' | |
| 3974 * (unlisted buffers) | |
| 3975 * When completing whole lines skip unloaded buffers. */ | |
| 383 | 3976 while ((buf = (buf->b_next != NULL ? buf->b_next : firstbuf)) != curbuf |
| 7 | 3977 && ((flag == 'U' |
| 3978 ? buf->b_p_bl | |
| 3979 : (!buf->b_p_bl | |
| 3980 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) != (flag == 'u'))) | |
| 667 | 3981 || buf->b_scanned)) |
| 7 | 3982 ; |
| 3983 return buf; | |
| 3984 } | |
| 3985 | |
| 12 | 3986 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 659 | 3987 static void expand_by_function __ARGS((int type, char_u *base)); |
| 12 | 3988 |
| 3989 /* | |
| 523 | 3990 * Execute user defined complete function 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc', and |
| 502 | 3991 * get matches in "matches". |
| 12 | 3992 */ |
| 659 | 3993 static void |
| 3994 expand_by_function(type, base) | |
| 523 | 3995 int type; /* CTRL_X_OMNI or CTRL_X_FUNCTION */ |
| 12 | 3996 char_u *base; |
| 3997 { | |
| 3078 | 3998 list_T *matchlist = NULL; |
| 3999 dict_T *matchdict = NULL; | |
| 502 | 4000 char_u *args[2]; |
| 4001 char_u *funcname; | |
| 4002 pos_T pos; | |
| 2631 | 4003 win_T *curwin_save; |
| 4004 buf_T *curbuf_save; | |
| 3078 | 4005 typval_T rettv; |
| 502 | 4006 |
| 4007 funcname = (type == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu; | |
| 4008 if (*funcname == NUL) | |
| 659 | 4009 return; |
| 452 | 4010 |
| 4011 /* Call 'completefunc' to obtain the list of matches. */ | |
| 4012 args[0] = (char_u *)"0"; | |
| 502 | 4013 args[1] = base; |
| 4014 | |
| 4015 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 2631 | 4016 curwin_save = curwin; |
| 4017 curbuf_save = curbuf; | |
| 3078 | 4018 |
| 4019 /* Call a function, which returns a list or dict. */ | |
| 3709 | 4020 if (call_vim_function(funcname, 2, args, FALSE, FALSE, &rettv) == OK) |
| 3078 | 4021 { |
| 4022 switch (rettv.v_type) | |
| 4023 { | |
| 4024 case VAR_LIST: | |
| 4025 matchlist = rettv.vval.v_list; | |
| 4026 break; | |
| 4027 case VAR_DICT: | |
| 4028 matchdict = rettv.vval.v_dict; | |
| 4029 break; | |
| 4030 default: | |
| 4031 /* TODO: Give error message? */ | |
| 4032 clear_tv(&rettv); | |
| 4033 break; | |
| 4034 } | |
| 4035 } | |
| 4036 | |
| 2631 | 4037 if (curwin_save != curwin || curbuf_save != curbuf) |
| 4038 { | |
| 4039 EMSG(_(e_complwin)); | |
| 4040 goto theend; | |
| 4041 } | |
| 502 | 4042 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */ |
| 6209 | 4043 validate_cursor(); |
| 2631 | 4044 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, pos)) |
| 4045 { | |
| 4046 EMSG(_(e_compldel)); | |
| 4047 goto theend; | |
| 4048 } | |
| 3078 | 4049 |
| 2631 | 4050 if (matchlist != NULL) |
| 4051 ins_compl_add_list(matchlist); | |
| 3078 | 4052 else if (matchdict != NULL) |
| 4053 ins_compl_add_dict(matchdict); | |
| 2631 | 4054 |
| 4055 theend: | |
| 3078 | 4056 if (matchdict != NULL) |
| 4057 dict_unref(matchdict); | |
| 2631 | 4058 if (matchlist != NULL) |
| 4059 list_unref(matchlist); | |
| 724 | 4060 } |
| 4061 #endif /* FEAT_COMPL_FUNC */ | |
| 4062 | |
| 786 | 4063 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) |
| 724 | 4064 /* |
| 4065 * Add completions from a list. | |
| 4066 */ | |
| 4067 static void | |
| 4068 ins_compl_add_list(list) | |
| 4069 list_T *list; | |
| 4070 { | |
| 4071 listitem_T *li; | |
| 4072 int dir = compl_direction; | |
| 4073 | |
| 659 | 4074 /* Go through the List with matches and add each of them. */ |
| 724 | 4075 for (li = list->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next) |
| 452 | 4076 { |
| 786 | 4077 if (ins_compl_add_tv(&li->li_tv, dir) == OK) |
| 4078 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ | |
| 4079 dir = FORWARD; | |
| 648 | 4080 else if (did_emsg) |
| 4081 break; | |
| 452 | 4082 } |
| 724 | 4083 } |
| 786 | 4084 |
| 4085 /* | |
| 3078 | 4086 * Add completions from a dict. |
| 4087 */ | |
| 4088 static void | |
| 4089 ins_compl_add_dict(dict) | |
| 4090 dict_T *dict; | |
| 4091 { | |
| 3263 | 4092 dictitem_T *di_refresh; |
| 4093 dictitem_T *di_words; | |
| 3078 | 4094 |
| 4095 /* Check for optional "refresh" item. */ | |
| 4096 compl_opt_refresh_always = FALSE; | |
| 3263 | 4097 di_refresh = dict_find(dict, (char_u *)"refresh", 7); |
| 4098 if (di_refresh != NULL && di_refresh->di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) | |
| 4099 { | |
| 4100 char_u *v = di_refresh->di_tv.vval.v_string; | |
| 3078 | 4101 |
| 4102 if (v != NULL && STRCMP(v, (char_u *)"always") == 0) | |
| 4103 compl_opt_refresh_always = TRUE; | |
| 4104 } | |
| 4105 | |
| 4106 /* Add completions from a "words" list. */ | |
| 3263 | 4107 di_words = dict_find(dict, (char_u *)"words", 5); |
| 4108 if (di_words != NULL && di_words->di_tv.v_type == VAR_LIST) | |
| 4109 ins_compl_add_list(di_words->di_tv.vval.v_list); | |
| 3078 | 4110 } |
| 4111 | |
| 4112 /* | |
| 786 | 4113 * Add a match to the list of matches from a typeval_T. |
| 4114 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return | |
| 4115 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error, | |
| 4116 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned. | |
| 4117 */ | |
| 4118 int | |
| 4119 ins_compl_add_tv(tv, dir) | |
| 4120 typval_T *tv; | |
| 4121 int dir; | |
| 4122 { | |
| 4123 char_u *word; | |
| 867 | 4124 int icase = FALSE; |
| 944 | 4125 int adup = FALSE; |
| 2632 | 4126 int aempty = FALSE; |
| 786 | 4127 char_u *(cptext[CPT_COUNT]); |
| 4128 | |
| 4129 if (tv->v_type == VAR_DICT && tv->vval.v_dict != NULL) | |
| 4130 { | |
| 4131 word = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"word", FALSE); | |
| 4132 cptext[CPT_ABBR] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
| 4133 (char_u *)"abbr", FALSE); | |
| 4134 cptext[CPT_MENU] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
| 4135 (char_u *)"menu", FALSE); | |
| 4136 cptext[CPT_KIND] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
| 4137 (char_u *)"kind", FALSE); | |
| 4138 cptext[CPT_INFO] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
| 4139 (char_u *)"info", FALSE); | |
| 4140 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase", FALSE) != NULL) | |
| 4141 icase = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase"); | |
| 841 | 4142 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup", FALSE) != NULL) |
| 944 | 4143 adup = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup"); |
| 2632 | 4144 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"empty", FALSE) != NULL) |
| 4145 aempty = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"empty"); | |
| 786 | 4146 } |
| 4147 else | |
| 4148 { | |
| 4149 word = get_tv_string_chk(tv); | |
| 4150 vim_memset(cptext, 0, sizeof(cptext)); | |
| 4151 } | |
| 2632 | 4152 if (word == NULL || (!aempty && *word == NUL)) |
| 786 | 4153 return FAIL; |
| 944 | 4154 return ins_compl_add(word, -1, icase, NULL, cptext, dir, 0, adup); |
| 786 | 4155 } |
| 724 | 4156 #endif |
| 12 | 4157 |
| 449 | 4158 /* |
| 4159 * Get the next expansion(s), using "compl_pattern". | |
| 659 | 4160 * The search starts at position "ini" in curbuf and in the direction |
| 4161 * compl_direction. | |
| 667 | 4162 * When "compl_started" is FALSE start at that position, otherwise continue |
| 4163 * where we stopped searching before. | |
| 449 | 4164 * This may return before finding all the matches. |
| 4165 * Return the total number of matches or -1 if still unknown -- Acevedo | |
| 7 | 4166 */ |
| 4167 static int | |
| 659 | 4168 ins_compl_get_exp(ini) |
| 7 | 4169 pos_T *ini; |
| 4170 { | |
| 4171 static pos_T first_match_pos; | |
| 4172 static pos_T last_match_pos; | |
| 4173 static char_u *e_cpt = (char_u *)""; /* curr. entry in 'complete' */ | |
| 449 | 4174 static int found_all = FALSE; /* Found all matches of a |
| 4175 certain type. */ | |
| 4176 static buf_T *ins_buf = NULL; /* buffer being scanned */ | |
| 7 | 4177 |
| 464 | 4178 pos_T *pos; |
| 4179 char_u **matches; | |
| 4180 int save_p_scs; | |
| 4181 int save_p_ws; | |
| 4182 int save_p_ic; | |
| 4183 int i; | |
| 4184 int num_matches; | |
| 4185 int len; | |
| 4186 int found_new_match; | |
| 4187 int type = ctrl_x_mode; | |
| 4188 char_u *ptr; | |
| 4189 char_u *dict = NULL; | |
| 4190 int dict_f = 0; | |
| 4191 compl_T *old_match; | |
| 5625 | 4192 int set_match_pos; |
| 7 | 4193 |
| 449 | 4194 if (!compl_started) |
| 7 | 4195 { |
| 4196 for (ins_buf = firstbuf; ins_buf != NULL; ins_buf = ins_buf->b_next) | |
| 4197 ins_buf->b_scanned = 0; | |
| 4198 found_all = FALSE; | |
| 4199 ins_buf = curbuf; | |
| 449 | 4200 e_cpt = (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL) |
| 12 | 4201 ? (char_u *)"." : curbuf->b_p_cpt; |
| 7 | 4202 last_match_pos = first_match_pos = *ini; |
| 4203 } | |
| 4204 | |
| 449 | 4205 old_match = compl_curr_match; /* remember the last current match */ |
| 659 | 4206 pos = (compl_direction == FORWARD) ? &last_match_pos : &first_match_pos; |
| 7 | 4207 /* For ^N/^P loop over all the flags/windows/buffers in 'complete' */ |
| 4208 for (;;) | |
| 4209 { | |
| 4210 found_new_match = FAIL; | |
| 5625 | 4211 set_match_pos = FALSE; |
| 7 | 4212 |
| 449 | 4213 /* For ^N/^P pick a new entry from e_cpt if compl_started is off, |
| 7 | 4214 * or if found_all says this entry is done. For ^X^L only use the |
| 4215 * entries from 'complete' that look in loaded buffers. */ | |
| 6657 | 4216 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) |
| 449 | 4217 && (!compl_started || found_all)) |
| 7 | 4218 { |
| 4219 found_all = FALSE; | |
| 4220 while (*e_cpt == ',' || *e_cpt == ' ') | |
| 4221 e_cpt++; | |
| 4222 if (*e_cpt == '.' && !curbuf->b_scanned) | |
| 4223 { | |
| 4224 ins_buf = curbuf; | |
| 4225 first_match_pos = *ini; | |
| 4226 /* So that ^N can match word immediately after cursor */ | |
| 4227 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0) | |
| 4228 dec(&first_match_pos); | |
| 4229 last_match_pos = first_match_pos; | |
| 4230 type = 0; | |
| 5625 | 4231 |
| 4232 /* Remember the first match so that the loop stops when we | |
| 4233 * wrap and come back there a second time. */ | |
| 4234 set_match_pos = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 4235 } |
| 4236 else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"buwU", *e_cpt) != NULL | |
| 4237 && (ins_buf = ins_compl_next_buf(ins_buf, *e_cpt)) != curbuf) | |
| 4238 { | |
| 4239 /* Scan a buffer, but not the current one. */ | |
| 4240 if (ins_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) /* loaded buffer */ | |
| 4241 { | |
| 449 | 4242 compl_started = TRUE; |
| 7 | 4243 first_match_pos.col = last_match_pos.col = 0; |
| 4244 first_match_pos.lnum = ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1; | |
| 4245 last_match_pos.lnum = 0; | |
| 4246 type = 0; | |
| 4247 } | |
| 4248 else /* unloaded buffer, scan like dictionary */ | |
| 4249 { | |
| 4250 found_all = TRUE; | |
| 4251 if (ins_buf->b_fname == NULL) | |
| 4252 continue; | |
| 4253 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; | |
| 4254 dict = ins_buf->b_fname; | |
| 4255 dict_f = DICT_EXACT; | |
| 4256 } | |
| 274 | 4257 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning: %s"), |
| 7 | 4258 ins_buf->b_fname == NULL |
| 4259 ? buf_spname(ins_buf) | |
| 4260 : ins_buf->b_sfname == NULL | |
| 3850 | 4261 ? ins_buf->b_fname |
| 4262 : ins_buf->b_sfname); | |
| 1869 | 4263 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); |
| 7 | 4264 } |
| 4265 else if (*e_cpt == NUL) | |
| 4266 break; | |
| 4267 else | |
| 4268 { | |
| 6657 | 4269 if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) |
| 7 | 4270 type = -1; |
| 4271 else if (*e_cpt == 'k' || *e_cpt == 's') | |
| 4272 { | |
| 4273 if (*e_cpt == 'k') | |
| 4274 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; | |
| 4275 else | |
| 4276 type = CTRL_X_THESAURUS; | |
| 4277 if (*++e_cpt != ',' && *e_cpt != NUL) | |
| 4278 { | |
| 4279 dict = e_cpt; | |
| 4280 dict_f = DICT_FIRST; | |
| 4281 } | |
| 4282 } | |
| 4283 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
| 4284 else if (*e_cpt == 'i') | |
| 4285 type = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS; | |
| 4286 else if (*e_cpt == 'd') | |
| 4287 type = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES; | |
| 4288 #endif | |
| 4289 else if (*e_cpt == ']' || *e_cpt == 't') | |
| 4290 { | |
| 4291 type = CTRL_X_TAGS; | |
| 1872 | 4292 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning tags.")); |
| 1869 | 4293 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); |
| 7 | 4294 } |
| 4295 else | |
| 4296 type = -1; | |
| 4297 | |
| 4298 /* in any case e_cpt is advanced to the next entry */ | |
| 4299 (void)copy_option_part(&e_cpt, IObuff, IOSIZE, ","); | |
| 4300 | |
| 4301 found_all = TRUE; | |
| 4302 if (type == -1) | |
| 4303 continue; | |
| 4304 } | |
| 4305 } | |
| 4306 | |
| 4307 switch (type) | |
| 4308 { | |
| 4309 case -1: | |
| 4310 break; | |
| 4311 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
| 4312 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS: | |
| 4313 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES: | |
| 659 | 4314 find_pattern_in_path(compl_pattern, compl_direction, |
| 449 | 4315 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), FALSE, FALSE, |
| 7 | 4316 (type == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES |
| 449 | 4317 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)) |
| 7 | 4318 ? FIND_DEFINE : FIND_ANY, 1L, ACTION_EXPAND, |
| 4319 (linenr_T)1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM); | |
| 4320 break; | |
| 4321 #endif | |
| 4322 | |
| 4323 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY: | |
| 4324 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS: | |
| 4325 ins_compl_dictionaries( | |
| 703 | 4326 dict != NULL ? dict |
| 7 | 4327 : (type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS |
| 4328 ? (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL | |
| 4329 ? p_tsr | |
| 4330 : curbuf->b_p_tsr) | |
| 4331 : (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL | |
| 4332 ? p_dict | |
| 4333 : curbuf->b_p_dict)), | |
| 659 | 4334 compl_pattern, |
| 703 | 4335 dict != NULL ? dict_f |
| 4336 : 0, type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS); | |
| 7 | 4337 dict = NULL; |
| 4338 break; | |
| 4339 | |
| 4340 case CTRL_X_TAGS: | |
| 4341 /* set p_ic according to p_ic, p_scs and pat for find_tags(). */ | |
| 4342 save_p_ic = p_ic; | |
| 449 | 4343 p_ic = ignorecase(compl_pattern); |
| 7 | 4344 |
|
2047
85da03763130
updated for version 7.2.333
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2025
diff
changeset
|
4345 /* Find up to TAG_MANY matches. Avoids that an enormous number |
| 449 | 4346 * of matches is found when compl_pattern is empty */ |
| 4347 if (find_tags(compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches, | |
| 7 | 4348 TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC | |
| 4349 TAG_INS_COMP | (ctrl_x_mode ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0), | |
| 4350 TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == OK && num_matches > 0) | |
| 4351 { | |
| 942 | 4352 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic); |
| 7 | 4353 } |
| 4354 p_ic = save_p_ic; | |
| 4355 break; | |
| 4356 | |
| 4357 case CTRL_X_FILES: | |
| 449 | 4358 if (expand_wildcards(1, &compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches, |
| 7 | 4359 EW_FILE|EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT) == OK) |
| 4360 { | |
| 4361 | |
| 4362 /* May change home directory back to "~". */ | |
| 449 | 4363 tilde_replace(compl_pattern, num_matches, matches); |
| 4242 | 4364 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_fic || p_wic); |
| 7 | 4365 } |
| 4366 break; | |
| 4367 | |
| 4368 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: | |
| 449 | 4369 if (expand_cmdline(&compl_xp, compl_pattern, |
| 4370 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), | |
| 7 | 4371 &num_matches, &matches) == EXPAND_OK) |
| 681 | 4372 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, FALSE); |
| 7 | 4373 break; |
| 4374 | |
| 12 | 4375 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 4376 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION: | |
| 523 | 4377 case CTRL_X_OMNI: |
| 659 | 4378 expand_by_function(type, compl_pattern); |
| 12 | 4379 break; |
| 4380 #endif | |
| 4381 | |
| 477 | 4382 case CTRL_X_SPELL: |
| 744 | 4383 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 477 | 4384 num_matches = expand_spelling(first_match_pos.lnum, |
| 1872 | 4385 compl_pattern, &matches); |
| 477 | 4386 if (num_matches > 0) |
| 942 | 4387 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic); |
| 477 | 4388 #endif |
| 4389 break; | |
| 4390 | |
| 7 | 4391 default: /* normal ^P/^N and ^X^L */ |
| 4392 /* | |
| 4393 * If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here | |
| 4394 */ | |
| 4395 save_p_scs = p_scs; | |
| 4396 if (ins_buf->b_p_inf) | |
| 4397 p_scs = FALSE; | |
| 449 | 4398 |
| 5625 | 4399 /* Buffers other than curbuf are scanned from the beginning or the |
| 7 | 4400 * end but never from the middle, thus setting nowrapscan in this |
| 4401 * buffers is a good idea, on the other hand, we always set | |
| 4402 * wrapscan for curbuf to avoid missing matches -- Acevedo,Webb */ | |
| 4403 save_p_ws = p_ws; | |
| 4404 if (ins_buf != curbuf) | |
| 4405 p_ws = FALSE; | |
| 4406 else if (*e_cpt == '.') | |
| 4407 p_ws = TRUE; | |
| 4408 for (;;) | |
| 4409 { | |
| 464 | 4410 int flags = 0; |
| 7 | 4411 |
| 1007 | 4412 ++msg_silent; /* Don't want messages for wrapscan. */ |
| 4413 | |
| 6657 | 4414 /* CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode) |
| 4415 * || word-wise search that | |
| 540 | 4416 * has added a word that was at the beginning of the line */ |
| 6657 | 4417 if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode) |
| 449 | 4418 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)) |
| 7 | 4419 found_new_match = search_for_exact_line(ins_buf, pos, |
| 659 | 4420 compl_direction, compl_pattern); |
| 7 | 4421 else |
| 659 | 4422 found_new_match = searchit(NULL, ins_buf, pos, |
| 4423 compl_direction, | |
| 449 | 4424 compl_pattern, 1L, SEARCH_KEEP + SEARCH_NFMSG, |
| 1496 | 4425 RE_LAST, (linenr_T)0, NULL); |
| 1007 | 4426 --msg_silent; |
| 5625 | 4427 if (!compl_started || set_match_pos) |
| 7 | 4428 { |
| 667 | 4429 /* set "compl_started" even on fail */ |
| 449 | 4430 compl_started = TRUE; |
| 7 | 4431 first_match_pos = *pos; |
| 4432 last_match_pos = *pos; | |
| 5625 | 4433 set_match_pos = FALSE; |
| 7 | 4434 } |
| 4435 else if (first_match_pos.lnum == last_match_pos.lnum | |
| 665 | 4436 && first_match_pos.col == last_match_pos.col) |
| 7 | 4437 found_new_match = FAIL; |
| 4438 if (found_new_match == FAIL) | |
| 4439 { | |
| 4440 if (ins_buf == curbuf) | |
| 4441 found_all = TRUE; | |
| 4442 break; | |
| 4443 } | |
| 4444 | |
| 4445 /* when ADDING, the text before the cursor matches, skip it */ | |
| 449 | 4446 if ( (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) && ins_buf == curbuf |
| 7 | 4447 && ini->lnum == pos->lnum |
| 4448 && ini->col == pos->col) | |
| 4449 continue; | |
| 4450 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum, FALSE) + pos->col; | |
| 6657 | 4451 if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) |
| 7 | 4452 { |
| 449 | 4453 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) |
| 7 | 4454 { |
| 4455 if (pos->lnum >= ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 4456 continue; | |
| 4457 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE); | |
| 4458 if (!p_paste) | |
| 4459 ptr = skipwhite(ptr); | |
| 4460 } | |
| 4461 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr); | |
| 4462 } | |
| 4463 else | |
| 4464 { | |
| 449 | 4465 char_u *tmp_ptr = ptr; |
| 4466 | |
| 4467 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
| 7 | 4468 { |
| 449 | 4469 tmp_ptr += compl_length; |
| 7 | 4470 /* Skip if already inside a word. */ |
| 4471 if (vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr)) | |
| 4472 continue; | |
| 4473 /* Find start of next word. */ | |
| 4474 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr); | |
| 4475 } | |
| 4476 /* Find end of this word. */ | |
| 4477 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr); | |
| 4478 len = (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr); | |
| 4479 | |
| 449 | 4480 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) |
| 4481 && len == compl_length) | |
| 7 | 4482 { |
| 4483 if (pos->lnum < ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 4484 { | |
| 4485 /* Try next line, if any. the new word will be | |
| 4486 * "join" as if the normal command "J" was used. | |
| 4487 * IOSIZE is always greater than | |
| 449 | 4488 * compl_length, so the next STRNCPY always |
| 7 | 4489 * works -- Acevedo */ |
| 4490 STRNCPY(IObuff, ptr, len); | |
| 4491 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE); | |
| 4492 tmp_ptr = ptr = skipwhite(ptr); | |
| 4493 /* Find start of next word. */ | |
| 4494 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr); | |
| 4495 /* Find end of next word. */ | |
| 4496 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr); | |
| 4497 if (tmp_ptr > ptr) | |
| 4498 { | |
| 419 | 4499 if (*ptr != ')' && IObuff[len - 1] != TAB) |
| 7 | 4500 { |
| 419 | 4501 if (IObuff[len - 1] != ' ') |
| 7 | 4502 IObuff[len++] = ' '; |
| 4503 /* IObuf =~ "\k.* ", thus len >= 2 */ | |
| 4504 if (p_js | |
| 419 | 4505 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '.' |
| 7 | 4506 || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP) |
| 4507 == NULL | |
| 419 | 4508 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '?' |
| 4509 || IObuff[len - 2] == '!')))) | |
| 7 | 4510 IObuff[len++] = ' '; |
| 4511 } | |
|
2047
85da03763130
updated for version 7.2.333
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2025
diff
changeset
|
4512 /* copy as much as possible of the new word */ |
| 7 | 4513 if (tmp_ptr - ptr >= IOSIZE - len) |
| 4514 tmp_ptr = ptr + IOSIZE - len - 1; | |
| 4515 STRNCPY(IObuff + len, ptr, tmp_ptr - ptr); | |
| 4516 len += (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr); | |
| 464 | 4517 flags |= CONT_S_IPOS; |
| 7 | 4518 } |
| 4519 IObuff[len] = NUL; | |
| 4520 ptr = IObuff; | |
| 4521 } | |
| 449 | 4522 if (len == compl_length) |
| 7 | 4523 continue; |
| 4524 } | |
| 4525 } | |
| 942 | 4526 if (ins_compl_add_infercase(ptr, len, p_ic, |
| 540 | 4527 ins_buf == curbuf ? NULL : ins_buf->b_sfname, |
| 659 | 4528 0, flags) != NOTDONE) |
| 7 | 4529 { |
| 4530 found_new_match = OK; | |
| 4531 break; | |
| 4532 } | |
| 4533 } | |
| 4534 p_scs = save_p_scs; | |
| 4535 p_ws = save_p_ws; | |
| 4536 } | |
| 540 | 4537 |
| 449 | 4538 /* check if compl_curr_match has changed, (e.g. other type of |
| 1796 | 4539 * expansion added something) */ |
| 540 | 4540 if (type != 0 && compl_curr_match != old_match) |
| 7 | 4541 found_new_match = OK; |
| 4542 | |
| 4543 /* break the loop for specialized modes (use 'complete' just for the | |
| 4544 * generic ctrl_x_mode == 0) or when we've found a new match */ | |
| 6657 | 4545 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && !CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) |
| 449 | 4546 || found_new_match != FAIL) |
| 540 | 4547 { |
| 4548 if (got_int) | |
| 4549 break; | |
| 665 | 4550 /* Fill the popup menu as soon as possible. */ |
| 989 | 4551 if (type != -1) |
| 540 | 4552 ins_compl_check_keys(0); |
| 665 | 4553 |
| 6657 | 4554 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && !CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) |
| 540 | 4555 || compl_interrupted) |
| 4556 break; | |
| 4557 compl_started = TRUE; | |
| 4558 } | |
| 4559 else | |
| 4560 { | |
| 4561 /* Mark a buffer scanned when it has been scanned completely */ | |
| 4562 if (type == 0 || type == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS) | |
| 4563 ins_buf->b_scanned = TRUE; | |
| 4564 | |
| 4565 compl_started = FALSE; | |
| 4566 } | |
| 449 | 4567 } |
| 4568 compl_started = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 4569 |
| 6657 | 4570 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) |
| 7 | 4571 && *e_cpt == NUL) /* Got to end of 'complete' */ |
| 4572 found_new_match = FAIL; | |
| 4573 | |
| 4574 i = -1; /* total of matches, unknown */ | |
| 4575 if (found_new_match == FAIL | |
| 6657 | 4576 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 && !CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode))) |
| 7 | 4577 i = ins_compl_make_cyclic(); |
| 4578 | |
| 4579 /* If several matches were added (FORWARD) or the search failed and has | |
| 449 | 4580 * just been made cyclic then we have to move compl_curr_match to the next |
| 4581 * or previous entry (if any) -- Acevedo */ | |
| 724 | 4582 compl_curr_match = compl_direction == FORWARD ? old_match->cp_next |
| 4583 : old_match->cp_prev; | |
| 449 | 4584 if (compl_curr_match == NULL) |
| 4585 compl_curr_match = old_match; | |
| 7 | 4586 return i; |
| 4587 } | |
| 4588 | |
| 4589 /* Delete the old text being completed. */ | |
| 4590 static void | |
| 4591 ins_compl_delete() | |
| 4592 { | |
| 4593 int i; | |
| 4594 | |
| 4595 /* | |
| 4596 * In insert mode: Delete the typed part. | |
| 4597 * In replace mode: Put the old characters back, if any. | |
| 4598 */ | |
| 449 | 4599 i = compl_col + (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING ? compl_length : 0); |
| 7 | 4600 backspace_until_column(i); |
| 6056 | 4601 |
| 6075 | 4602 /* TODO: is this sufficient for redrawing? Redrawing everything causes |
| 4603 * flicker, thus we can't do that. */ | |
| 7 | 4604 changed_cline_bef_curs(); |
| 4605 } | |
| 4606 | |
| 4607 /* Insert the new text being completed. */ | |
| 4608 static void | |
| 4609 ins_compl_insert() | |
| 4610 { | |
| 1782 | 4611 ins_bytes(compl_shown_match->cp_str + ins_compl_len()); |
| 683 | 4612 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) |
| 4613 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
| 4614 else | |
| 4615 compl_used_match = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 4616 } |
| 4617 | |
| 4618 /* | |
| 4619 * Fill in the next completion in the current direction. | |
| 464 | 4620 * If "allow_get_expansion" is TRUE, then we may call ins_compl_get_exp() to |
| 4621 * get more completions. If it is FALSE, then we just do nothing when there | |
| 4622 * are no more completions in a given direction. The latter case is used when | |
| 4623 * we are still in the middle of finding completions, to allow browsing | |
| 4624 * through the ones found so far. | |
| 7 | 4625 * Return the total number of matches, or -1 if still unknown -- webb. |
| 4626 * | |
| 449 | 4627 * compl_curr_match is currently being used by ins_compl_get_exp(), so we use |
| 4628 * compl_shown_match here. | |
| 7 | 4629 * |
| 4630 * Note that this function may be called recursively once only. First with | |
| 464 | 4631 * "allow_get_expansion" TRUE, which calls ins_compl_get_exp(), which in turn |
| 4632 * calls this function with "allow_get_expansion" FALSE. | |
| 7 | 4633 */ |
| 4634 static int | |
| 665 | 4635 ins_compl_next(allow_get_expansion, count, insert_match) |
| 7 | 4636 int allow_get_expansion; |
| 610 | 4637 int count; /* repeat completion this many times; should |
| 4638 be at least 1 */ | |
| 665 | 4639 int insert_match; /* Insert the newly selected match */ |
| 7 | 4640 { |
| 4641 int num_matches = -1; | |
| 4642 int i; | |
| 610 | 4643 int todo = count; |
| 657 | 4644 compl_T *found_compl = NULL; |
| 4645 int found_end = FALSE; | |
| 836 | 4646 int advance; |
| 7 | 4647 |
| 3271 | 4648 /* When user complete function return -1 for findstart which is next |
| 4649 * time of 'always', compl_shown_match become NULL. */ | |
| 4650 if (compl_shown_match == NULL) | |
| 4651 return -1; | |
| 4652 | |
| 665 | 4653 if (compl_leader != NULL |
| 4654 && (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0) | |
| 4655 { | |
| 4656 /* Set "compl_shown_match" to the actually shown match, it may differ | |
| 4657 * when "compl_leader" is used to omit some of the matches. */ | |
| 681 | 4658 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, |
| 835 | 4659 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) |
| 665 | 4660 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL |
| 4661 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != compl_first_match) | |
| 4662 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; | |
| 887 | 4663 |
| 4664 /* If we didn't find it searching forward, and compl_shows_dir is | |
| 4665 * backward, find the last match. */ | |
| 4666 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD | |
| 4667 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, | |
| 4668 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) | |
| 4669 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == NULL | |
| 4670 || compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match)) | |
| 4671 { | |
| 4672 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, | |
| 4673 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) | |
| 4674 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL | |
| 4675 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != compl_first_match) | |
| 4676 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; | |
| 4677 } | |
| 665 | 4678 } |
| 4679 | |
| 4680 if (allow_get_expansion && insert_match | |
| 874 | 4681 && (!(compl_get_longest || compl_restarting) || compl_used_match)) |
| 7 | 4682 /* Delete old text to be replaced */ |
| 4683 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 665 | 4684 |
| 836 | 4685 /* When finding the longest common text we stick at the original text, |
| 4686 * don't let CTRL-N or CTRL-P move to the first match. */ | |
| 4687 advance = count != 1 || !allow_get_expansion || !compl_get_longest; | |
| 4688 | |
| 874 | 4689 /* When restarting the search don't insert the first match either. */ |
| 4690 if (compl_restarting) | |
| 4691 { | |
| 4692 advance = FALSE; | |
| 4693 compl_restarting = FALSE; | |
| 4694 } | |
| 4695 | |
| 610 | 4696 /* Repeat this for when <PageUp> or <PageDown> is typed. But don't wrap |
| 4697 * around. */ | |
| 4698 while (--todo >= 0) | |
| 4699 { | |
| 4700 if (compl_shows_dir == FORWARD && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL) | |
| 4701 { | |
| 4702 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; | |
| 657 | 4703 found_end = (compl_first_match != NULL |
| 4704 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match | |
| 4705 || compl_shown_match == compl_first_match)); | |
| 610 | 4706 } |
| 4707 else if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD | |
| 4708 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL) | |
| 4709 { | |
| 657 | 4710 found_end = (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match); |
| 610 | 4711 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; |
| 657 | 4712 found_end |= (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match); |
| 7 | 4713 } |
| 4714 else | |
| 610 | 4715 { |
| 909 | 4716 if (!allow_get_expansion) |
| 4717 { | |
| 4718 if (advance) | |
| 4719 { | |
| 4720 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD) | |
| 4721 compl_pending -= todo + 1; | |
| 4722 else | |
| 4723 compl_pending += todo + 1; | |
| 4724 } | |
| 4725 return -1; | |
| 4726 } | |
| 4727 | |
| 836 | 4728 if (advance) |
| 4729 { | |
| 4730 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD) | |
| 4731 --compl_pending; | |
| 4732 else | |
| 4733 ++compl_pending; | |
| 4734 } | |
| 657 | 4735 |
| 874 | 4736 /* Find matches. */ |
| 659 | 4737 num_matches = ins_compl_get_exp(&compl_startpos); |
| 909 | 4738 |
| 4739 /* handle any pending completions */ | |
| 4740 while (compl_pending != 0 && compl_direction == compl_shows_dir | |
| 836 | 4741 && advance) |
| 909 | 4742 { |
| 4743 if (compl_pending > 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL) | |
| 4744 { | |
| 4745 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; | |
| 4746 --compl_pending; | |
| 4747 } | |
| 4748 if (compl_pending < 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL) | |
| 4749 { | |
| 4750 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; | |
| 4751 ++compl_pending; | |
| 4752 } | |
| 4753 else | |
| 4754 break; | |
| 4755 } | |
| 657 | 4756 found_end = FALSE; |
| 4757 } | |
| 4758 if ((compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 | |
| 4759 && compl_leader != NULL | |
| 681 | 4760 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, |
| 835 | 4761 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))) |
| 657 | 4762 ++todo; |
| 4763 else | |
| 4764 /* Remember a matching item. */ | |
| 4765 found_compl = compl_shown_match; | |
| 4766 | |
| 4767 /* Stop at the end of the list when we found a usable match. */ | |
| 4768 if (found_end) | |
| 4769 { | |
| 4770 if (found_compl != NULL) | |
| 610 | 4771 { |
| 657 | 4772 compl_shown_match = found_compl; |
| 4773 break; | |
| 610 | 4774 } |
| 657 | 4775 todo = 1; /* use first usable match after wrapping around */ |
| 610 | 4776 } |
| 7 | 4777 } |
| 4778 | |
| 665 | 4779 /* Insert the text of the new completion, or the compl_leader. */ |
| 4780 if (insert_match) | |
| 4781 { | |
| 4782 if (!compl_get_longest || compl_used_match) | |
| 4783 ins_compl_insert(); | |
| 4784 else | |
| 1782 | 4785 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
| 665 | 4786 } |
| 4787 else | |
| 4788 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
| 7 | 4789 |
| 4790 if (!allow_get_expansion) | |
| 4791 { | |
| 540 | 4792 /* may undisplay the popup menu first */ |
| 4793 ins_compl_upd_pum(); | |
| 4794 | |
| 665 | 4795 /* redraw to show the user what was inserted */ |
| 4796 update_screen(0); | |
| 4797 | |
| 540 | 4798 /* display the updated popup menu */ |
| 4799 ins_compl_show_pum(); | |
| 864 | 4800 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 4801 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 4802 { | |
| 4803 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */ | |
| 4804 setcursor(); | |
| 4805 out_flush(); | |
| 4806 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 4807 } | |
| 4808 #endif | |
| 540 | 4809 |
| 7 | 4810 /* Delete old text to be replaced, since we're still searching and |
| 4811 * don't want to match ourselves! */ | |
| 4812 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 4813 } | |
| 4814 | |
| 825 | 4815 /* Enter will select a match when the match wasn't inserted and the popup |
| 1219 | 4816 * menu is visible. */ |
| 825 | 4817 compl_enter_selects = !insert_match && compl_match_array != NULL; |
| 4818 | |
| 7 | 4819 /* |
| 4820 * Show the file name for the match (if any) | |
| 4821 * Truncate the file name to avoid a wait for return. | |
| 4822 */ | |
| 464 | 4823 if (compl_shown_match->cp_fname != NULL) |
| 7 | 4824 { |
| 4825 STRCPY(IObuff, "match in file "); | |
| 464 | 4826 i = (vim_strsize(compl_shown_match->cp_fname) + 16) - sc_col; |
| 7 | 4827 if (i <= 0) |
| 4828 i = 0; | |
| 4829 else | |
| 4830 STRCAT(IObuff, "<"); | |
| 464 | 4831 STRCAT(IObuff, compl_shown_match->cp_fname + i); |
| 7 | 4832 msg(IObuff); |
| 4833 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't overwrite! */ | |
| 4834 } | |
| 4835 | |
| 4836 return num_matches; | |
| 4837 } | |
| 4838 | |
| 4839 /* | |
| 4840 * Call this while finding completions, to check whether the user has hit a key | |
| 4841 * that should change the currently displayed completion, or exit completion | |
| 716 | 4842 * mode. Also, when compl_pending is not zero, show a completion as soon as |
| 7 | 4843 * possible. -- webb |
| 464 | 4844 * "frequency" specifies out of how many calls we actually check. |
| 7 | 4845 */ |
| 4846 void | |
| 464 | 4847 ins_compl_check_keys(frequency) |
| 4848 int frequency; | |
| 7 | 4849 { |
| 4850 static int count = 0; | |
| 4851 | |
| 4852 int c; | |
| 4853 | |
| 4854 /* Don't check when reading keys from a script. That would break the test | |
| 4855 * scripts */ | |
| 4856 if (using_script()) | |
| 4857 return; | |
| 4858 | |
| 4859 /* Only do this at regular intervals */ | |
| 464 | 4860 if (++count < frequency) |
| 7 | 4861 return; |
| 4862 count = 0; | |
| 4863 | |
| 909 | 4864 /* Check for a typed key. Do use mappings, otherwise vim_is_ctrl_x_key() |
| 4865 * can't do its work correctly. */ | |
| 7 | 4866 c = vpeekc_any(); |
| 4867 if (c != NUL) | |
| 4868 { | |
| 4869 if (vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) && c != Ctrl_X && c != Ctrl_R) | |
| 4870 { | |
| 4871 c = safe_vgetc(); /* Eat the character */ | |
| 610 | 4872 compl_shows_dir = ins_compl_key2dir(c); |
| 665 | 4873 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, ins_compl_key2count(c), |
| 4874 c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN); | |
| 7 | 4875 } |
| 909 | 4876 else |
| 4877 { | |
| 4878 /* Need to get the character to have KeyTyped set. We'll put it | |
| 1526 | 4879 * back with vungetc() below. But skip K_IGNORE. */ |
| 909 | 4880 c = safe_vgetc(); |
| 1526 | 4881 if (c != K_IGNORE) |
| 4882 { | |
| 4883 /* Don't interrupt completion when the character wasn't typed, | |
| 4884 * e.g., when doing @q to replay keys. */ | |
| 4885 if (c != Ctrl_R && KeyTyped) | |
| 4886 compl_interrupted = TRUE; | |
| 4887 | |
| 4888 vungetc(c); | |
| 4889 } | |
| 909 | 4890 } |
| 449 | 4891 } |
| 716 | 4892 if (compl_pending != 0 && !got_int) |
| 909 | 4893 { |
| 4894 int todo = compl_pending > 0 ? compl_pending : -compl_pending; | |
| 4895 | |
| 4896 compl_pending = 0; | |
| 4897 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, todo, TRUE); | |
| 4898 } | |
| 610 | 4899 } |
| 4900 | |
| 4901 /* | |
| 4902 * Decide the direction of Insert mode complete from the key typed. | |
| 4903 * Returns BACKWARD or FORWARD. | |
| 4904 */ | |
| 4905 static int | |
| 4906 ins_compl_key2dir(c) | |
| 4907 int c; | |
| 4908 { | |
| 665 | 4909 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L |
| 4910 || (pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP | |
| 4911 || c == K_S_UP || c == K_UP))) | |
| 610 | 4912 return BACKWARD; |
| 4913 return FORWARD; | |
| 4914 } | |
| 4915 | |
| 4916 /* | |
| 644 | 4917 * Return TRUE for keys that are used for completion only when the popup menu |
| 4918 * is visible. | |
| 4919 */ | |
| 4920 static int | |
| 4921 ins_compl_pum_key(c) | |
| 4922 int c; | |
| 4923 { | |
| 4924 return pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP || c == K_S_UP | |
| 665 | 4925 || c == K_PAGEDOWN || c == K_KPAGEDOWN || c == K_S_DOWN |
| 4926 || c == K_UP || c == K_DOWN); | |
| 644 | 4927 } |
| 4928 | |
| 4929 /* | |
| 610 | 4930 * Decide the number of completions to move forward. |
| 4931 * Returns 1 for most keys, height of the popup menu for page-up/down keys. | |
| 4932 */ | |
| 4933 static int | |
| 4934 ins_compl_key2count(c) | |
| 4935 int c; | |
| 4936 { | |
| 4937 int h; | |
| 4938 | |
| 665 | 4939 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c) && c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN) |
| 610 | 4940 { |
| 4941 h = pum_get_height(); | |
| 4942 if (h > 3) | |
| 4943 h -= 2; /* keep some context */ | |
| 4944 return h; | |
| 4945 } | |
| 4946 return 1; | |
| 7 | 4947 } |
| 4948 | |
| 4949 /* | |
| 681 | 4950 * Return TRUE if completion with "c" should insert the match, FALSE if only |
| 4951 * to change the currently selected completion. | |
| 4952 */ | |
| 4953 static int | |
| 4954 ins_compl_use_match(c) | |
| 4955 int c; | |
| 4956 { | |
| 4957 switch (c) | |
| 4958 { | |
| 4959 case K_UP: | |
| 4960 case K_DOWN: | |
| 4961 case K_PAGEDOWN: | |
| 4962 case K_KPAGEDOWN: | |
| 4963 case K_S_DOWN: | |
| 4964 case K_PAGEUP: | |
| 4965 case K_KPAGEUP: | |
| 4966 case K_S_UP: | |
| 4967 return FALSE; | |
| 4968 } | |
| 4969 return TRUE; | |
| 4970 } | |
| 4971 | |
| 4972 /* | |
| 7 | 4973 * Do Insert mode completion. |
| 4974 * Called when character "c" was typed, which has a meaning for completion. | |
| 4975 * Returns OK if completion was done, FAIL if something failed (out of mem). | |
| 4976 */ | |
| 4977 static int | |
| 4978 ins_complete(c) | |
| 449 | 4979 int c; |
| 7 | 4980 { |
| 449 | 4981 char_u *line; |
| 4982 int startcol = 0; /* column where searched text starts */ | |
| 4983 colnr_T curs_col; /* cursor column */ | |
| 4984 int n; | |
|
2107
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
4985 int save_w_wrow; |
| 7 | 4986 |
| 610 | 4987 compl_direction = ins_compl_key2dir(c); |
| 449 | 4988 if (!compl_started) |
| 7 | 4989 { |
| 4990 /* First time we hit ^N or ^P (in a row, I mean) */ | |
| 4991 | |
| 4992 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 4993 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 4994 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 4995 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 4996 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 4997 #endif | |
| 4998 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 4999 return FAIL; | |
| 5000 | |
| 5001 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 449 | 5002 curs_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 716 | 5003 compl_pending = 0; |
| 7 | 5004 |
| 1430 | 5005 /* If this same ctrl_x_mode has been interrupted use the text from |
| 449 | 5006 * "compl_startpos" to the cursor as a pattern to add a new word |
| 5007 * instead of expand the one before the cursor, in word-wise if | |
| 1430 | 5008 * "compl_startpos" is not in the same line as the cursor then fix it |
| 5009 * (the line has been split because it was longer than 'tw'). if SOL | |
| 5010 * is set then skip the previous pattern, a word at the beginning of | |
| 5011 * the line has been inserted, we'll look for that -- Acevedo. */ | |
| 665 | 5012 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT) == CONT_INTRPT |
| 5013 && compl_cont_mode == ctrl_x_mode) | |
| 7 | 5014 { |
| 5015 /* | |
| 5016 * it is a continued search | |
| 5017 */ | |
| 449 | 5018 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_INTRPT; /* remove INTRPT */ |
| 7 | 5019 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS |
| 5020 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) | |
| 5021 { | |
| 449 | 5022 if (compl_startpos.lnum != curwin->w_cursor.lnum) |
| 7 | 5023 { |
| 449 | 5024 /* line (probably) wrapped, set compl_startpos to the |
| 5025 * first non_blank in the line, if it is not a wordchar | |
| 5026 * include it to get a better pattern, but then we don't | |
| 5027 * want the "\\<" prefix, check it bellow */ | |
| 5028 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line); | |
| 5029 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; | |
| 5030 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 5031 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; /* clear SOL if present */ | |
| 7 | 5032 } |
| 5033 else | |
| 5034 { | |
| 5035 /* S_IPOS was set when we inserted a word that was at the | |
| 5036 * beginning of the line, which means that we'll go to SOL | |
| 449 | 5037 * mode but first we need to redefine compl_startpos */ |
| 5038 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS) | |
| 7 | 5039 { |
| 449 | 5040 compl_cont_status |= CONT_SOL; |
| 5041 compl_startpos.col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite( | |
| 5042 line + compl_length | |
| 5043 + compl_startpos.col) - line); | |
| 7 | 5044 } |
| 449 | 5045 compl_col = compl_startpos.col; |
| 7 | 5046 } |
| 449 | 5047 compl_length = curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; |
| 502 | 5048 /* IObuff is used to add a "word from the next line" would we |
| 1796 | 5049 * have enough space? just being paranoid */ |
| 7 | 5050 #define MIN_SPACE 75 |
| 449 | 5051 if (compl_length > (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE)) |
| 7 | 5052 { |
| 449 | 5053 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; |
| 5054 compl_length = (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE); | |
| 5055 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_length; | |
| 7 | 5056 } |
| 449 | 5057 compl_cont_status |= CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS; |
| 5058 if (compl_length < 1) | |
| 5059 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL; | |
| 7 | 5060 } |
| 6657 | 5061 else if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) |
| 449 | 5062 compl_cont_status = CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS; |
| 7 | 5063 else |
| 449 | 5064 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 7 | 5065 } |
| 5066 else | |
| 449 | 5067 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL; |
| 5068 | |
| 5069 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) /* normal expansion */ | |
| 5070 { | |
| 5071 compl_cont_mode = ctrl_x_mode; | |
| 7 | 5072 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) /* Remove LOCAL if ctrl_x_mode != 0 */ |
| 449 | 5073 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 5074 compl_cont_status |= CONT_N_ADDS; | |
| 5075 compl_startpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 5076 startcol = (int)curs_col; | |
| 5077 compl_col = 0; | |
| 7 | 5078 } |
| 5079 | |
| 5080 /* Work out completion pattern and original text -- webb */ | |
| 5081 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)) | |
| 5082 { | |
| 449 | 5083 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL) |
| 7 | 5084 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) |
| 5085 { | |
| 449 | 5086 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) |
| 7 | 5087 { |
| 449 | 5088 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[startcol])) |
| 7 | 5089 ; |
| 449 | 5090 compl_col += ++startcol; |
| 5091 compl_length = curs_col - startcol; | |
| 7 | 5092 } |
| 5093 if (p_ic) | |
| 449 | 5094 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, |
| 5095 compl_length, NULL, 0); | |
| 7 | 5096 else |
| 449 | 5097 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, |
| 5098 compl_length); | |
| 5099 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 5100 return FAIL; |
| 5101 } | |
| 449 | 5102 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) |
| 7 | 5103 { |
| 5104 char_u *prefix = (char_u *)"\\<"; | |
| 5105 | |
| 1872 | 5106 /* we need up to 2 extra chars for the prefix */ |
| 449 | 5107 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col, |
| 1872 | 5108 compl_length) + 2); |
| 449 | 5109 if (compl_pattern == NULL) |
| 7 | 5110 return FAIL; |
| 449 | 5111 if (!vim_iswordp(line + compl_col) |
| 5112 || (compl_col > 0 | |
| 7 | 5113 && ( |
| 5114 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 449 | 5115 vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + compl_col)) |
| 7 | 5116 #else |
| 449 | 5117 vim_iswordc(line[compl_col - 1]) |
| 7 | 5118 #endif |
| 5119 ))) | |
| 5120 prefix = (char_u *)""; | |
| 449 | 5121 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, prefix); |
| 5122 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + STRLEN(prefix), | |
| 5123 line + compl_col, compl_length); | |
| 7 | 5124 } |
| 449 | 5125 else if (--startcol < 0 || |
| 7 | 5126 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 449 | 5127 !vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + startcol + 1)) |
| 7 | 5128 #else |
| 449 | 5129 !vim_iswordc(line[startcol]) |
| 7 | 5130 #endif |
| 5131 ) | |
| 5132 { | |
| 5133 /* Match any word of at least two chars */ | |
| 449 | 5134 compl_pattern = vim_strsave((char_u *)"\\<\\k\\k"); |
| 5135 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 5136 return FAIL; |
| 449 | 5137 compl_col += curs_col; |
| 5138 compl_length = 0; | |
| 7 | 5139 } |
| 5140 else | |
| 5141 { | |
| 5142 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5143 /* Search the point of change class of multibyte character | |
| 5144 * or not a word single byte character backward. */ | |
| 5145 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 5146 { | |
| 5147 int base_class; | |
| 5148 int head_off; | |
| 5149 | |
| 449 | 5150 startcol -= (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol); |
| 5151 base_class = mb_get_class(line + startcol); | |
| 5152 while (--startcol >= 0) | |
| 7 | 5153 { |
| 449 | 5154 head_off = (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol); |
| 5155 if (base_class != mb_get_class(line + startcol | |
| 5156 - head_off)) | |
| 7 | 5157 break; |
| 449 | 5158 startcol -= head_off; |
| 7 | 5159 } |
| 5160 } | |
| 5161 else | |
| 5162 #endif | |
| 449 | 5163 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_iswordc(line[startcol])) |
| 7 | 5164 ; |
| 449 | 5165 compl_col += ++startcol; |
| 5166 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol; | |
| 5167 if (compl_length == 1) | |
| 7 | 5168 { |
| 5169 /* Only match word with at least two chars -- webb | |
| 5170 * there's no need to call quote_meta, | |
| 5171 * alloc(7) is enough -- Acevedo | |
| 5172 */ | |
| 449 | 5173 compl_pattern = alloc(7); |
| 5174 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 5175 return FAIL; |
| 449 | 5176 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<"); |
| 5177 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, 1); | |
| 5178 STRCAT((char *)compl_pattern, "\\k"); | |
| 7 | 5179 } |
| 5180 else | |
| 5181 { | |
| 449 | 5182 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col, |
| 1872 | 5183 compl_length) + 2); |
| 449 | 5184 if (compl_pattern == NULL) |
| 7 | 5185 return FAIL; |
| 449 | 5186 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<"); |
| 5187 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, | |
| 5188 compl_length); | |
| 7 | 5189 } |
| 5190 } | |
| 5191 } | |
| 6657 | 5192 else if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) |
| 7 | 5193 { |
| 835 | 5194 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line); |
| 449 | 5195 compl_length = (int)curs_col - (int)compl_col; |
| 5196 if (compl_length < 0) /* cursor in indent: empty pattern */ | |
| 5197 compl_length = 0; | |
| 7 | 5198 if (p_ic) |
| 449 | 5199 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, compl_length, |
| 5200 NULL, 0); | |
| 7 | 5201 else |
| 449 | 5202 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
| 5203 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 5204 return FAIL; |
| 5205 } | |
| 5206 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FILES) | |
| 5207 { | |
| 5332 | 5208 /* Go back to just before the first filename character. */ |
| 5349 | 5209 if (startcol > 0) |
| 5210 { | |
| 5211 char_u *p = line + startcol; | |
| 5212 | |
| 5332 | 5213 mb_ptr_back(line, p); |
| 5349 | 5214 while (p > line && vim_isfilec(PTR2CHAR(p))) |
| 5215 mb_ptr_back(line, p); | |
| 5216 if (p == line && vim_isfilec(PTR2CHAR(p))) | |
| 5217 startcol = 0; | |
| 5218 else | |
| 5219 startcol = (int)(p - line) + 1; | |
| 5220 } | |
| 5345 | 5221 |
| 5222 compl_col += startcol; | |
| 449 | 5223 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol; |
| 5224 compl_pattern = addstar(line + compl_col, compl_length, | |
| 5225 EXPAND_FILES); | |
| 5226 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 5227 return FAIL; |
| 5228 } | |
| 5229 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE) | |
| 5230 { | |
| 449 | 5231 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line, curs_col); |
| 5232 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 5233 return FAIL; |
| 449 | 5234 set_cmd_context(&compl_xp, compl_pattern, |
| 5235 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), curs_col); | |
| 5236 if (compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_UNSUCCESSFUL | |
| 5237 || compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_NOTHING) | |
| 935 | 5238 /* No completion possible, use an empty pattern to get a |
| 5239 * "pattern not found" message. */ | |
| 897 | 5240 compl_col = curs_col; |
| 5241 else | |
| 935 | 5242 compl_col = (int)(compl_xp.xp_pattern - compl_pattern); |
| 5243 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col; | |
| 7 | 5244 } |
| 523 | 5245 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI) |
| 502 | 5246 { |
| 12 | 5247 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 5248 /* | |
| 502 | 5249 * Call user defined function 'completefunc' with "a:findstart" |
| 5250 * set to 1 to obtain the length of text to use for completion. | |
| 12 | 5251 */ |
| 502 | 5252 char_u *args[2]; |
| 452 | 5253 int col; |
| 502 | 5254 char_u *funcname; |
| 5255 pos_T pos; | |
| 2631 | 5256 win_T *curwin_save; |
| 5257 buf_T *curbuf_save; | |
| 502 | 5258 |
| 523 | 5259 /* Call 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc' and get pattern length as a |
| 502 | 5260 * string */ |
| 5261 funcname = ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION | |
| 5262 ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu; | |
| 5263 if (*funcname == NUL) | |
| 523 | 5264 { |
| 5265 EMSG2(_(e_notset), ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION | |
| 5266 ? "completefunc" : "omnifunc"); | |
| 12 | 5267 return FAIL; |
| 523 | 5268 } |
| 452 | 5269 |
| 5270 args[0] = (char_u *)"1"; | |
| 502 | 5271 args[1] = NULL; |
| 5272 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 2631 | 5273 curwin_save = curwin; |
| 5274 curbuf_save = curbuf; | |
| 502 | 5275 col = call_func_retnr(funcname, 2, args, FALSE); |
| 2631 | 5276 if (curwin_save != curwin || curbuf_save != curbuf) |
| 5277 { | |
| 5278 EMSG(_(e_complwin)); | |
| 5279 return FAIL; | |
| 5280 } | |
| 502 | 5281 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */ |
| 6209 | 5282 validate_cursor(); |
| 2631 | 5283 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, pos)) |
| 5284 { | |
| 5285 EMSG(_(e_compldel)); | |
| 5286 return FAIL; | |
| 5287 } | |
| 502 | 5288 |
| 3302 | 5289 /* Return value -2 means the user complete function wants to |
| 3516 | 5290 * cancel the complete without an error. |
| 5291 * Return value -3 does the same as -2 and leaves CTRL-X mode.*/ | |
| 3302 | 5292 if (col == -2) |
| 5293 return FAIL; | |
| 3516 | 5294 if (col == -3) |
| 5295 { | |
| 5296 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
| 5297 edit_submode = NULL; | |
| 5946 | 5298 if (!shortmess(SHM_COMPLETIONMENU)) |
| 5299 msg_clr_cmdline(); | |
| 3516 | 5300 return FAIL; |
| 5301 } | |
| 3302 | 5302 |
| 3078 | 5303 /* |
| 5304 * Reset extended parameters of completion, when start new | |
| 5305 * completion. | |
| 5306 */ | |
| 5307 compl_opt_refresh_always = FALSE; | |
| 5308 | |
| 452 | 5309 if (col < 0) |
| 523 | 5310 col = curs_col; |
| 452 | 5311 compl_col = col; |
| 1872 | 5312 if (compl_col > curs_col) |
| 452 | 5313 compl_col = curs_col; |
| 449 | 5314 |
| 5315 /* Setup variables for completion. Need to obtain "line" again, | |
| 5316 * it may have become invalid. */ | |
| 5317 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 452 | 5318 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col; |
| 449 | 5319 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
| 5320 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 502 | 5321 #endif |
| 449 | 5322 return FAIL; |
| 5323 } | |
| 477 | 5324 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SPELL) |
| 5325 { | |
| 744 | 5326 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 497 | 5327 if (spell_bad_len > 0) |
| 5328 compl_col = curs_col - spell_bad_len; | |
| 5329 else | |
| 5330 compl_col = spell_word_start(startcol); | |
| 5331 if (compl_col >= (colnr_T)startcol) | |
| 897 | 5332 { |
| 5333 compl_length = 0; | |
| 5334 compl_col = curs_col; | |
| 5335 } | |
| 5336 else | |
| 5337 { | |
| 5338 spell_expand_check_cap(compl_col); | |
| 5339 compl_length = (int)curs_col - compl_col; | |
| 5340 } | |
| 818 | 5341 /* Need to obtain "line" again, it may have become invalid. */ |
| 5342 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 477 | 5343 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
| 5344 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 5345 #endif | |
| 5346 return FAIL; | |
| 5347 } | |
| 449 | 5348 else |
| 5349 { | |
| 5350 EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "ins_complete()"); | |
| 5351 return FAIL; | |
| 5352 } | |
| 5353 | |
| 5354 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
| 7 | 5355 { |
| 5356 edit_submode_pre = (char_u *)_(" Adding"); | |
| 6657 | 5357 if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) |
| 7 | 5358 { |
| 5359 /* Insert a new line, keep indentation but ignore 'comments' */ | |
| 5360 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5361 char_u *old = curbuf->b_p_com; | |
| 5362 | |
| 5363 curbuf->b_p_com = (char_u *)""; | |
| 5364 #endif | |
| 449 | 5365 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
| 5366 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; | |
| 7 | 5367 ins_eol('\r'); |
| 5368 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5369 curbuf->b_p_com = old; | |
| 5370 #endif | |
| 449 | 5371 compl_length = 0; |
| 5372 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 7 | 5373 } |
| 5374 } | |
| 5375 else | |
| 5376 { | |
| 5377 edit_submode_pre = NULL; | |
| 449 | 5378 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; |
| 5379 } | |
| 5380 | |
| 5381 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL) | |
| 5382 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(ctrl_x_msgs[CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG]); | |
| 7 | 5383 else |
| 5384 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode)); | |
| 5385 | |
| 3095 | 5386 /* If any of the original typed text has been changed we need to fix |
| 5387 * the redo buffer. */ | |
| 5388 ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader(NULL); | |
| 5389 | |
| 694 | 5390 /* Always add completion for the original text. */ |
| 5391 vim_free(compl_orig_text); | |
| 449 | 5392 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
| 5393 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text, | |
| 942 | 5394 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK) |
| 449 | 5395 { |
| 5396 vim_free(compl_pattern); | |
| 5397 compl_pattern = NULL; | |
| 5398 vim_free(compl_orig_text); | |
| 5399 compl_orig_text = NULL; | |
| 7 | 5400 return FAIL; |
| 5401 } | |
| 5402 | |
| 5403 /* showmode might reset the internal line pointers, so it must | |
| 5404 * be called before line = ml_get(), or when this address is no | |
| 5405 * longer needed. -- Acevedo. | |
| 5406 */ | |
| 5407 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("-- Searching..."); | |
| 5408 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; | |
| 5409 showmode(); | |
| 5410 edit_submode_extra = NULL; | |
| 5411 out_flush(); | |
| 5412 } | |
| 5413 | |
| 449 | 5414 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match; |
| 5415 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction; | |
| 7 | 5416 |
| 5417 /* | |
| 665 | 5418 * Find next match (and following matches). |
| 7 | 5419 */ |
|
2107
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5420 save_w_wrow = curwin->w_wrow; |
| 681 | 5421 n = ins_compl_next(TRUE, ins_compl_key2count(c), ins_compl_use_match(c)); |
| 449 | 5422 |
| 540 | 5423 /* may undisplay the popup menu */ |
| 5424 ins_compl_upd_pum(); | |
| 5425 | |
| 449 | 5426 if (n > 1) /* all matches have been found */ |
| 5427 compl_matches = n; | |
| 5428 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match; | |
| 5429 compl_direction = compl_shows_dir; | |
| 857 | 5430 |
| 5431 /* Eat the ESC that vgetc() returns after a CTRL-C to avoid leaving Insert | |
| 5432 * mode. */ | |
| 7 | 5433 if (got_int && !global_busy) |
| 5434 { | |
| 5435 (void)vgetc(); | |
| 5436 got_int = FALSE; | |
| 5437 } | |
| 5438 | |
| 449 | 5439 /* we found no match if the list has only the "compl_orig_text"-entry */ |
| 464 | 5440 if (compl_first_match == compl_first_match->cp_next) |
| 449 | 5441 { |
| 5442 edit_submode_extra = (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
| 5443 && compl_length > 1 | |
| 7 | 5444 ? (char_u *)_(e_hitend) : (char_u *)_(e_patnotf); |
| 5445 edit_submode_highl = HLF_E; | |
| 5446 /* remove N_ADDS flag, so next ^X<> won't try to go to ADDING mode, | |
| 5447 * because we couldn't expand anything at first place, but if we used | |
| 5448 * ^P, ^N, ^X^I or ^X^D we might want to add-expand a single-char-word | |
| 5449 * (such as M in M'exico) if not tried already. -- Acevedo */ | |
| 449 | 5450 if ( compl_length > 1 |
| 5451 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
| 7 | 5452 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 |
| 5453 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS | |
| 5454 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)) | |
| 449 | 5455 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_N_ADDS; |
| 5456 } | |
| 5457 | |
| 464 | 5458 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & CONT_S_IPOS) |
| 449 | 5459 compl_cont_status |= CONT_S_IPOS; |
| 7 | 5460 else |
| 449 | 5461 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_S_IPOS; |
| 7 | 5462 |
| 5463 if (edit_submode_extra == NULL) | |
| 5464 { | |
| 464 | 5465 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) |
| 7 | 5466 { |
| 5467 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Back at original"); | |
| 5468 edit_submode_highl = HLF_W; | |
| 5469 } | |
| 449 | 5470 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS) |
| 7 | 5471 { |
| 5472 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Word from other line"); | |
| 5473 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; | |
| 5474 } | |
| 464 | 5475 else if (compl_curr_match->cp_next == compl_curr_match->cp_prev) |
| 7 | 5476 { |
| 5477 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("The only match"); | |
| 5478 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; | |
| 5479 } | |
| 5480 else | |
| 5481 { | |
| 5482 /* Update completion sequence number when needed. */ | |
| 464 | 5483 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number == -1) |
| 7 | 5484 { |
| 464 | 5485 int number = 0; |
| 5486 compl_T *match; | |
| 7 | 5487 |
| 449 | 5488 if (compl_direction == FORWARD) |
| 7 | 5489 { |
| 5490 /* search backwards for the first valid (!= -1) number. | |
| 5491 * This should normally succeed already at the first loop | |
| 5492 * cycle, so it's fast! */ | |
| 464 | 5493 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; match != NULL |
| 5494 && match != compl_first_match; | |
| 5495 match = match->cp_prev) | |
| 5496 if (match->cp_number != -1) | |
| 7 | 5497 { |
| 464 | 5498 number = match->cp_number; |
| 7 | 5499 break; |
| 5500 } | |
| 5501 if (match != NULL) | |
| 5502 /* go up and assign all numbers which are not assigned | |
| 5503 * yet */ | |
| 540 | 5504 for (match = match->cp_next; |
| 5505 match != NULL && match->cp_number == -1; | |
| 464 | 5506 match = match->cp_next) |
| 5507 match->cp_number = ++number; | |
| 7 | 5508 } |
| 5509 else /* BACKWARD */ | |
| 5510 { | |
| 5511 /* search forwards (upwards) for the first valid (!= -1) | |
| 5512 * number. This should normally succeed already at the | |
| 5513 * first loop cycle, so it's fast! */ | |
| 464 | 5514 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; match != NULL |
| 5515 && match != compl_first_match; | |
| 5516 match = match->cp_next) | |
| 5517 if (match->cp_number != -1) | |
| 7 | 5518 { |
| 464 | 5519 number = match->cp_number; |
| 7 | 5520 break; |
| 5521 } | |
| 5522 if (match != NULL) | |
| 5523 /* go down and assign all numbers which are not | |
| 5524 * assigned yet */ | |
| 464 | 5525 for (match = match->cp_prev; match |
| 5526 && match->cp_number == -1; | |
| 5527 match = match->cp_prev) | |
| 5528 match->cp_number = ++number; | |
| 7 | 5529 } |
| 5530 } | |
| 5531 | |
| 540 | 5532 /* The match should always have a sequence number now, this is |
| 5533 * just a safety check. */ | |
| 464 | 5534 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number != -1) |
| 7 | 5535 { |
| 1063 | 5536 /* Space for 10 text chars. + 2x10-digit no.s = 31. |
| 5537 * Translations may need more than twice that. */ | |
| 5538 static char_u match_ref[81]; | |
| 7 | 5539 |
| 449 | 5540 if (compl_matches > 0) |
| 1063 | 5541 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref), |
| 5542 _("match %d of %d"), | |
| 464 | 5543 compl_curr_match->cp_number, compl_matches); |
| 7 | 5544 else |
| 1063 | 5545 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref), |
| 5546 _("match %d"), | |
| 5547 compl_curr_match->cp_number); | |
| 7 | 5548 edit_submode_extra = match_ref; |
| 5549 edit_submode_highl = HLF_R; | |
| 3318 | 5550 if (dollar_vcol >= 0) |
| 7 | 5551 curs_columns(FALSE); |
| 5552 } | |
| 5553 } | |
| 5554 } | |
| 5555 | |
| 5556 /* Show a message about what (completion) mode we're in. */ | |
| 5557 showmode(); | |
| 5946 | 5558 if (!shortmess(SHM_COMPLETIONMENU)) |
| 5559 { | |
| 5560 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) | |
| 5561 { | |
| 5562 if (!p_smd) | |
| 5563 msg_attr(edit_submode_extra, | |
| 5564 edit_submode_highl < HLF_COUNT | |
| 5565 ? hl_attr(edit_submode_highl) : 0); | |
| 5566 } | |
| 5567 else | |
| 5568 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */ | |
| 5569 } | |
| 7 | 5570 |
| 857 | 5571 /* Show the popup menu, unless we got interrupted. */ |
| 5572 if (!compl_interrupted) | |
| 5573 { | |
| 5574 /* RedrawingDisabled may be set when invoked through complete(). */ | |
| 5575 n = RedrawingDisabled; | |
| 5576 RedrawingDisabled = 0; | |
|
2107
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5577 |
|
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5578 /* If the cursor moved we need to remove the pum first. */ |
|
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5579 setcursor(); |
|
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5580 if (save_w_wrow != curwin->w_wrow) |
|
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5581 ins_compl_del_pum(); |
|
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5582 |
| 857 | 5583 ins_compl_show_pum(); |
| 5584 setcursor(); | |
| 5585 RedrawingDisabled = n; | |
| 5586 } | |
| 874 | 5587 compl_was_interrupted = compl_interrupted; |
| 857 | 5588 compl_interrupted = FALSE; |
| 540 | 5589 |
| 7 | 5590 return OK; |
| 5591 } | |
| 5592 | |
| 5593 /* | |
| 5594 * Looks in the first "len" chars. of "src" for search-metachars. | |
| 5595 * If dest is not NULL the chars. are copied there quoting (with | |
| 5596 * a backslash) the metachars, and dest would be NUL terminated. | |
| 5597 * Returns the length (needed) of dest | |
| 5598 */ | |
| 1872 | 5599 static unsigned |
| 7 | 5600 quote_meta(dest, src, len) |
| 5601 char_u *dest; | |
| 5602 char_u *src; | |
| 5603 int len; | |
| 5604 { | |
| 1872 | 5605 unsigned m = (unsigned)len + 1; /* one extra for the NUL */ |
| 5606 | |
| 5607 for ( ; --len >= 0; src++) | |
| 7 | 5608 { |
| 5609 switch (*src) | |
| 5610 { | |
| 5611 case '.': | |
| 5612 case '*': | |
| 5613 case '[': | |
| 5614 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY | |
| 5615 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) | |
| 5616 break; | |
| 5617 case '~': | |
| 5618 if (!p_magic) /* quote these only if magic is set */ | |
| 5619 break; | |
| 5620 case '\\': | |
| 5621 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY | |
| 5622 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) | |
| 5623 break; | |
| 5624 case '^': /* currently it's not needed. */ | |
| 5625 case '$': | |
| 5626 m++; | |
| 5627 if (dest != NULL) | |
| 5628 *dest++ = '\\'; | |
| 5629 break; | |
| 5630 } | |
| 5631 if (dest != NULL) | |
| 5632 *dest++ = *src; | |
| 464 | 5633 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7 | 5634 /* Copy remaining bytes of a multibyte character. */ |
| 5635 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 5636 { | |
| 5637 int i, mb_len; | |
| 5638 | |
| 474 | 5639 mb_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(src) - 1; |
| 7 | 5640 if (mb_len > 0 && len >= mb_len) |
| 5641 for (i = 0; i < mb_len; ++i) | |
| 5642 { | |
| 5643 --len; | |
| 5644 ++src; | |
| 5645 if (dest != NULL) | |
| 5646 *dest++ = *src; | |
| 5647 } | |
| 5648 } | |
| 464 | 5649 # endif |
| 7 | 5650 } |
| 5651 if (dest != NULL) | |
| 5652 *dest = NUL; | |
| 5653 | |
| 5654 return m; | |
| 5655 } | |
| 5656 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ | |
| 5657 | |
| 5658 /* | |
| 5659 * Next character is interpreted literally. | |
| 5660 * A one, two or three digit decimal number is interpreted as its byte value. | |
| 5661 * If one or two digits are entered, the next character is given to vungetc(). | |
| 5662 * For Unicode a character > 255 may be returned. | |
| 5663 */ | |
| 5664 int | |
| 5665 get_literal() | |
| 5666 { | |
| 5667 int cc; | |
| 5668 int nc; | |
| 5669 int i; | |
| 5670 int hex = FALSE; | |
| 5671 int octal = FALSE; | |
| 5672 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5673 int unicode = 0; | |
| 5674 #endif | |
| 5675 | |
| 5676 if (got_int) | |
| 5677 return Ctrl_C; | |
| 5678 | |
| 5679 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5680 /* | |
| 5681 * In GUI there is no point inserting the internal code for a special key. | |
| 5682 * It is more useful to insert the string "<KEY>" instead. This would | |
| 5683 * probably be useful in a text window too, but it would not be | |
| 5684 * vi-compatible (maybe there should be an option for it?) -- webb | |
| 5685 */ | |
| 5686 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 5687 ++allow_keys; | |
| 5688 #endif | |
| 5689 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 5690 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
| 5691 #endif | |
| 5692 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */ | |
| 5693 cc = 0; | |
| 5694 i = 0; | |
| 5695 for (;;) | |
| 5696 { | |
| 1389 | 5697 nc = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 5698 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO |
| 5699 if (!(State & CMDLINE) | |
| 5700 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5701 && MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(nc) == 1 | |
| 5702 # endif | |
| 5703 ) | |
| 5704 add_to_showcmd(nc); | |
| 5705 #endif | |
| 5706 if (nc == 'x' || nc == 'X') | |
| 5707 hex = TRUE; | |
| 5708 else if (nc == 'o' || nc == 'O') | |
| 5709 octal = TRUE; | |
| 5710 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5711 else if (nc == 'u' || nc == 'U') | |
| 5712 unicode = nc; | |
| 5713 #endif | |
| 5714 else | |
| 5715 { | |
| 5716 if (hex | |
| 5717 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5718 || unicode != 0 | |
| 5719 #endif | |
| 5720 ) | |
| 5721 { | |
| 5722 if (!vim_isxdigit(nc)) | |
| 5723 break; | |
| 5724 cc = cc * 16 + hex2nr(nc); | |
| 5725 } | |
| 5726 else if (octal) | |
| 5727 { | |
| 5728 if (nc < '0' || nc > '7') | |
| 5729 break; | |
| 5730 cc = cc * 8 + nc - '0'; | |
| 5731 } | |
| 5732 else | |
| 5733 { | |
| 5734 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(nc)) | |
| 5735 break; | |
| 5736 cc = cc * 10 + nc - '0'; | |
| 5737 } | |
| 5738 | |
| 5739 ++i; | |
| 5740 } | |
| 5741 | |
| 5742 if (cc > 255 | |
| 5743 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5744 && unicode == 0 | |
| 5745 #endif | |
| 5746 ) | |
| 5747 cc = 255; /* limit range to 0-255 */ | |
| 5748 nc = 0; | |
| 5749 | |
| 5750 if (hex) /* hex: up to two chars */ | |
| 5751 { | |
| 5752 if (i >= 2) | |
| 5753 break; | |
| 5754 } | |
| 5755 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5756 else if (unicode) /* Unicode: up to four or eight chars */ | |
| 5757 { | |
| 5758 if ((unicode == 'u' && i >= 4) || (unicode == 'U' && i >= 8)) | |
| 5759 break; | |
| 5760 } | |
| 5761 #endif | |
| 5762 else if (i >= 3) /* decimal or octal: up to three chars */ | |
| 5763 break; | |
| 5764 } | |
| 5765 if (i == 0) /* no number entered */ | |
| 5766 { | |
| 5767 if (nc == K_ZERO) /* NUL is stored as NL */ | |
| 5768 { | |
| 5769 cc = '\n'; | |
| 5770 nc = 0; | |
| 5771 } | |
| 5772 else | |
| 5773 { | |
| 5774 cc = nc; | |
| 5775 nc = 0; | |
| 5776 } | |
| 5777 } | |
| 5778 | |
| 5779 if (cc == 0) /* NUL is stored as NL */ | |
| 5780 cc = '\n'; | |
| 221 | 5781 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 5782 if (enc_dbcs && (cc & 0xff) == 0) | |
| 5783 cc = '?'; /* don't accept an illegal DBCS char, the NUL in the | |
| 5784 second byte will cause trouble! */ | |
| 5785 #endif | |
| 7 | 5786 |
| 5787 --no_mapping; | |
| 5788 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5789 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 5790 --allow_keys; | |
| 5791 #endif | |
| 5792 if (nc) | |
| 5793 vungetc(nc); | |
| 5794 got_int = FALSE; /* CTRL-C typed after CTRL-V is not an interrupt */ | |
| 5795 return cc; | |
| 5796 } | |
| 5797 | |
| 5798 /* | |
| 5799 * Insert character, taking care of special keys and mod_mask | |
| 5800 */ | |
| 5801 static void | |
| 5802 insert_special(c, allow_modmask, ctrlv) | |
| 5803 int c; | |
| 5804 int allow_modmask; | |
| 5805 int ctrlv; /* c was typed after CTRL-V */ | |
| 5806 { | |
| 5807 char_u *p; | |
| 5808 int len; | |
| 5809 | |
| 5810 /* | |
| 5811 * Special function key, translate into "<Key>". Up to the last '>' is | |
| 5812 * inserted with ins_str(), so as not to replace characters in replace | |
| 5813 * mode. | |
| 5814 * Only use mod_mask for special keys, to avoid things like <S-Space>, | |
| 5815 * unless 'allow_modmask' is TRUE. | |
| 5816 */ | |
| 5817 #ifdef MACOS | |
| 5818 /* Command-key never produces a normal key */ | |
| 5819 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CMD) | |
| 5820 allow_modmask = TRUE; | |
| 5821 #endif | |
| 5822 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || (mod_mask && allow_modmask)) | |
| 5823 { | |
| 5824 p = get_special_key_name(c, mod_mask); | |
| 5825 len = (int)STRLEN(p); | |
| 5826 c = p[len - 1]; | |
| 5827 if (len > 2) | |
| 5828 { | |
| 5829 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 5830 return; | |
| 5831 p[len - 1] = NUL; | |
| 5832 ins_str(p); | |
| 620 | 5833 AppendToRedobuffLit(p, -1); |
| 7 | 5834 ctrlv = FALSE; |
| 5835 } | |
| 5836 } | |
| 5837 if (stop_arrow() == OK) | |
| 5838 insertchar(c, ctrlv ? INSCHAR_CTRLV : 0, -1); | |
| 5839 } | |
| 5840 | |
| 5841 /* | |
| 5842 * Special characters in this context are those that need processing other | |
| 5843 * than the simple insertion that can be performed here. This includes ESC | |
| 5844 * which terminates the insert, and CR/NL which need special processing to | |
| 5845 * open up a new line. This routine tries to optimize insertions performed by | |
| 5846 * the "redo", "undo" or "put" commands, so it needs to know when it should | |
| 5847 * stop and defer processing to the "normal" mechanism. | |
| 5848 * '0' and '^' are special, because they can be followed by CTRL-D. | |
| 5849 */ | |
| 5850 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
| 5851 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^') | |
| 5852 #else | |
| 5853 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) >= DEL || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^') | |
| 5854 #endif | |
| 5855 | |
| 5856 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5857 # define WHITECHAR(cc) (vim_iswhite(cc) && (!enc_utf8 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor() + 1)))) | |
| 5858 #else | |
| 5859 # define WHITECHAR(cc) vim_iswhite(cc) | |
| 5860 #endif | |
| 5861 | |
| 3584 | 5862 /* |
| 5863 * "flags": INSCHAR_FORMAT - force formatting | |
| 5864 * INSCHAR_CTRLV - char typed just after CTRL-V | |
| 5865 * INSCHAR_NO_FEX - don't use 'formatexpr' | |
| 5866 * | |
| 5867 * NOTE: passes the flags value straight through to internal_format() which, | |
| 5868 * beside INSCHAR_FORMAT (above), is also looking for these: | |
| 5869 * INSCHAR_DO_COM - format comments | |
| 5870 * INSCHAR_COM_LIST - format comments with num list or 2nd line indent | |
| 5871 */ | |
| 7 | 5872 void |
| 5873 insertchar(c, flags, second_indent) | |
| 5874 int c; /* character to insert or NUL */ | |
| 5875 int flags; /* INSCHAR_FORMAT, etc. */ | |
| 5876 int second_indent; /* indent for second line if >= 0 */ | |
| 5877 { | |
| 5878 int textwidth; | |
| 5879 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5880 char_u *p; | |
| 667 | 5881 #endif |
| 7 | 5882 int fo_ins_blank; |
| 6667 | 5883 int force_format = flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT; |
| 5884 | |
| 5885 textwidth = comp_textwidth(force_format); | |
| 7 | 5886 fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK); |
| 5887 | |
| 5888 /* | |
| 5889 * Try to break the line in two or more pieces when: | |
| 5890 * - Always do this if we have been called to do formatting only. | |
| 5891 * - Always do this when 'formatoptions' has the 'a' flag and the line | |
| 5892 * ends in white space. | |
| 5893 * - Otherwise: | |
| 5894 * - Don't do this if inserting a blank | |
| 5895 * - Don't do this if an existing character is being replaced, unless | |
| 5896 * we're in VREPLACE mode. | |
| 5897 * - Do this if the cursor is not on the line where insert started | |
| 5898 * or - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'l' or the line was not too long | |
| 5899 * before the insert. | |
| 5900 * - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'b' or a blank was inserted at or | |
| 5901 * before 'textwidth' | |
| 5902 */ | |
| 667 | 5903 if (textwidth > 0 |
| 6667 | 5904 && (force_format |
| 7 | 5905 || (!vim_iswhite(c) |
| 5906 && !((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 5907 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 5908 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 5909 #endif | |
| 5910 && *ml_get_cursor() != NUL) | |
| 5911 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum | |
| 5912 || ((!has_format_option(FO_INS_LONG) | |
| 5913 || Insstart_textlen <= (colnr_T)textwidth) | |
| 5914 && (!fo_ins_blank | |
| 5915 || Insstart_blank_vcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth | |
| 5916 )))))) | |
| 5917 { | |
| 667 | 5918 /* Format with 'formatexpr' when it's set. Use internal formatting |
| 5919 * when 'formatexpr' isn't set or it returns non-zero. */ | |
| 5920 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) | |
| 6667 | 5921 int do_internal = TRUE; |
| 5922 colnr_T virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol() | |
| 5923 + char2cells(c != NUL ? c : gchar_cursor()); | |
| 5924 | |
| 5925 if (*curbuf->b_p_fex != NUL && (flags & INSCHAR_NO_FEX) == 0 | |
| 5926 && (force_format || virtcol > (colnr_T)textwidth)) | |
| 1000 | 5927 { |
| 5928 do_internal = (fex_format(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L, c) != 0); | |
| 5929 /* It may be required to save for undo again, e.g. when setline() | |
| 5930 * was called. */ | |
| 5931 ins_need_undo = TRUE; | |
| 5932 } | |
| 5933 if (do_internal) | |
| 667 | 5934 #endif |
| 2004 | 5935 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, c == NUL, c); |
| 667 | 5936 } |
| 5937 | |
| 7 | 5938 if (c == NUL) /* only formatting was wanted */ |
| 5939 return; | |
| 5940 | |
| 5941 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5942 /* Check whether this character should end a comment. */ | |
| 5943 if (did_ai && (int)c == end_comment_pending) | |
| 5944 { | |
| 5945 char_u *line; | |
| 5946 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */ | |
| 5947 int middle_len, end_len; | |
| 5948 int i; | |
| 5949 | |
| 5950 /* | |
| 5951 * Need to remove existing (middle) comment leader and insert end | |
| 5952 * comment leader. First, check what comment leader we can find. | |
| 5953 */ | |
| 3562 | 5954 i = get_leader_len(line = ml_get_curline(), &p, FALSE, TRUE); |
| 7 | 5955 if (i > 0 && vim_strchr(p, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL) /* Just checking */ |
| 5956 { | |
| 5957 /* Skip middle-comment string */ | |
| 5958 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */ | |
| 5959 ++p; | |
| 5960 middle_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 5961 /* Don't count trailing white space for middle_len */ | |
| 5962 while (middle_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(lead_end[middle_len - 1])) | |
| 5963 --middle_len; | |
| 5964 | |
| 5965 /* Find the end-comment string */ | |
| 5966 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */ | |
| 5967 ++p; | |
| 5968 end_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 5969 | |
| 5970 /* Skip white space before the cursor */ | |
| 5971 i = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 5972 while (--i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i])) | |
| 5973 ; | |
| 5974 i++; | |
| 5975 | |
| 5976 /* Skip to before the middle leader */ | |
| 5977 i -= middle_len; | |
| 5978 | |
| 5979 /* Check some expected things before we go on */ | |
| 5980 if (i >= 0 && lead_end[end_len - 1] == end_comment_pending) | |
| 5981 { | |
| 5982 /* Backspace over all the stuff we want to replace */ | |
| 5983 backspace_until_column(i); | |
| 5984 | |
| 5985 /* | |
| 5986 * Insert the end-comment string, except for the last | |
| 5987 * character, which will get inserted as normal later. | |
| 5988 */ | |
| 5989 ins_bytes_len(lead_end, end_len - 1); | |
| 5990 } | |
| 5991 } | |
| 5992 } | |
| 5993 end_comment_pending = NUL; | |
| 5994 #endif | |
| 5995 | |
| 5996 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 5997 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 5998 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 5999 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 6000 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 6001 #endif | |
| 6002 | |
| 6003 /* | |
| 6004 * If there's any pending input, grab up to INPUT_BUFLEN at once. | |
| 6005 * This speeds up normal text input considerably. | |
| 6006 * Don't do this when 'cindent' or 'indentexpr' is set, because we might | |
| 6007 * need to re-indent at a ':', or any other character (but not what | |
| 6008 * 'paste' is set).. | |
| 3390 | 6009 * Don't do this when there an InsertCharPre autocommand is defined, |
| 6010 * because we need to fire the event for every character. | |
| 7 | 6011 */ |
| 6012 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 6013 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */ | |
| 6014 #endif | |
| 6015 | |
| 6016 if ( !ISSPECIAL(c) | |
| 6017 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6018 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1) | |
| 6019 #endif | |
| 6020 && vpeekc() != NUL | |
| 6021 && !(State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 6022 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 6023 && !cindent_on() | |
| 6024 #endif | |
| 6025 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 6026 && !p_ri | |
| 6027 #endif | |
| 3390 | 6028 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 6029 && !has_insertcharpre() | |
| 6030 #endif | |
| 7 | 6031 ) |
| 6032 { | |
| 6033 #define INPUT_BUFLEN 100 | |
| 6034 char_u buf[INPUT_BUFLEN + 1]; | |
| 6035 int i; | |
| 6036 colnr_T virtcol = 0; | |
| 6037 | |
| 6038 buf[0] = c; | |
| 6039 i = 1; | |
| 667 | 6040 if (textwidth > 0) |
| 7 | 6041 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); |
| 6042 /* | |
| 6043 * Stop the string when: | |
| 6044 * - no more chars available | |
| 6045 * - finding a special character (command key) | |
| 6046 * - buffer is full | |
| 6047 * - running into the 'textwidth' boundary | |
| 6048 * - need to check for abbreviation: A non-word char after a word-char | |
| 6049 */ | |
| 6050 while ( (c = vpeekc()) != NUL | |
| 6051 && !ISSPECIAL(c) | |
| 6052 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6053 && (!has_mbyte || MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(c) == 1) | |
| 6054 #endif | |
| 6055 && i < INPUT_BUFLEN | |
| 6056 && (textwidth == 0 | |
| 6057 || (virtcol += byte2cells(buf[i - 1])) < (colnr_T)textwidth) | |
| 6058 && !(!no_abbr && !vim_iswordc(c) && vim_iswordc(buf[i - 1]))) | |
| 6059 { | |
| 6060 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 6061 c = vgetc(); | |
| 6062 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped) | |
| 6063 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */ | |
| 6064 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 6065 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped) | |
| 6066 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */ | |
| 6067 # endif | |
| 6068 buf[i++] = c; | |
| 6069 #else | |
| 6070 buf[i++] = vgetc(); | |
| 6071 #endif | |
| 6072 } | |
| 6073 | |
| 6074 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 6075 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */ | |
| 6076 do_digraph(buf[i-1]); /* may be the start of a digraph */ | |
| 6077 #endif | |
| 6078 buf[i] = NUL; | |
| 6079 ins_str(buf); | |
| 6080 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV) | |
| 6081 { | |
| 6082 redo_literal(*buf); | |
| 6083 i = 1; | |
| 6084 } | |
| 6085 else | |
| 6086 i = 0; | |
| 6087 if (buf[i] != NUL) | |
| 620 | 6088 AppendToRedobuffLit(buf + i, -1); |
| 7 | 6089 } |
| 6090 else | |
| 6091 { | |
| 6092 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 667 | 6093 int cc; |
| 6094 | |
| 7 | 6095 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1) |
| 6096 { | |
| 6097 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; | |
| 6098 | |
| 6099 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf); | |
| 6100 buf[cc] = NUL; | |
| 6101 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc); | |
| 6102 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
| 6103 } | |
| 6104 else | |
| 6105 #endif | |
| 6106 { | |
| 6107 ins_char(c); | |
| 6108 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV) | |
| 6109 redo_literal(c); | |
| 6110 else | |
| 6111 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
| 6112 } | |
| 6113 } | |
| 6114 } | |
| 6115 | |
| 6116 /* | |
| 667 | 6117 * Format text at the current insert position. |
| 3584 | 6118 * |
| 6119 * If the INSCHAR_COM_LIST flag is present, then the value of second_indent | |
| 6120 * will be the comment leader length sent to open_line(). | |
| 667 | 6121 */ |
| 6122 static void | |
| 2004 | 6123 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, format_only, c) |
| 667 | 6124 int textwidth; |
| 6125 int second_indent; | |
| 6126 int flags; | |
| 6127 int format_only; | |
| 2004 | 6128 int c; /* character to be inserted (can be NUL) */ |
| 667 | 6129 { |
| 6130 int cc; | |
| 6131 int save_char = NUL; | |
| 6132 int haveto_redraw = FALSE; | |
| 6133 int fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK); | |
| 6134 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6135 int fo_multibyte = has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_BREAK); | |
| 6136 #endif | |
| 6137 int fo_white_par = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR); | |
| 6138 int first_line = TRUE; | |
| 6139 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6140 colnr_T leader_len; | |
| 6141 int no_leader = FALSE; | |
| 6142 int do_comments = (flags & INSCHAR_DO_COM); | |
| 6143 #endif | |
| 6199 | 6144 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK |
| 6145 int has_lbr = curwin->w_p_lbr; | |
| 6146 | |
| 6147 /* make sure win_lbr_chartabsize() counts correctly */ | |
| 6148 curwin->w_p_lbr = FALSE; | |
| 6149 #endif | |
| 667 | 6150 |
| 6151 /* | |
| 6152 * When 'ai' is off we don't want a space under the cursor to be | |
| 6153 * deleted. Replace it with an 'x' temporarily. | |
| 6154 */ | |
| 2004 | 6155 if (!curbuf->b_p_ai |
| 6156 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6157 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 6158 #endif | |
| 6159 ) | |
| 667 | 6160 { |
| 6161 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 6162 if (vim_iswhite(cc)) | |
| 6163 { | |
| 6164 save_char = cc; | |
| 6165 pchar_cursor('x'); | |
| 6166 } | |
| 6167 } | |
| 6168 | |
| 6169 /* | |
| 6170 * Repeat breaking lines, until the current line is not too long. | |
| 6171 */ | |
| 6172 while (!got_int) | |
| 6173 { | |
| 6174 int startcol; /* Cursor column at entry */ | |
| 6175 int wantcol; /* column at textwidth border */ | |
| 6176 int foundcol; /* column for start of spaces */ | |
| 6177 int end_foundcol = 0; /* column for start of word */ | |
| 6178 colnr_T len; | |
| 6179 colnr_T virtcol; | |
| 6180 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6181 int orig_col = 0; | |
| 6182 char_u *saved_text = NULL; | |
| 6183 #endif | |
| 6184 colnr_T col; | |
| 2004 | 6185 colnr_T end_col; |
| 6186 | |
| 6187 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol() | |
| 6188 + char2cells(c != NUL ? c : gchar_cursor()); | |
| 6189 if (virtcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth) | |
| 667 | 6190 break; |
| 6191 | |
| 6192 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6193 if (no_leader) | |
| 6194 do_comments = FALSE; | |
| 6195 else if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) | |
| 6196 && has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS)) | |
| 6197 do_comments = TRUE; | |
| 6198 | |
| 6199 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
| 6200 if (do_comments) | |
| 3562 | 6201 leader_len = get_leader_len(ml_get_curline(), NULL, FALSE, TRUE); |
| 667 | 6202 else |
| 6203 leader_len = 0; | |
| 6204 | |
| 6205 /* If the line doesn't start with a comment leader, then don't | |
| 6206 * start one in a following broken line. Avoids that a %word | |
| 6207 * moved to the start of the next line causes all following lines | |
| 6208 * to start with %. */ | |
| 6209 if (leader_len == 0) | |
| 6210 no_leader = TRUE; | |
| 6211 #endif | |
| 6212 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) | |
| 6213 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6214 && leader_len == 0 | |
| 6215 #endif | |
| 6216 && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP)) | |
| 6217 | |
| 6218 break; | |
| 6219 if ((startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col) == 0) | |
| 6220 break; | |
| 6221 | |
| 6222 /* find column of textwidth border */ | |
| 6223 coladvance((colnr_T)textwidth); | |
| 6224 wantcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6225 | |
| 2004 | 6226 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol; |
| 667 | 6227 foundcol = 0; |
| 6228 | |
| 6229 /* | |
| 6230 * Find position to break at. | |
| 6231 * Stop at first entered white when 'formatoptions' has 'v' | |
| 6232 */ | |
| 6233 while ((!fo_ins_blank && !has_format_option(FO_INS_VI)) | |
| 3162 | 6234 || (flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) |
| 667 | 6235 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum |
| 6236 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col) | |
| 6237 { | |
| 2004 | 6238 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == startcol && c != NUL) |
| 6239 cc = c; | |
| 6240 else | |
| 6241 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 667 | 6242 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) |
| 6243 { | |
| 6244 /* remember position of blank just before text */ | |
| 2004 | 6245 end_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 667 | 6246 |
| 6247 /* find start of sequence of blanks */ | |
| 6248 while (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 6249 { | |
| 6250 dec_cursor(); | |
| 6251 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 6252 } | |
| 6253 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0 && WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 6254 break; /* only spaces in front of text */ | |
| 6255 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6256 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
| 6257 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) | |
| 6258 break; | |
| 6259 #endif | |
| 6260 if (has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER)) | |
| 6261 { | |
| 6262 /* do not break after one-letter words */ | |
| 6263 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 6264 break; /* one-letter word at begin */ | |
| 2004 | 6265 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS |
| 6266 /* do not break "#a b" when 'tw' is 2 */ | |
| 6267 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= leader_len) | |
| 6268 break; | |
| 6269 #endif | |
| 667 | 6270 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 6271 dec_cursor(); | |
| 6272 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 6273 | |
| 6274 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 6275 continue; /* one-letter, continue */ | |
| 6276 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
| 6277 } | |
| 2004 | 6278 |
| 6279 inc_cursor(); | |
| 6280 | |
| 6281 end_foundcol = end_col + 1; | |
| 6282 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6283 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) | |
| 667 | 6284 break; |
| 6285 } | |
| 6286 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2004 | 6287 else if (cc >= 0x100 && fo_multibyte) |
| 667 | 6288 { |
| 6289 /* Break after or before a multi-byte character. */ | |
| 2004 | 6290 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != startcol) |
| 6291 { | |
| 6292 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6293 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
| 6294 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) | |
| 6295 break; | |
| 6296 #endif | |
| 6297 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6298 inc_cursor(); | |
| 6299 /* Don't change end_foundcol if already set. */ | |
| 6300 if (foundcol != curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
| 6301 { | |
| 6302 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6303 end_foundcol = foundcol; | |
| 6304 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) | |
| 6305 break; | |
| 6306 } | |
| 6307 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
| 6308 } | |
| 6309 | |
| 6310 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 6311 break; | |
| 6312 | |
| 6313 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6314 | |
| 6315 dec_cursor(); | |
| 6316 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 6317 | |
| 6318 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 6319 continue; /* break with space */ | |
| 6320 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6321 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
| 6322 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) | |
| 6323 break; | |
| 6324 #endif | |
| 6325 | |
| 6326 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
| 6327 | |
| 667 | 6328 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 6329 end_foundcol = foundcol; | |
| 2004 | 6330 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) |
| 6331 break; | |
| 667 | 6332 } |
| 6333 #endif | |
| 6334 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 6335 break; | |
| 6336 dec_cursor(); | |
| 6337 } | |
| 6338 | |
| 6339 if (foundcol == 0) /* no spaces, cannot break line */ | |
| 6340 { | |
| 6341 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol; | |
| 6342 break; | |
| 6343 } | |
| 6344 | |
| 6345 /* Going to break the line, remove any "$" now. */ | |
| 6346 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 6347 | |
| 6348 /* | |
| 6349 * Offset between cursor position and line break is used by replace | |
| 6350 * stack functions. VREPLACE does not use this, and backspaces | |
| 6351 * over the text instead. | |
| 6352 */ | |
| 6353 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6354 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 6355 orig_col = startcol; /* Will start backspacing from here */ | |
| 6356 else | |
| 6357 #endif | |
| 2004 | 6358 replace_offset = startcol - end_foundcol; |
| 667 | 6359 |
| 6360 /* | |
| 6361 * adjust startcol for spaces that will be deleted and | |
| 6362 * characters that will remain on top line | |
| 6363 */ | |
| 6364 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol; | |
| 2004 | 6365 while ((cc = gchar_cursor(), WHITECHAR(cc)) |
| 6366 && (!fo_white_par || curwin->w_cursor.col < startcol)) | |
| 667 | 6367 inc_cursor(); |
| 6368 startcol -= curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6369 if (startcol < 0) | |
| 6370 startcol = 0; | |
| 6371 | |
| 6372 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6373 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 6374 { | |
| 6375 /* | |
| 6376 * In VREPLACE mode, we will backspace over the text to be | |
| 6377 * wrapped, so save a copy now to put on the next line. | |
| 6378 */ | |
| 6379 saved_text = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor()); | |
| 6380 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col; | |
| 6381 if (saved_text == NULL) | |
| 6382 break; /* Can't do it, out of memory */ | |
| 6383 saved_text[startcol] = NUL; | |
| 6384 | |
| 6385 /* Backspace over characters that will move to the next line */ | |
| 6386 if (!fo_white_par) | |
| 6387 backspace_until_column(foundcol); | |
| 6388 } | |
| 6389 else | |
| 6390 #endif | |
| 6391 { | |
| 6392 /* put cursor after pos. to break line */ | |
| 6393 if (!fo_white_par) | |
| 6394 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol; | |
| 6395 } | |
| 6396 | |
| 6397 /* | |
| 6398 * Split the line just before the margin. | |
| 6399 * Only insert/delete lines, but don't really redraw the window. | |
| 6400 */ | |
| 6401 open_line(FORWARD, OPENLINE_DELSPACES + OPENLINE_MARKFIX | |
| 6402 + (fo_white_par ? OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL : 0) | |
| 6403 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6404 + (do_comments ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 0) | |
| 3584 | 6405 + ((flags & INSCHAR_COM_LIST) ? OPENLINE_COM_LIST : 0) |
| 6406 #endif | |
| 6407 , ((flags & INSCHAR_COM_LIST) ? second_indent : old_indent)); | |
| 6408 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_COM_LIST)) | |
| 6409 old_indent = 0; | |
| 667 | 6410 |
| 6411 replace_offset = 0; | |
| 6412 if (first_line) | |
| 6413 { | |
| 3584 | 6414 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_COM_LIST)) |
| 6415 { | |
| 6416 /* | |
| 3632 | 6417 * This section is for auto-wrap of numeric lists. When not |
| 6418 * in insert mode (i.e. format_lines()), the INSCHAR_COM_LIST | |
| 6419 * flag will be set and open_line() will handle it (as seen | |
| 6420 * above). The code here (and in get_number_indent()) will | |
| 6421 * recognize comments if needed... | |
| 3584 | 6422 */ |
| 6423 if (second_indent < 0 && has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER)) | |
| 3632 | 6424 second_indent = |
| 6425 get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
| 3584 | 6426 if (second_indent >= 0) |
| 6427 { | |
| 667 | 6428 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE |
| 3584 | 6429 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) |
| 6430 change_indent(INDENT_SET, second_indent, | |
| 6431 FALSE, NUL, TRUE); | |
| 6432 else | |
| 6433 #endif | |
| 3632 | 6434 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS |
| 6435 if (leader_len > 0 && second_indent - leader_len > 0) | |
| 6436 { | |
| 6437 int i; | |
| 6438 int padding = second_indent - leader_len; | |
| 6439 | |
| 6440 /* We started at the first_line of a numbered list | |
| 6441 * that has a comment. the open_line() function has | |
| 6442 * inserted the proper comment leader and positioned | |
| 6443 * the cursor at the end of the split line. Now we | |
| 6444 * add the additional whitespace needed after the | |
| 6445 * comment leader for the numbered list. */ | |
| 6446 for (i = 0; i < padding; i++) | |
| 6447 ins_str((char_u *)" "); | |
| 3650 | 6448 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, leader_len); |
| 3632 | 6449 } |
| 6450 else | |
| 6451 { | |
| 6452 #endif | |
| 3584 | 6453 (void)set_indent(second_indent, SIN_CHANGED); |
| 3632 | 6454 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS |
| 6455 } | |
| 6456 #endif | |
| 3584 | 6457 } |
| 667 | 6458 } |
| 6459 first_line = FALSE; | |
| 6460 } | |
| 6461 | |
| 6462 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6463 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 6464 { | |
| 6465 /* | |
| 6466 * In VREPLACE mode we have backspaced over the text to be | |
| 6467 * moved, now we re-insert it into the new line. | |
| 6468 */ | |
| 6469 ins_bytes(saved_text); | |
| 6470 vim_free(saved_text); | |
| 6471 } | |
| 6472 else | |
| 6473 #endif | |
| 6474 { | |
| 6475 /* | |
| 6476 * Check if cursor is not past the NUL off the line, cindent | |
| 6477 * may have added or removed indent. | |
| 6478 */ | |
| 6479 curwin->w_cursor.col += startcol; | |
| 6480 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 6481 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len) | |
| 6482 curwin->w_cursor.col = len; | |
| 6483 } | |
| 6484 | |
| 6485 haveto_redraw = TRUE; | |
| 6486 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 6487 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 6488 #endif | |
| 6489 /* moved the cursor, don't autoindent or cindent now */ | |
| 6490 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 6491 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 6492 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 6493 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 6494 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 6495 #endif | |
| 6496 line_breakcheck(); | |
| 6497 } | |
| 6498 | |
| 6499 if (save_char != NUL) /* put back space after cursor */ | |
| 6500 pchar_cursor(save_char); | |
| 6501 | |
| 6199 | 6502 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK |
| 6503 curwin->w_p_lbr = has_lbr; | |
| 6504 #endif | |
| 667 | 6505 if (!format_only && haveto_redraw) |
| 6506 { | |
| 6507 update_topline(); | |
| 6508 redraw_curbuf_later(VALID); | |
| 6509 } | |
| 6510 } | |
| 6511 | |
| 6512 /* | |
| 7 | 6513 * Called after inserting or deleting text: When 'formatoptions' includes the |
| 6514 * 'a' flag format from the current line until the end of the paragraph. | |
| 6515 * Keep the cursor at the same position relative to the text. | |
| 6516 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo, following ones will be | |
| 6517 * saved here. | |
| 6518 */ | |
| 6519 void | |
| 6520 auto_format(trailblank, prev_line) | |
| 6521 int trailblank; /* when TRUE also format with trailing blank */ | |
| 6522 int prev_line; /* may start in previous line */ | |
| 6523 { | |
| 6524 pos_T pos; | |
| 6525 colnr_T len; | |
| 6526 char_u *old; | |
| 6527 char_u *new, *pnew; | |
| 6528 int wasatend; | |
| 301 | 6529 int cc; |
| 7 | 6530 |
| 6531 if (!has_format_option(FO_AUTO)) | |
| 6532 return; | |
| 6533 | |
| 6534 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 6535 old = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 6536 | |
| 6537 /* may remove added space */ | |
| 6538 check_auto_format(FALSE); | |
| 6539 | |
| 6540 /* Don't format in Insert mode when the cursor is on a trailing blank, the | |
| 6541 * user might insert normal text next. Also skip formatting when "1" is | |
| 6542 * in 'formatoptions' and there is a single character before the cursor. | |
| 6543 * Otherwise the line would be broken and when typing another non-white | |
| 6544 * next they are not joined back together. */ | |
| 1872 | 6545 wasatend = (pos.col == (colnr_T)STRLEN(old)); |
| 7 | 6546 if (*old != NUL && !trailblank && wasatend) |
| 6547 { | |
| 6548 dec_cursor(); | |
| 301 | 6549 cc = gchar_cursor(); |
| 6550 if (!WHITECHAR(cc) && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 | |
| 6551 && has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER)) | |
| 7 | 6552 dec_cursor(); |
| 301 | 6553 cc = gchar_cursor(); |
| 6554 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 7 | 6555 { |
| 6556 curwin->w_cursor = pos; | |
| 6557 return; | |
| 6558 } | |
| 6559 curwin->w_cursor = pos; | |
| 6560 } | |
| 6561 | |
| 6562 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6563 /* With the 'c' flag in 'formatoptions' and 't' missing: only format | |
| 6564 * comments. */ | |
| 6565 if (has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS) && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP) | |
| 3562 | 6566 && get_leader_len(old, NULL, FALSE, TRUE) == 0) |
| 7 | 6567 return; |
| 6568 #endif | |
| 6569 | |
| 6570 /* | |
| 6571 * May start formatting in a previous line, so that after "x" a word is | |
| 6572 * moved to the previous line if it fits there now. Only when this is not | |
| 6573 * the start of a paragraph. | |
| 6574 */ | |
| 6575 if (prev_line && !paragraph_start(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) | |
| 6576 { | |
| 6577 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 6578 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) | |
| 6579 return; | |
| 6580 } | |
| 6581 | |
| 6582 /* | |
| 6583 * Do the formatting and restore the cursor position. "saved_cursor" will | |
| 6584 * be adjusted for the text formatting. | |
| 6585 */ | |
| 6586 saved_cursor = pos; | |
| 1563 | 6587 format_lines((linenr_T)-1, FALSE); |
| 7 | 6588 curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor; |
| 6589 saved_cursor.lnum = 0; | |
| 6590 | |
| 6591 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 6592 { | |
| 6593 /* "cannot happen" */ | |
| 6594 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 6595 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
| 6596 } | |
| 6597 else | |
| 6598 check_cursor_col(); | |
| 6599 | |
| 6600 /* Insert mode: If the cursor is now after the end of the line while it | |
| 6601 * previously wasn't, the line was broken. Because of the rule above we | |
| 6602 * need to add a space when 'w' is in 'formatoptions' to keep a paragraph | |
| 6603 * formatted. */ | |
| 6604 if (!wasatend && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR)) | |
| 6605 { | |
| 6606 new = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 835 | 6607 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(new); |
| 7 | 6608 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == len) |
| 6609 { | |
| 6610 pnew = vim_strnsave(new, len + 2); | |
| 6611 pnew[len] = ' '; | |
| 6612 pnew[len + 1] = NUL; | |
| 6613 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, pnew, FALSE); | |
| 6614 /* remove the space later */ | |
| 6615 did_add_space = TRUE; | |
| 6616 } | |
| 6617 else | |
| 6618 /* may remove added space */ | |
| 6619 check_auto_format(FALSE); | |
| 6620 } | |
| 6621 | |
| 6622 check_cursor(); | |
| 6623 } | |
| 6624 | |
| 6625 /* | |
| 6626 * When an extra space was added to continue a paragraph for auto-formatting, | |
| 6627 * delete it now. The space must be under the cursor, just after the insert | |
| 6628 * position. | |
| 6629 */ | |
| 6630 static void | |
| 6631 check_auto_format(end_insert) | |
| 6632 int end_insert; /* TRUE when ending Insert mode */ | |
| 6633 { | |
| 6634 int c = ' '; | |
| 301 | 6635 int cc; |
| 7 | 6636 |
| 6637 if (did_add_space) | |
| 6638 { | |
| 301 | 6639 cc = gchar_cursor(); |
| 6640 if (!WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 7 | 6641 /* Somehow the space was removed already. */ |
| 6642 did_add_space = FALSE; | |
| 6643 else | |
| 6644 { | |
| 6645 if (!end_insert) | |
| 6646 { | |
| 6647 inc_cursor(); | |
| 6648 c = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 6649 dec_cursor(); | |
| 6650 } | |
| 6651 if (c != NUL) | |
| 6652 { | |
| 6653 /* The space is no longer at the end of the line, delete it. */ | |
| 6654 del_char(FALSE); | |
| 6655 did_add_space = FALSE; | |
| 6656 } | |
| 6657 } | |
| 6658 } | |
| 6659 } | |
| 6660 | |
| 6661 /* | |
| 6662 * Find out textwidth to be used for formatting: | |
| 6663 * if 'textwidth' option is set, use it | |
| 6664 * else if 'wrapmargin' option is set, use W_WIDTH(curwin) - 'wrapmargin' | |
| 6665 * if invalid value, use 0. | |
| 6666 * Set default to window width (maximum 79) for "gq" operator. | |
| 6667 */ | |
| 6668 int | |
| 6669 comp_textwidth(ff) | |
| 867 | 6670 int ff; /* force formatting (for "gq" command) */ |
| 7 | 6671 { |
| 6672 int textwidth; | |
| 6673 | |
| 6674 textwidth = curbuf->b_p_tw; | |
| 6675 if (textwidth == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm) | |
| 6676 { | |
| 6677 /* The width is the window width minus 'wrapmargin' minus all the | |
| 6678 * things that add to the margin. */ | |
| 6679 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - curbuf->b_p_wm; | |
| 6680 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
| 6681 if (cmdwin_type != 0) | |
| 6682 textwidth -= 1; | |
| 6683 #endif | |
| 6684 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 6685 textwidth -= curwin->w_p_fdc; | |
| 6686 #endif | |
| 6687 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 6688 if (curwin->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL | |
| 6689 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
| 6689 | 6690 || curwin->w_buffer->b_has_sign_column |
| 7 | 6691 # endif |
| 6692 ) | |
| 6693 textwidth -= 1; | |
| 6694 #endif | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2107
diff
changeset
|
6695 if (curwin->w_p_nu || curwin->w_p_rnu) |
| 7 | 6696 textwidth -= 8; |
| 6697 } | |
| 6698 if (textwidth < 0) | |
| 6699 textwidth = 0; | |
| 6700 if (ff && textwidth == 0) | |
| 6701 { | |
| 6702 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1; | |
| 6703 if (textwidth > 79) | |
| 6704 textwidth = 79; | |
| 6705 } | |
| 6706 return textwidth; | |
| 6707 } | |
| 6708 | |
| 6709 /* | |
| 6710 * Put a character in the redo buffer, for when just after a CTRL-V. | |
| 6711 */ | |
| 6712 static void | |
| 6713 redo_literal(c) | |
| 6714 int c; | |
| 6715 { | |
| 6716 char_u buf[10]; | |
| 6717 | |
| 6718 /* Only digits need special treatment. Translate them into a string of | |
| 6719 * three digits. */ | |
| 6720 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c)) | |
| 6721 { | |
| 1872 | 6722 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, sizeof(buf), "%03d", c); |
| 7 | 6723 AppendToRedobuff(buf); |
| 6724 } | |
| 6725 else | |
| 6726 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
| 6727 } | |
| 6728 | |
| 6729 /* | |
| 6730 * start_arrow() is called when an arrow key is used in insert mode. | |
| 484 | 6731 * For undo/redo it resembles hitting the <ESC> key. |
| 7 | 6732 */ |
| 6733 static void | |
| 6734 start_arrow(end_insert_pos) | |
| 840 | 6735 pos_T *end_insert_pos; /* can be NULL */ |
| 7 | 6736 { |
| 6737 if (!arrow_used) /* something has been inserted */ | |
| 6738 { | |
| 6739 AppendToRedobuff(ESC_STR); | |
| 5434 | 6740 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, FALSE, FALSE); |
| 7 | 6741 arrow_used = TRUE; /* this means we stopped the current insert */ |
| 6742 } | |
| 744 | 6743 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 221 | 6744 check_spell_redraw(); |
| 6745 #endif | |
| 7 | 6746 } |
| 6747 | |
| 744 | 6748 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 221 | 6749 /* |
| 6750 * If we skipped highlighting word at cursor, do it now. | |
| 6751 * It may be skipped again, thus reset spell_redraw_lnum first. | |
| 6752 */ | |
| 6753 static void | |
| 6754 check_spell_redraw() | |
| 6755 { | |
| 6756 if (spell_redraw_lnum != 0) | |
| 6757 { | |
| 6758 linenr_T lnum = spell_redraw_lnum; | |
| 6759 | |
| 6760 spell_redraw_lnum = 0; | |
| 6761 redrawWinline(lnum, FALSE); | |
| 6762 } | |
| 6763 } | |
| 484 | 6764 |
| 6765 /* | |
| 6766 * Called when starting CTRL_X_SPELL mode: Move backwards to a previous badly | |
| 6767 * spelled word, if there is one. | |
| 6768 */ | |
| 6769 static void | |
| 6770 spell_back_to_badword() | |
| 6771 { | |
| 6772 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 6773 | |
| 499 | 6774 spell_bad_len = spell_move_to(curwin, BACKWARD, TRUE, TRUE, NULL); |
| 484 | 6775 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != tpos.col) |
| 6776 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 6777 } | |
| 221 | 6778 #endif |
| 6779 | |
| 7 | 6780 /* |
| 6781 * stop_arrow() is called before a change is made in insert mode. | |
| 6782 * If an arrow key has been used, start a new insertion. | |
| 6783 * Returns FAIL if undo is impossible, shouldn't insert then. | |
| 6784 */ | |
| 6785 int | |
| 6786 stop_arrow() | |
| 6787 { | |
| 6788 if (arrow_used) | |
| 6789 { | |
| 6138 | 6790 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; /* new insertion starts here */ |
| 6791 if (Insstart.col > Insstart_orig.col && !ins_need_undo) | |
| 6792 /* Don't update the original insert position when moved to the | |
| 6793 * right, except when nothing was inserted yet. */ | |
| 6794 update_Insstart_orig = FALSE; | |
| 6795 Insstart_textlen = (colnr_T)linetabsize(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 6796 | |
| 7 | 6797 if (u_save_cursor() == OK) |
| 6798 { | |
| 6799 arrow_used = FALSE; | |
| 6800 ins_need_undo = FALSE; | |
| 6801 } | |
| 6138 | 6802 |
| 7 | 6803 ai_col = 0; |
| 6804 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6805 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 6806 { | |
| 6807 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 6808 vr_lines_changed = 1; | |
| 6809 } | |
| 6810 #endif | |
| 6811 ResetRedobuff(); | |
| 6812 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"1i"); /* pretend we start an insertion */ | |
| 613 | 6813 new_insert_skip = 2; |
| 7 | 6814 } |
| 6815 else if (ins_need_undo) | |
| 6816 { | |
| 6817 if (u_save_cursor() == OK) | |
| 6818 ins_need_undo = FALSE; | |
| 6819 } | |
| 6820 | |
| 6821 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 6822 /* Always open fold at the cursor line when inserting something. */ | |
| 6823 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 6824 #endif | |
| 6825 | |
| 6826 return (arrow_used || ins_need_undo ? FAIL : OK); | |
| 6827 } | |
| 6828 | |
| 6829 /* | |
| 840 | 6830 * Do a few things to stop inserting. |
| 6831 * "end_insert_pos" is where insert ended. It is NULL when we already jumped | |
| 6832 * to another window/buffer. | |
| 7 | 6833 */ |
| 6834 static void | |
| 5434 | 6835 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, esc, nomove) |
| 840 | 6836 pos_T *end_insert_pos; |
| 603 | 6837 int esc; /* called by ins_esc() */ |
| 5434 | 6838 int nomove; /* <c-\><c-o>, don't move cursor */ |
| 7 | 6839 { |
| 603 | 6840 int cc; |
| 6841 char_u *ptr; | |
| 7 | 6842 |
| 6843 stop_redo_ins(); | |
| 6844 replace_flush(); /* abandon replace stack */ | |
| 6845 | |
| 6846 /* | |
| 603 | 6847 * Save the inserted text for later redo with ^@ and CTRL-A. |
| 6848 * Don't do it when "restart_edit" was set and nothing was inserted, | |
| 6849 * otherwise CTRL-O w and then <Left> will clear "last_insert". | |
| 7 | 6850 */ |
| 603 | 6851 ptr = get_inserted(); |
| 615 | 6852 if (did_restart_edit == 0 || (ptr != NULL |
| 6853 && (int)STRLEN(ptr) > new_insert_skip)) | |
| 603 | 6854 { |
| 6855 vim_free(last_insert); | |
| 6856 last_insert = ptr; | |
| 6857 last_insert_skip = new_insert_skip; | |
| 6858 } | |
| 6859 else | |
| 6860 vim_free(ptr); | |
| 7 | 6861 |
| 840 | 6862 if (!arrow_used && end_insert_pos != NULL) |
| 7 | 6863 { |
| 6864 /* Auto-format now. It may seem strange to do this when stopping an | |
| 6865 * insertion (or moving the cursor), but it's required when appending | |
| 6866 * a line and having it end in a space. But only do it when something | |
| 6867 * was actually inserted, otherwise undo won't work. */ | |
| 10 | 6868 if (!ins_need_undo && has_format_option(FO_AUTO)) |
| 7 | 6869 { |
| 10 | 6870 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 6871 | |
| 7 | 6872 /* When the cursor is at the end of the line after a space the |
| 6873 * formatting will move it to the following word. Avoid that by | |
| 6874 * moving the cursor onto the space. */ | |
| 6875 cc = 'x'; | |
| 6876 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && gchar_cursor() == NUL) | |
| 6877 { | |
| 6878 dec_cursor(); | |
| 6879 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 6880 if (!vim_iswhite(cc)) | |
| 10 | 6881 curwin->w_cursor = tpos; |
| 7 | 6882 } |
| 6883 | |
| 6884 auto_format(TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 6885 | |
| 10 | 6886 if (vim_iswhite(cc)) |
| 6887 { | |
| 6888 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL) | |
| 6889 inc_cursor(); | |
| 6890 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 6891 /* If the cursor is still at the same character, also keep | |
| 6892 * the "coladd". */ | |
| 6893 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL | |
| 6894 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == tpos.lnum | |
| 6895 && curwin->w_cursor.col == tpos.col) | |
| 6896 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = tpos.coladd; | |
| 6897 #endif | |
| 6898 } | |
| 7 | 6899 } |
| 6900 | |
| 6901 /* If a space was inserted for auto-formatting, remove it now. */ | |
| 6902 check_auto_format(TRUE); | |
| 6903 | |
| 6904 /* If we just did an auto-indent, remove the white space from the end | |
| 10 | 6905 * of the line, and put the cursor back. |
| 1892 | 6906 * Do this when ESC was used or moving the cursor up/down. |
| 6907 * Check for the old position still being valid, just in case the text | |
| 6908 * got changed unexpectedly. */ | |
| 5434 | 6909 if (!nomove && did_ai && (esc || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_INDENT) == NULL |
| 1892 | 6910 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum != end_insert_pos->lnum)) |
| 6911 && end_insert_pos->lnum <= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 7 | 6912 { |
| 10 | 6913 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 6914 | |
| 6915 curwin->w_cursor = *end_insert_pos; | |
| 1892 | 6916 check_cursor_col(); /* make sure it is not past the line */ |
| 786 | 6917 for (;;) |
| 6918 { | |
| 6919 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
| 6920 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6921 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 6922 if (!vim_iswhite(cc)) | |
| 6923 break; | |
| 1892 | 6924 if (del_char(TRUE) == FAIL) |
| 6925 break; /* should not happen */ | |
| 786 | 6926 } |
| 10 | 6927 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != tpos.lnum) |
| 6928 curwin->w_cursor = tpos; | |
| 6318 | 6929 else |
| 6930 { | |
| 6363 | 6931 /* reset tpos, could have been invalidated in the loop above */ |
| 6932 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 6318 | 6933 tpos.col++; |
| 6934 if (cc != NUL && gchar_pos(&tpos) == NUL) | |
| 6935 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; /* put cursor back on the NUL */ | |
| 6936 } | |
| 7 | 6937 |
| 6938 /* <C-S-Right> may have started Visual mode, adjust the position for | |
| 6939 * deleted characters. */ | |
| 6940 if (VIsual_active && VIsual.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 6941 { | |
| 1872 | 6942 int len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); |
| 6943 | |
| 6944 if (VIsual.col > len) | |
| 7 | 6945 { |
| 1872 | 6946 VIsual.col = len; |
| 5735 | 6947 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
| 7 | 6948 VIsual.coladd = 0; |
| 5735 | 6949 #endif |
| 7 | 6950 } |
| 6951 } | |
| 6952 } | |
| 6953 } | |
| 6954 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 6955 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 6956 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 6957 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 6958 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 6959 #endif | |
| 6960 | |
| 840 | 6961 /* Set '[ and '] to the inserted text. When end_insert_pos is NULL we are |
| 6962 * now in a different buffer. */ | |
| 6963 if (end_insert_pos != NULL) | |
| 6964 { | |
| 6965 curbuf->b_op_start = Insstart; | |
| 5680 | 6966 curbuf->b_op_start_orig = Insstart_orig; |
| 840 | 6967 curbuf->b_op_end = *end_insert_pos; |
| 6968 } | |
| 7 | 6969 } |
| 6970 | |
| 6971 /* | |
| 6972 * Set the last inserted text to a single character. | |
| 6973 * Used for the replace command. | |
| 6974 */ | |
| 6975 void | |
| 6976 set_last_insert(c) | |
| 6977 int c; | |
| 6978 { | |
| 6979 char_u *s; | |
| 6980 | |
| 6981 vim_free(last_insert); | |
| 6982 last_insert = alloc(MB_MAXBYTES * 3 + 5); | |
| 6983 if (last_insert != NULL) | |
| 6984 { | |
| 6985 s = last_insert; | |
| 6986 /* Use the CTRL-V only when entering a special char */ | |
| 6987 if (c < ' ' || c == DEL) | |
| 6988 *s++ = Ctrl_V; | |
| 6989 s = add_char2buf(c, s); | |
| 6990 *s++ = ESC; | |
| 6991 *s++ = NUL; | |
| 6992 last_insert_skip = 0; | |
| 6993 } | |
| 6994 } | |
| 6995 | |
| 359 | 6996 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 6997 void | |
| 6998 free_last_insert() | |
| 6999 { | |
| 7000 vim_free(last_insert); | |
| 7001 last_insert = NULL; | |
| 1446 | 7002 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 694 | 7003 vim_free(compl_orig_text); |
| 7004 compl_orig_text = NULL; | |
| 1446 | 7005 # endif |
| 359 | 7006 } |
| 7007 #endif | |
| 7008 | |
| 7 | 7009 /* |
| 7010 * Add character "c" to buffer "s". Escape the special meaning of K_SPECIAL | |
| 7011 * and CSI. Handle multi-byte characters. | |
| 7012 * Returns a pointer to after the added bytes. | |
| 7013 */ | |
| 7014 char_u * | |
| 7015 add_char2buf(c, s) | |
| 7016 int c; | |
| 7017 char_u *s; | |
| 7018 { | |
| 7019 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3549 | 7020 char_u temp[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; |
| 7 | 7021 int i; |
| 7022 int len; | |
| 7023 | |
| 7024 len = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, temp); | |
| 7025 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) | |
| 7026 { | |
| 7027 c = temp[i]; | |
| 7028 #endif | |
| 7029 /* Need to escape K_SPECIAL and CSI like in the typeahead buffer. */ | |
| 7030 if (c == K_SPECIAL) | |
| 7031 { | |
| 7032 *s++ = K_SPECIAL; | |
| 7033 *s++ = KS_SPECIAL; | |
| 7034 *s++ = KE_FILLER; | |
| 7035 } | |
| 7036 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 7037 else if (c == CSI) | |
| 7038 { | |
| 7039 *s++ = CSI; | |
| 7040 *s++ = KS_EXTRA; | |
| 7041 *s++ = (int)KE_CSI; | |
| 7042 } | |
| 7043 #endif | |
| 7044 else | |
| 7045 *s++ = c; | |
| 7046 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7047 } | |
| 7048 #endif | |
| 7049 return s; | |
| 7050 } | |
| 7051 | |
| 7052 /* | |
| 7053 * move cursor to start of line | |
| 7054 * if flags & BL_WHITE move to first non-white | |
| 7055 * if flags & BL_SOL move to first non-white if startofline is set, | |
| 7056 * otherwise keep "curswant" column | |
| 7057 * if flags & BL_FIX don't leave the cursor on a NUL. | |
| 7058 */ | |
| 7059 void | |
| 7060 beginline(flags) | |
| 7061 int flags; | |
| 7062 { | |
| 7063 if ((flags & BL_SOL) && !p_sol) | |
| 7064 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); | |
| 7065 else | |
| 7066 { | |
| 7067 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 7068 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 7069 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 7070 #endif | |
| 7071 | |
| 7072 if (flags & (BL_WHITE | BL_SOL)) | |
| 7073 { | |
| 7074 char_u *ptr; | |
| 7075 | |
| 7076 for (ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr) | |
| 7077 && !((flags & BL_FIX) && ptr[1] == NUL); ++ptr) | |
| 7078 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 7079 } | |
| 7080 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 7081 } | |
| 7082 } | |
| 7083 | |
| 7084 /* | |
| 7085 * oneright oneleft cursor_down cursor_up | |
| 7086 * | |
| 7087 * Move one char {right,left,down,up}. | |
| 773 | 7088 * Doesn't move onto the NUL past the end of the line, unless it is allowed. |
| 7 | 7089 * Return OK when successful, FAIL when we hit a line of file boundary. |
| 7090 */ | |
| 7091 | |
| 7092 int | |
| 7093 oneright() | |
| 7094 { | |
| 7095 char_u *ptr; | |
| 7096 int l; | |
| 7097 | |
| 7098 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 7099 if (virtual_active()) | |
| 7100 { | |
| 7101 pos_T prevpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 7102 | |
| 7103 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (excluding TAB) */ | |
| 7104 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 7105 coladvance(getviscol() + ((*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc( | |
| 773 | 7106 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7 | 7107 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr) |
| 773 | 7108 # else |
| 7 | 7109 *ptr |
| 773 | 7110 # endif |
| 7 | 7111 )) |
| 7112 ? ptr2cells(ptr) : 1)); | |
| 7113 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 7114 /* Return OK if the cursor moved, FAIL otherwise (at window edge). */ | |
| 7115 return (prevpos.col != curwin->w_cursor.col | |
| 7116 || prevpos.coladd != curwin->w_cursor.coladd) ? OK : FAIL; | |
| 7117 } | |
| 7118 #endif | |
| 7119 | |
| 7120 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 773 | 7121 if (*ptr == NUL) |
| 7122 return FAIL; /* already at the very end */ | |
| 7123 | |
| 7 | 7124 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 773 | 7125 if (has_mbyte) |
| 7126 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); | |
| 7 | 7127 else |
| 7128 #endif | |
| 773 | 7129 l = 1; |
| 7130 | |
| 7131 /* move "l" bytes right, but don't end up on the NUL, unless 'virtualedit' | |
| 7132 * contains "onemore". */ | |
| 7133 if (ptr[l] == NUL | |
| 7134 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 7135 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0 | |
| 7136 #endif | |
| 7137 ) | |
| 7138 return FAIL; | |
| 7139 curwin->w_cursor.col += l; | |
| 7 | 7140 |
| 7141 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 7142 return OK; | |
| 7143 } | |
| 7144 | |
| 7145 int | |
| 7146 oneleft() | |
| 7147 { | |
| 7148 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 7149 if (virtual_active()) | |
| 7150 { | |
| 7151 int width; | |
| 7152 int v = getviscol(); | |
| 7153 | |
| 7154 if (v == 0) | |
| 7155 return FAIL; | |
| 7156 | |
| 7157 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 7158 /* We might get stuck on 'showbreak', skip over it. */ | |
| 7159 width = 1; | |
| 7160 for (;;) | |
| 7161 { | |
| 7162 coladvance(v - width); | |
| 5995 | 7163 /* getviscol() is slow, skip it when 'showbreak' is empty, |
| 7164 * 'breakindent' is not set and there are no multi-byte | |
| 7165 * characters */ | |
| 7166 if ((*p_sbr == NUL && !curwin->w_p_bri | |
| 7 | 7167 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7168 && !has_mbyte | |
| 7169 # endif | |
| 7170 ) || getviscol() < v) | |
| 7171 break; | |
| 7172 ++width; | |
| 7173 } | |
| 7174 # else | |
| 7175 coladvance(v - 1); | |
| 7176 # endif | |
| 7177 | |
| 7178 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 1) | |
| 7179 { | |
| 7180 char_u *ptr; | |
| 7181 | |
| 7182 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (not a TAB) */ | |
| 7183 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 7184 if (*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc( | |
| 7185 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7186 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr) | |
| 7187 # else | |
| 7188 *ptr | |
| 7189 # endif | |
| 7190 ) && ptr2cells(ptr) > 1) | |
| 7191 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 7192 } | |
| 7193 | |
| 7194 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 7195 return OK; | |
| 7196 } | |
| 7197 #endif | |
| 7198 | |
| 7199 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 7200 return FAIL; | |
| 7201 | |
| 7202 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 7203 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 7204 | |
| 7205 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7206 /* if the character on the left of the current cursor is a multi-byte | |
| 7207 * character, move to its first byte */ | |
| 7208 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 7209 mb_adjust_cursor(); | |
| 7210 #endif | |
| 7211 return OK; | |
| 7212 } | |
| 7213 | |
| 7214 int | |
| 7215 cursor_up(n, upd_topline) | |
| 7216 long n; | |
| 7217 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */ | |
| 7218 { | |
| 7219 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 7220 | |
| 7221 if (n > 0) | |
| 7222 { | |
| 7223 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 161 | 7224 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the first line or the count |
| 7225 * is larger than the line number and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */ | |
| 7226 if (lnum <= 1 || (n >= lnum && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL)) | |
| 7 | 7227 return FAIL; |
| 7228 if (n >= lnum) | |
| 7229 lnum = 1; | |
| 7230 else | |
| 7231 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 7232 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin)) | |
| 7233 { | |
| 7234 /* | |
| 7235 * Count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line. | |
| 7236 */ | |
| 4352 | 7237 /* go to the start of the current fold */ |
| 7 | 7238 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL); |
| 7239 | |
| 7240 while (n--) | |
| 7241 { | |
| 7242 /* move up one line */ | |
| 7243 --lnum; | |
| 7244 if (lnum <= 1) | |
| 7245 break; | |
| 7246 /* If we entered a fold, move to the beginning, unless in | |
| 7247 * Insert mode or when 'foldopen' contains "all": it will open | |
| 7248 * in a moment. */ | |
| 7249 if (n > 0 || !((State & INSERT) || (fdo_flags & FDO_ALL))) | |
| 7250 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL); | |
| 7251 } | |
| 7252 if (lnum < 1) | |
| 7253 lnum = 1; | |
| 7254 } | |
| 7255 else | |
| 7256 #endif | |
| 7257 lnum -= n; | |
| 7258 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 7259 } | |
| 7260 | |
| 7261 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */ | |
| 7262 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); | |
| 7263 | |
| 7264 if (upd_topline) | |
| 7265 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */ | |
| 7266 | |
| 7267 return OK; | |
| 7268 } | |
| 7269 | |
| 7270 /* | |
| 7271 * Cursor down a number of logical lines. | |
| 7272 */ | |
| 7273 int | |
| 7274 cursor_down(n, upd_topline) | |
| 7275 long n; | |
| 7276 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */ | |
| 7277 { | |
| 7278 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 7279 | |
| 7280 if (n > 0) | |
| 7281 { | |
| 7282 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 7283 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 7284 /* Move to last line of fold, will fail if it's the end-of-file. */ | |
| 7285 (void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum); | |
| 7286 #endif | |
| 161 | 7287 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the last line or would move |
| 4352 | 7288 * beyond the last line and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */ |
| 161 | 7289 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count |
| 7290 || (lnum + n > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
| 7291 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL)) | |
| 7 | 7292 return FAIL; |
| 7293 if (lnum + n >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 7294 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 7295 else | |
| 7296 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 7297 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin)) | |
| 7298 { | |
| 7299 linenr_T last; | |
| 7300 | |
| 7301 /* count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line */ | |
| 7302 while (n--) | |
| 7303 { | |
| 7304 if (hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &last)) | |
| 7305 lnum = last + 1; | |
| 7306 else | |
| 7307 ++lnum; | |
| 7308 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 7309 break; | |
| 7310 } | |
| 7311 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 7312 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 7313 } | |
| 7314 else | |
| 7315 #endif | |
| 7316 lnum += n; | |
| 7317 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 7318 } | |
| 7319 | |
| 7320 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */ | |
| 7321 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); | |
| 7322 | |
| 7323 if (upd_topline) | |
| 7324 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */ | |
| 7325 | |
| 7326 return OK; | |
| 7327 } | |
| 7328 | |
| 7329 /* | |
| 7330 * Stuff the last inserted text in the read buffer. | |
| 7331 * Last_insert actually is a copy of the redo buffer, so we | |
| 7332 * first have to remove the command. | |
| 7333 */ | |
| 7334 int | |
| 7335 stuff_inserted(c, count, no_esc) | |
| 7336 int c; /* Command character to be inserted */ | |
| 7337 long count; /* Repeat this many times */ | |
| 7338 int no_esc; /* Don't add an ESC at the end */ | |
| 7339 { | |
| 7340 char_u *esc_ptr; | |
| 7341 char_u *ptr; | |
| 7342 char_u *last_ptr; | |
| 7343 char_u last = NUL; | |
| 7344 | |
| 7345 ptr = get_last_insert(); | |
| 7346 if (ptr == NULL) | |
| 7347 { | |
| 7348 EMSG(_(e_noinstext)); | |
| 7349 return FAIL; | |
| 7350 } | |
| 7351 | |
| 7352 /* may want to stuff the command character, to start Insert mode */ | |
| 7353 if (c != NUL) | |
| 7354 stuffcharReadbuff(c); | |
| 7355 if ((esc_ptr = (char_u *)vim_strrchr(ptr, ESC)) != NULL) | |
| 7356 *esc_ptr = NUL; /* remove the ESC */ | |
| 7357 | |
| 7358 /* when the last char is either "0" or "^" it will be quoted if no ESC | |
| 7359 * comes after it OR if it will inserted more than once and "ptr" | |
| 7360 * starts with ^D. -- Acevedo | |
| 7361 */ | |
| 7362 last_ptr = (esc_ptr ? esc_ptr : ptr + STRLEN(ptr)) - 1; | |
| 7363 if (last_ptr >= ptr && (*last_ptr == '0' || *last_ptr == '^') | |
| 7364 && (no_esc || (*ptr == Ctrl_D && count > 1))) | |
| 7365 { | |
| 7366 last = *last_ptr; | |
| 7367 *last_ptr = NUL; | |
| 7368 } | |
| 7369 | |
| 7370 do | |
| 7371 { | |
| 7372 stuffReadbuff(ptr); | |
| 7373 /* a trailing "0" is inserted as "<C-V>048", "^" as "<C-V>^" */ | |
| 7374 if (last) | |
| 7375 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)(last == '0' | |
| 7376 ? IF_EB("\026\060\064\070", CTRL_V_STR "xf0") | |
| 7377 : IF_EB("\026^", CTRL_V_STR "^"))); | |
| 7378 } | |
| 7379 while (--count > 0); | |
| 7380 | |
| 7381 if (last) | |
| 7382 *last_ptr = last; | |
| 7383 | |
| 7384 if (esc_ptr != NULL) | |
| 7385 *esc_ptr = ESC; /* put the ESC back */ | |
| 7386 | |
| 7387 /* may want to stuff a trailing ESC, to get out of Insert mode */ | |
| 7388 if (!no_esc) | |
| 7389 stuffcharReadbuff(ESC); | |
| 7390 | |
| 7391 return OK; | |
| 7392 } | |
| 7393 | |
| 7394 char_u * | |
| 7395 get_last_insert() | |
| 7396 { | |
| 7397 if (last_insert == NULL) | |
| 7398 return NULL; | |
| 7399 return last_insert + last_insert_skip; | |
| 7400 } | |
| 7401 | |
| 7402 /* | |
| 7403 * Get last inserted string, and remove trailing <Esc>. | |
| 7404 * Returns pointer to allocated memory (must be freed) or NULL. | |
| 7405 */ | |
| 7406 char_u * | |
| 7407 get_last_insert_save() | |
| 7408 { | |
| 7409 char_u *s; | |
| 7410 int len; | |
| 7411 | |
| 7412 if (last_insert == NULL) | |
| 7413 return NULL; | |
| 7414 s = vim_strsave(last_insert + last_insert_skip); | |
| 7415 if (s != NULL) | |
| 7416 { | |
| 7417 len = (int)STRLEN(s); | |
| 7418 if (len > 0 && s[len - 1] == ESC) /* remove trailing ESC */ | |
| 7419 s[len - 1] = NUL; | |
| 7420 } | |
| 7421 return s; | |
| 7422 } | |
| 7423 | |
| 7424 /* | |
| 7425 * Check the word in front of the cursor for an abbreviation. | |
| 7426 * Called when the non-id character "c" has been entered. | |
| 7427 * When an abbreviation is recognized it is removed from the text and | |
| 7428 * the replacement string is inserted in typebuf.tb_buf[], followed by "c". | |
| 7429 */ | |
| 7430 static int | |
| 7431 echeck_abbr(c) | |
| 7432 int c; | |
| 7433 { | |
| 7434 /* Don't check for abbreviation in paste mode, when disabled and just | |
| 7435 * after moving around with cursor keys. */ | |
| 7436 if (p_paste || no_abbr || arrow_used) | |
| 7437 return FALSE; | |
| 7438 | |
| 7439 return check_abbr(c, ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col, | |
| 7440 curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum ? Insstart.col : 0); | |
| 7441 } | |
| 7442 | |
| 7443 /* | |
| 7444 * replace-stack functions | |
| 7445 * | |
| 7446 * When replacing characters, the replaced characters are remembered for each | |
| 7447 * new character. This is used to re-insert the old text when backspacing. | |
| 7448 * | |
| 7449 * There is a NUL headed list of characters for each character that is | |
| 7450 * currently in the file after the insertion point. When BS is used, one NUL | |
| 7451 * headed list is put back for the deleted character. | |
| 7452 * | |
| 7453 * For a newline, there are two NUL headed lists. One contains the characters | |
| 7454 * that the NL replaced. The extra one stores the characters after the cursor | |
| 7455 * that were deleted (always white space). | |
| 7456 * | |
| 7457 * Replace_offset is normally 0, in which case replace_push will add a new | |
| 7458 * character at the end of the stack. If replace_offset is not 0, that many | |
| 7459 * characters will be left on the stack above the newly inserted character. | |
| 7460 */ | |
| 7461 | |
| 298 | 7462 static char_u *replace_stack = NULL; |
| 7463 static long replace_stack_nr = 0; /* next entry in replace stack */ | |
| 7464 static long replace_stack_len = 0; /* max. number of entries */ | |
| 7 | 7465 |
| 7466 void | |
| 7467 replace_push(c) | |
| 7468 int c; /* character that is replaced (NUL is none) */ | |
| 7469 { | |
| 7470 char_u *p; | |
| 7471 | |
| 7472 if (replace_stack_nr < replace_offset) /* nothing to do */ | |
| 7473 return; | |
| 7474 if (replace_stack_len <= replace_stack_nr) | |
| 7475 { | |
| 7476 replace_stack_len += 50; | |
| 7477 p = lalloc(sizeof(char_u) * replace_stack_len, TRUE); | |
| 7478 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */ | |
| 7479 { | |
| 7480 replace_stack_len -= 50; | |
| 7481 return; | |
| 7482 } | |
| 7483 if (replace_stack != NULL) | |
| 7484 { | |
| 7485 mch_memmove(p, replace_stack, | |
| 7486 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr * sizeof(char_u))); | |
| 7487 vim_free(replace_stack); | |
| 7488 } | |
| 7489 replace_stack = p; | |
| 7490 } | |
| 7491 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr - replace_offset; | |
| 7492 if (replace_offset) | |
| 7493 mch_memmove(p + 1, p, (size_t)(replace_offset * sizeof(char_u))); | |
| 7494 *p = c; | |
| 7495 ++replace_stack_nr; | |
| 7496 } | |
| 7497 | |
| 1470 | 7498 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 7499 /* | |
| 7500 * Push a character onto the replace stack. Handles a multi-byte character in | |
| 7501 * reverse byte order, so that the first byte is popped off first. | |
| 7502 * Return the number of bytes done (includes composing characters). | |
| 7503 */ | |
| 7504 int | |
| 7505 replace_push_mb(p) | |
| 7506 char_u *p; | |
| 7507 { | |
| 7508 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); | |
| 7509 int j; | |
| 7510 | |
| 7511 for (j = l - 1; j >= 0; --j) | |
| 7512 replace_push(p[j]); | |
| 7513 return l; | |
| 7514 } | |
| 7515 #endif | |
| 7516 | |
| 7 | 7517 /* |
| 7518 * Pop one item from the replace stack. | |
| 7519 * return -1 if stack empty | |
| 7520 * return replaced character or NUL otherwise | |
| 7521 */ | |
| 7522 static int | |
| 7523 replace_pop() | |
| 7524 { | |
| 7525 if (replace_stack_nr == 0) | |
| 7526 return -1; | |
| 7527 return (int)replace_stack[--replace_stack_nr]; | |
| 7528 } | |
| 7529 | |
| 7530 /* | |
| 7531 * Join the top two items on the replace stack. This removes to "off"'th NUL | |
| 7532 * encountered. | |
| 7533 */ | |
| 7534 static void | |
| 7535 replace_join(off) | |
| 7536 int off; /* offset for which NUL to remove */ | |
| 7537 { | |
| 7538 int i; | |
| 7539 | |
| 7540 for (i = replace_stack_nr; --i >= 0; ) | |
| 7541 if (replace_stack[i] == NUL && off-- <= 0) | |
| 7542 { | |
| 7543 --replace_stack_nr; | |
| 7544 mch_memmove(replace_stack + i, replace_stack + i + 1, | |
| 7545 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr - i)); | |
| 7546 return; | |
| 7547 } | |
| 7548 } | |
| 7549 | |
| 7550 /* | |
| 7551 * Pop bytes from the replace stack until a NUL is found, and insert them | |
| 7552 * before the cursor. Can only be used in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode. | |
| 7553 */ | |
| 7554 static void | |
| 7555 replace_pop_ins() | |
| 7556 { | |
| 7557 int cc; | |
| 7558 int oldState = State; | |
| 7559 | |
| 7560 State = NORMAL; /* don't want REPLACE here */ | |
| 7561 while ((cc = replace_pop()) > 0) | |
| 7562 { | |
| 7563 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7564 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc); | |
| 7565 #else | |
| 7566 ins_char(cc); | |
| 7567 #endif | |
| 7568 dec_cursor(); | |
| 7569 } | |
| 7570 State = oldState; | |
| 7571 } | |
| 7572 | |
| 7573 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7574 /* | |
| 7575 * Insert bytes popped from the replace stack. "cc" is the first byte. If it | |
| 7576 * indicates a multi-byte char, pop the other bytes too. | |
| 7577 */ | |
| 7578 static void | |
| 7579 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc) | |
| 7580 int cc; | |
| 7581 { | |
| 7582 int n; | |
| 3549 | 7583 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; |
| 7 | 7584 int i; |
| 7585 int c; | |
| 7586 | |
| 7587 if (has_mbyte && (n = MB_BYTE2LEN(cc)) > 1) | |
| 7588 { | |
| 7589 buf[0] = cc; | |
| 7590 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i) | |
| 7591 buf[i] = replace_pop(); | |
| 7592 ins_bytes_len(buf, n); | |
| 7593 } | |
| 7594 else | |
| 7595 ins_char(cc); | |
| 7596 | |
| 7597 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 7598 /* Handle composing chars. */ | |
| 7599 for (;;) | |
| 7600 { | |
| 7601 c = replace_pop(); | |
| 7602 if (c == -1) /* stack empty */ | |
| 7603 break; | |
| 7604 if ((n = MB_BYTE2LEN(c)) == 1) | |
| 7605 { | |
| 7606 /* Not a multi-byte char, put it back. */ | |
| 7607 replace_push(c); | |
| 7608 break; | |
| 7609 } | |
| 7610 else | |
| 7611 { | |
| 7612 buf[0] = c; | |
| 7613 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i) | |
| 7614 buf[i] = replace_pop(); | |
| 7615 if (utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(buf))) | |
| 7616 ins_bytes_len(buf, n); | |
| 7617 else | |
| 7618 { | |
| 7619 /* Not a composing char, put it back. */ | |
| 7620 for (i = n - 1; i >= 0; --i) | |
| 7621 replace_push(buf[i]); | |
| 7622 break; | |
| 7623 } | |
| 7624 } | |
| 7625 } | |
| 7626 } | |
| 7627 #endif | |
| 7628 | |
| 7629 /* | |
| 7630 * make the replace stack empty | |
| 7631 * (called when exiting replace mode) | |
| 7632 */ | |
| 7633 static void | |
| 7634 replace_flush() | |
| 7635 { | |
| 7636 vim_free(replace_stack); | |
| 7637 replace_stack = NULL; | |
| 7638 replace_stack_len = 0; | |
| 7639 replace_stack_nr = 0; | |
| 7640 } | |
| 7641 | |
| 7642 /* | |
| 7643 * Handle doing a BS for one character. | |
| 7644 * cc < 0: replace stack empty, just move cursor | |
| 7645 * cc == 0: character was inserted, delete it | |
| 7646 * cc > 0: character was replaced, put cc (first byte of original char) back | |
| 7647 * and check for more characters to be put back | |
| 1782 | 7648 * When "limit_col" is >= 0, don't delete before this column. Matters when |
| 7649 * using composing characters, use del_char_after_col() instead of del_char(). | |
| 7 | 7650 */ |
| 7651 static void | |
| 1782 | 7652 replace_do_bs(limit_col) |
| 7653 int limit_col; | |
| 7 | 7654 { |
| 7655 int cc; | |
| 7656 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 7657 int orig_len = 0; | |
| 7658 int ins_len; | |
| 7659 int orig_vcols = 0; | |
| 7660 colnr_T start_vcol; | |
| 7661 char_u *p; | |
| 7662 int i; | |
| 7663 int vcol; | |
| 7664 #endif | |
| 7665 | |
| 7666 cc = replace_pop(); | |
| 7667 if (cc > 0) | |
| 7668 { | |
| 7669 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 7670 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 7671 { | |
| 7672 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the character we are | |
| 7673 * going to delete. */ | |
| 7674 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &start_vcol, NULL); | |
| 7675 orig_vcols = chartabsize(ml_get_cursor(), start_vcol); | |
| 7676 } | |
| 7677 #endif | |
| 7678 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7679 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 7680 { | |
| 1782 | 7681 (void)del_char_after_col(limit_col); |
| 7 | 7682 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE |
| 7683 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 835 | 7684 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()); |
| 7 | 7685 # endif |
| 7686 replace_push(cc); | |
| 7687 } | |
| 7688 else | |
| 7689 #endif | |
| 7690 { | |
| 7691 pchar_cursor(cc); | |
| 7692 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 7693 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 835 | 7694 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()) - 1; |
| 7 | 7695 #endif |
| 7696 } | |
| 7697 replace_pop_ins(); | |
| 7698 | |
| 7699 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 7700 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 7701 { | |
| 7702 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the inserted characters */ | |
| 7703 p = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 835 | 7704 ins_len = (int)STRLEN(p) - orig_len; |
| 7 | 7705 vcol = start_vcol; |
| 7706 for (i = 0; i < ins_len; ++i) | |
| 7707 { | |
| 7708 vcol += chartabsize(p + i, vcol); | |
| 7709 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 474 | 7710 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p) - 1; |
| 7 | 7711 #endif |
| 7712 } | |
| 7713 vcol -= start_vcol; | |
| 7714 | |
| 7715 /* Delete spaces that were inserted after the cursor to keep the | |
| 7716 * text aligned. */ | |
| 7717 curwin->w_cursor.col += ins_len; | |
| 7718 while (vcol > orig_vcols && gchar_cursor() == ' ') | |
| 7719 { | |
| 7720 del_char(FALSE); | |
| 7721 ++orig_vcols; | |
| 7722 } | |
| 7723 curwin->w_cursor.col -= ins_len; | |
| 7724 } | |
| 7725 #endif | |
| 7726 | |
| 7727 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */ | |
| 7728 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col); | |
| 7729 } | |
| 7730 else if (cc == 0) | |
| 1782 | 7731 (void)del_char_after_col(limit_col); |
| 7 | 7732 } |
| 7733 | |
| 7734 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 7735 /* | |
| 7736 * Return TRUE if C-indenting is on. | |
| 7737 */ | |
| 7738 static int | |
| 7739 cindent_on() | |
| 7740 { | |
| 7741 return (!p_paste && (curbuf->b_p_cin | |
| 7742 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 7743 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL | |
| 7744 # endif | |
| 7745 )); | |
| 7746 } | |
| 7747 #endif | |
| 7748 | |
| 7749 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 7750 /* | |
| 7751 * Re-indent the current line, based on the current contents of it and the | |
| 7752 * surrounding lines. Fixing the cursor position seems really easy -- I'm very | |
| 7753 * confused what all the part that handles Control-T is doing that I'm not. | |
| 7754 * "get_the_indent" should be get_c_indent, get_expr_indent or get_lisp_indent. | |
| 7755 */ | |
| 7756 | |
| 7757 void | |
| 7758 fixthisline(get_the_indent) | |
| 7759 int (*get_the_indent) __ARGS((void)); | |
| 7760 { | |
| 1516 | 7761 change_indent(INDENT_SET, get_the_indent(), FALSE, 0, TRUE); |
| 7 | 7762 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) |
| 7763 did_ai = TRUE; /* delete the indent if the line stays empty */ | |
| 7764 } | |
| 7765 | |
| 7766 void | |
| 7767 fix_indent() | |
| 7768 { | |
| 7769 if (p_paste) | |
| 7770 return; | |
| 7771 # ifdef FEAT_LISP | |
| 7772 if (curbuf->b_p_lisp && curbuf->b_p_ai) | |
| 7773 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent); | |
| 7774 # endif | |
| 7775 # if defined(FEAT_LISP) && defined(FEAT_CINDENT) | |
| 7776 else | |
| 7777 # endif | |
| 7778 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 7779 if (cindent_on()) | |
| 7780 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
| 7781 # endif | |
| 7782 } | |
| 7783 | |
| 7784 #endif | |
| 7785 | |
| 7786 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 7787 /* | |
| 7788 * return TRUE if 'cinkeys' contains the key "keytyped", | |
| 7789 * when == '*': Only if key is preceded with '*' (indent before insert) | |
| 4352 | 7790 * when == '!': Only if key is preceded with '!' (don't insert) |
| 7 | 7791 * when == ' ': Only if key is not preceded with '*'(indent afterwards) |
| 7792 * | |
| 7793 * "keytyped" can have a few special values: | |
| 7794 * KEY_OPEN_FORW | |
| 7795 * KEY_OPEN_BACK | |
| 7796 * KEY_COMPLETE just finished completion. | |
| 7797 * | |
| 7798 * If line_is_empty is TRUE accept keys with '0' before them. | |
| 7799 */ | |
| 7800 int | |
| 7801 in_cinkeys(keytyped, when, line_is_empty) | |
| 7802 int keytyped; | |
| 7803 int when; | |
| 7804 int line_is_empty; | |
| 7805 { | |
| 7806 char_u *look; | |
| 7807 int try_match; | |
| 7808 int try_match_word; | |
| 7809 char_u *p; | |
| 7810 char_u *line; | |
| 7811 int icase; | |
| 7812 int i; | |
| 7813 | |
| 2025 | 7814 if (keytyped == NUL) |
| 7815 /* Can happen with CTRL-Y and CTRL-E on a short line. */ | |
| 7816 return FALSE; | |
| 7817 | |
| 7 | 7818 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
| 7819 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL) | |
| 7820 look = curbuf->b_p_indk; /* 'indentexpr' set: use 'indentkeys' */ | |
| 7821 else | |
| 7822 #endif | |
| 7823 look = curbuf->b_p_cink; /* 'indentexpr' empty: use 'cinkeys' */ | |
| 7824 while (*look) | |
| 7825 { | |
| 7826 /* | |
| 7827 * Find out if we want to try a match with this key, depending on | |
| 7828 * 'when' and a '*' or '!' before the key. | |
| 7829 */ | |
| 7830 switch (when) | |
| 7831 { | |
| 7832 case '*': try_match = (*look == '*'); break; | |
| 7833 case '!': try_match = (*look == '!'); break; | |
| 7834 default: try_match = (*look != '*'); break; | |
| 7835 } | |
| 7836 if (*look == '*' || *look == '!') | |
| 7837 ++look; | |
| 7838 | |
| 7839 /* | |
| 7840 * If there is a '0', only accept a match if the line is empty. | |
| 7841 * But may still match when typing last char of a word. | |
| 7842 */ | |
| 7843 if (*look == '0') | |
| 7844 { | |
| 7845 try_match_word = try_match; | |
| 7846 if (!line_is_empty) | |
| 7847 try_match = FALSE; | |
| 7848 ++look; | |
| 7849 } | |
| 7850 else | |
| 7851 try_match_word = FALSE; | |
| 7852 | |
| 7853 /* | |
| 7854 * does it look like a control character? | |
| 7855 */ | |
| 7856 if (*look == '^' | |
| 7857 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
| 7858 && (Ctrl_chr(look[1]) != 0) | |
| 7859 #else | |
| 7860 && look[1] >= '?' && look[1] <= '_' | |
| 7861 #endif | |
| 7862 ) | |
| 7863 { | |
| 7864 if (try_match && keytyped == Ctrl_chr(look[1])) | |
| 7865 return TRUE; | |
| 7866 look += 2; | |
| 7867 } | |
| 7868 /* | |
| 7869 * 'o' means "o" command, open forward. | |
| 7870 * 'O' means "O" command, open backward. | |
| 7871 */ | |
| 7872 else if (*look == 'o') | |
| 7873 { | |
| 7874 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_FORW) | |
| 7875 return TRUE; | |
| 7876 ++look; | |
| 7877 } | |
| 7878 else if (*look == 'O') | |
| 7879 { | |
| 7880 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_BACK) | |
| 7881 return TRUE; | |
| 7882 ++look; | |
| 7883 } | |
| 7884 | |
| 7885 /* | |
| 7886 * 'e' means to check for "else" at start of line and just before the | |
| 7887 * cursor. | |
| 7888 */ | |
| 7889 else if (*look == 'e') | |
| 7890 { | |
| 7891 if (try_match && keytyped == 'e' && curwin->w_cursor.col >= 4) | |
| 7892 { | |
| 7893 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7894 if (skipwhite(p) == p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4 && | |
| 7895 STRNCMP(p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4, "else", 4) == 0) | |
| 7896 return TRUE; | |
| 7897 } | |
| 7898 ++look; | |
| 7899 } | |
| 7900 | |
| 7901 /* | |
| 7902 * ':' only causes an indent if it is at the end of a label or case | |
| 7903 * statement, or when it was before typing the ':' (to fix | |
| 7904 * class::method for C++). | |
| 7905 */ | |
| 7906 else if (*look == ':') | |
| 7907 { | |
| 7908 if (try_match && keytyped == ':') | |
| 7909 { | |
| 7910 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 5442 | 7911 if (cin_iscase(p, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(p) || cin_islabel()) |
| 7 | 7912 return TRUE; |
| 1300 | 7913 /* Need to get the line again after cin_islabel(). */ |
| 7914 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7 | 7915 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 2 |
| 7916 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] == ':' | |
| 7917 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 2] == ':') | |
| 7918 { | |
| 7919 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ' '; | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2294
diff
changeset
|
7920 i = (cin_iscase(p, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(p) |
| 5442 | 7921 || cin_islabel()); |
| 7 | 7922 p = ml_get_curline(); |
| 7923 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ':'; | |
| 7924 if (i) | |
| 7925 return TRUE; | |
| 7926 } | |
| 7927 } | |
| 7928 ++look; | |
| 7929 } | |
| 7930 | |
| 7931 | |
| 7932 /* | |
| 7933 * Is it a key in <>, maybe? | |
| 7934 */ | |
| 7935 else if (*look == '<') | |
| 7936 { | |
| 7937 if (try_match) | |
| 7938 { | |
| 7939 /* | |
| 7940 * make up some named keys <o>, <O>, <e>, <0>, <>>, <<>, <*>, | |
| 7941 * <:> and <!> so that people can re-indent on o, O, e, 0, <, | |
| 7942 * >, *, : and ! keys if they really really want to. | |
| 7943 */ | |
| 7944 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"<>!*oOe0:", look[1]) != NULL | |
| 7945 && keytyped == look[1]) | |
| 7946 return TRUE; | |
| 7947 | |
| 7948 if (keytyped == get_special_key_code(look + 1)) | |
| 7949 return TRUE; | |
| 7950 } | |
| 7951 while (*look && *look != '>') | |
| 7952 look++; | |
| 7953 while (*look == '>') | |
| 7954 look++; | |
| 7955 } | |
| 7956 | |
| 7957 /* | |
| 7958 * Is it a word: "=word"? | |
| 7959 */ | |
| 7960 else if (*look == '=' && look[1] != ',' && look[1] != NUL) | |
| 7961 { | |
| 7962 ++look; | |
| 7963 if (*look == '~') | |
| 7964 { | |
| 7965 icase = TRUE; | |
| 7966 ++look; | |
| 7967 } | |
| 7968 else | |
| 7969 icase = FALSE; | |
| 7970 p = vim_strchr(look, ','); | |
| 7971 if (p == NULL) | |
| 7972 p = look + STRLEN(look); | |
| 7973 if ((try_match || try_match_word) | |
| 7974 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - look)) | |
| 7975 { | |
| 7976 int match = FALSE; | |
| 7977 | |
| 7978 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 7979 if (keytyped == KEY_COMPLETE) | |
| 7980 { | |
| 7981 char_u *s; | |
| 7982 | |
| 7983 /* Just completed a word, check if it starts with "look". | |
| 7984 * search back for the start of a word. */ | |
| 7985 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7986 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7987 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 7988 { | |
| 7989 char_u *n; | |
| 7990 | |
| 7991 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; s = n) | |
| 7992 { | |
| 7993 n = mb_prevptr(line, s); | |
| 7994 if (!vim_iswordp(n)) | |
| 7995 break; | |
| 7996 } | |
| 7997 } | |
| 7998 else | |
| 7999 # endif | |
| 8000 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; --s) | |
| 8001 if (!vim_iswordc(s[-1])) | |
| 8002 break; | |
| 8003 if (s + (p - look) <= line + curwin->w_cursor.col | |
| 8004 && (icase | |
| 8005 ? MB_STRNICMP(s, look, p - look) | |
| 8006 : STRNCMP(s, look, p - look)) == 0) | |
| 8007 match = TRUE; | |
| 8008 } | |
| 8009 else | |
| 8010 #endif | |
| 8011 /* TODO: multi-byte */ | |
| 8012 if (keytyped == (int)p[-1] || (icase && keytyped < 256 | |
| 8013 && TOLOWER_LOC(keytyped) == TOLOWER_LOC((int)p[-1]))) | |
| 8014 { | |
| 8015 line = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 8016 if ((curwin->w_cursor.col == (colnr_T)(p - look) | |
| 8017 || !vim_iswordc(line[-(p - look) - 1])) | |
| 8018 && (icase | |
| 8019 ? MB_STRNICMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look) | |
| 8020 : STRNCMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look)) | |
| 8021 == 0) | |
| 8022 match = TRUE; | |
| 8023 } | |
| 8024 if (match && try_match_word && !try_match) | |
| 8025 { | |
| 8026 /* "0=word": Check if there are only blanks before the | |
| 8027 * word. */ | |
| 8028 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 8029 if ((int)(skipwhite(line) - line) != | |
| 8030 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - (p - look))) | |
| 8031 match = FALSE; | |
| 8032 } | |
| 8033 if (match) | |
| 8034 return TRUE; | |
| 8035 } | |
| 8036 look = p; | |
| 8037 } | |
| 8038 | |
| 8039 /* | |
| 8040 * ok, it's a boring generic character. | |
| 8041 */ | |
| 8042 else | |
| 8043 { | |
| 8044 if (try_match && *look == keytyped) | |
| 8045 return TRUE; | |
| 8046 ++look; | |
| 8047 } | |
| 8048 | |
| 8049 /* | |
| 8050 * Skip over ", ". | |
| 8051 */ | |
| 8052 look = skip_to_option_part(look); | |
| 8053 } | |
| 8054 return FALSE; | |
| 8055 } | |
| 8056 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */ | |
| 8057 | |
| 8058 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 8059 /* | |
| 8060 * Map Hebrew keyboard when in hkmap mode. | |
| 8061 */ | |
| 8062 int | |
| 8063 hkmap(c) | |
| 8064 int c; | |
| 8065 { | |
| 8066 if (p_hkmapp) /* phonetic mapping, by Ilya Dogolazky */ | |
| 8067 { | |
| 8068 enum {hALEF=0, BET, GIMEL, DALET, HEI, VAV, ZAIN, HET, TET, IUD, | |
| 8069 KAFsofit, hKAF, LAMED, MEMsofit, MEM, NUNsofit, NUN, SAMEH, AIN, | |
| 8070 PEIsofit, PEI, ZADIsofit, ZADI, KOF, RESH, hSHIN, TAV}; | |
| 8071 static char_u map[26] = | |
| 8072 {(char_u)hALEF/*a*/, (char_u)BET /*b*/, (char_u)hKAF /*c*/, | |
| 8073 (char_u)DALET/*d*/, (char_u)-1 /*e*/, (char_u)PEIsofit/*f*/, | |
| 8074 (char_u)GIMEL/*g*/, (char_u)HEI /*h*/, (char_u)IUD /*i*/, | |
| 8075 (char_u)HET /*j*/, (char_u)KOF /*k*/, (char_u)LAMED /*l*/, | |
| 8076 (char_u)MEM /*m*/, (char_u)NUN /*n*/, (char_u)SAMEH /*o*/, | |
| 8077 (char_u)PEI /*p*/, (char_u)-1 /*q*/, (char_u)RESH /*r*/, | |
| 8078 (char_u)ZAIN /*s*/, (char_u)TAV /*t*/, (char_u)TET /*u*/, | |
| 8079 (char_u)VAV /*v*/, (char_u)hSHIN/*w*/, (char_u)-1 /*x*/, | |
| 8080 (char_u)AIN /*y*/, (char_u)ZADI /*z*/}; | |
| 8081 | |
| 8082 if (c == 'N' || c == 'M' || c == 'P' || c == 'C' || c == 'Z') | |
| 8083 return (int)(map[CharOrd(c)] - 1 + p_aleph); | |
| 8084 /* '-1'='sofit' */ | |
| 8085 else if (c == 'x') | |
| 8086 return 'X'; | |
| 8087 else if (c == 'q') | |
| 8088 return '\''; /* {geresh}={'} */ | |
| 8089 else if (c == 246) | |
| 8090 return ' '; /* \"o --> ' ' for a german keyboard */ | |
| 8091 else if (c == 228) | |
| 8092 return ' '; /* \"a --> ' ' -- / -- */ | |
| 8093 else if (c == 252) | |
| 8094 return ' '; /* \"u --> ' ' -- / -- */ | |
| 8095 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
| 8096 else if (islower(c)) | |
| 8097 #else | |
| 8098 /* NOTE: islower() does not do the right thing for us on Linux so we | |
| 8099 * do this the same was as 5.7 and previous, so it works correctly on | |
| 8100 * all systems. Specifically, the e.g. Delete and Arrow keys are | |
| 8101 * munged and won't work if e.g. searching for Hebrew text. | |
| 8102 */ | |
| 8103 else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') | |
| 8104 #endif | |
| 8105 return (int)(map[CharOrdLow(c)] + p_aleph); | |
| 8106 else | |
| 8107 return c; | |
| 8108 } | |
| 8109 else | |
| 8110 { | |
| 8111 switch (c) | |
| 8112 { | |
| 8113 case '`': return ';'; | |
| 8114 case '/': return '.'; | |
| 8115 case '\'': return ','; | |
| 8116 case 'q': return '/'; | |
| 8117 case 'w': return '\''; | |
| 8118 | |
| 8119 /* Hebrew letters - set offset from 'a' */ | |
| 8120 case ',': c = '{'; break; | |
| 8121 case '.': c = 'v'; break; | |
| 8122 case ';': c = 't'; break; | |
| 8123 default: { | |
| 8124 static char str[] = "zqbcxlsjphmkwonu ydafe rig"; | |
| 8125 | |
| 8126 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
| 8127 /* see note about islower() above */ | |
| 8128 if (!islower(c)) | |
| 8129 #else | |
| 8130 if (c < 'a' || c > 'z') | |
| 8131 #endif | |
| 8132 return c; | |
| 8133 c = str[CharOrdLow(c)]; | |
| 8134 break; | |
| 8135 } | |
| 8136 } | |
| 8137 | |
| 8138 return (int)(CharOrdLow(c) + p_aleph); | |
| 8139 } | |
| 8140 } | |
| 8141 #endif | |
| 8142 | |
| 8143 static void | |
| 8144 ins_reg() | |
| 8145 { | |
| 8146 int need_redraw = FALSE; | |
| 8147 int regname; | |
| 8148 int literally = 0; | |
| 844 | 8149 int vis_active = VIsual_active; |
| 7 | 8150 |
| 8151 /* | |
| 8152 * If we are going to wait for a character, show a '"'. | |
| 8153 */ | |
| 8154 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; | |
| 8155 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) | |
| 8156 { | |
| 8157 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
| 661 | 8158 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 8159 |
| 8160 edit_putchar('"', TRUE); | |
| 8161 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 8162 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_R); | |
| 8163 #endif | |
| 8164 } | |
| 8165 | |
| 8166 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 8167 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
| 8168 #endif | |
| 8169 | |
| 8170 /* | |
| 8171 * Don't map the register name. This also prevents the mode message to be | |
| 8172 * deleted when ESC is hit. | |
| 8173 */ | |
| 8174 ++no_mapping; | |
| 1389 | 8175 regname = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 8176 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE); |
| 8177 if (regname == Ctrl_R || regname == Ctrl_O || regname == Ctrl_P) | |
| 8178 { | |
| 8179 /* Get a third key for literal register insertion */ | |
| 8180 literally = regname; | |
| 8181 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 8182 add_to_showcmd_c(literally); | |
| 8183 #endif | |
| 1389 | 8184 regname = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 8185 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE); |
| 8186 } | |
| 8187 --no_mapping; | |
| 8188 | |
| 8189 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
|
4909
2945fe016b93
updated for version 7.3.1200
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
8190 /* Don't call u_sync() while typing the expression or giving an error |
|
2945fe016b93
updated for version 7.3.1200
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
8191 * message for it. Only call it explicitly. */ |
| 7 | 8192 ++no_u_sync; |
| 8193 if (regname == '=') | |
| 8194 { | |
| 133 | 8195 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL |
| 7 | 8196 int im_on = im_get_status(); |
| 133 | 8197 # endif |
|
5120
6e611380b4cf
updated for version 7.3.1303
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5094
diff
changeset
|
8198 /* Sync undo when evaluating the expression calls setline() or |
|
6e611380b4cf
updated for version 7.3.1303
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5094
diff
changeset
|
8199 * append(), so that it can be undone separately. */ |
|
6e611380b4cf
updated for version 7.3.1303
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5094
diff
changeset
|
8200 u_sync_once = 2; |
|
5018
d6a7dea44a86
updated for version 7.3.1253
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4909
diff
changeset
|
8201 |
| 7 | 8202 regname = get_expr_register(); |
| 133 | 8203 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL |
| 7 | 8204 /* Restore the Input Method. */ |
| 8205 if (im_on) | |
| 8206 im_set_active(TRUE); | |
| 133 | 8207 # endif |
| 7 | 8208 } |
| 140 | 8209 if (regname == NUL || !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE)) |
| 8210 { | |
| 8211 vim_beep(); | |
| 7 | 8212 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */ |
| 140 | 8213 } |
| 7 | 8214 else |
| 8215 { | |
| 8216 #endif | |
| 8217 if (literally == Ctrl_O || literally == Ctrl_P) | |
| 8218 { | |
| 8219 /* Append the command to the redo buffer. */ | |
| 8220 AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_R); | |
| 8221 AppendCharToRedobuff(literally); | |
| 8222 AppendCharToRedobuff(regname); | |
| 8223 | |
| 8224 do_put(regname, BACKWARD, 1L, | |
| 8225 (literally == Ctrl_P ? PUT_FIXINDENT : 0) | PUT_CURSEND); | |
| 8226 } | |
| 8227 else if (insert_reg(regname, literally) == FAIL) | |
| 8228 { | |
| 8229 vim_beep(); | |
| 8230 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */ | |
| 8231 } | |
| 133 | 8232 else if (stop_insert_mode) |
| 8233 /* When the '=' register was used and a function was invoked that | |
| 8234 * did ":stopinsert" then stuff_empty() returns FALSE but we won't | |
| 8235 * insert anything, need to remove the '"' */ | |
| 8236 need_redraw = TRUE; | |
| 8237 | |
| 7 | 8238 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
| 8239 } | |
| 8240 --no_u_sync; | |
|
5120
6e611380b4cf
updated for version 7.3.1303
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5094
diff
changeset
|
8241 if (u_sync_once == 1) |
|
6e611380b4cf
updated for version 7.3.1303
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5094
diff
changeset
|
8242 ins_need_undo = TRUE; |
|
6e611380b4cf
updated for version 7.3.1303
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5094
diff
changeset
|
8243 u_sync_once = 0; |
| 7 | 8244 #endif |
| 8245 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 8246 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 8247 #endif | |
| 8248 | |
| 8249 /* If the inserted register is empty, we need to remove the '"' */ | |
| 8250 if (need_redraw || stuff_empty()) | |
| 8251 edit_unputchar(); | |
| 844 | 8252 |
| 8253 /* Disallow starting Visual mode here, would get a weird mode. */ | |
| 8254 if (!vis_active && VIsual_active) | |
| 8255 end_visual_mode(); | |
| 7 | 8256 } |
| 8257 | |
| 8258 /* | |
| 8259 * CTRL-G commands in Insert mode. | |
| 8260 */ | |
| 8261 static void | |
| 8262 ins_ctrl_g() | |
| 8263 { | |
| 8264 int c; | |
| 8265 | |
| 8266 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 8267 /* Right after CTRL-X the cursor will be after the ruler. */ | |
| 8268 setcursor(); | |
| 8269 #endif | |
| 8270 | |
| 8271 /* | |
| 8272 * Don't map the second key. This also prevents the mode message to be | |
| 8273 * deleted when ESC is hit. | |
| 8274 */ | |
| 8275 ++no_mapping; | |
| 1389 | 8276 c = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 8277 --no_mapping; |
| 8278 switch (c) | |
| 8279 { | |
| 8280 /* CTRL-G k and CTRL-G <Up>: cursor up to Insstart.col */ | |
| 8281 case K_UP: | |
| 8282 case Ctrl_K: | |
| 8283 case 'k': ins_up(TRUE); | |
| 8284 break; | |
| 8285 | |
| 8286 /* CTRL-G j and CTRL-G <Down>: cursor down to Insstart.col */ | |
| 8287 case K_DOWN: | |
| 8288 case Ctrl_J: | |
| 8289 case 'j': ins_down(TRUE); | |
| 8290 break; | |
| 8291 | |
| 8292 /* CTRL-G u: start new undoable edit */ | |
| 825 | 8293 case 'u': u_sync(TRUE); |
| 7 | 8294 ins_need_undo = TRUE; |
| 626 | 8295 |
| 8296 /* Need to reset Insstart, esp. because a BS that joins | |
| 1219 | 8297 * a line to the previous one must save for undo. */ |
| 5680 | 8298 update_Insstart_orig = FALSE; |
| 626 | 8299 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 7 | 8300 break; |
| 8301 | |
| 8302 /* Unknown CTRL-G command, reserved for future expansion. */ | |
| 8303 default: vim_beep(); | |
| 8304 } | |
| 8305 } | |
| 8306 | |
| 8307 /* | |
| 449 | 8308 * CTRL-^ in Insert mode. |
| 8309 */ | |
| 8310 static void | |
| 8311 ins_ctrl_hat() | |
| 8312 { | |
| 782 | 8313 if (map_to_exists_mode((char_u *)"", LANGMAP, FALSE)) |
| 449 | 8314 { |
| 8315 /* ":lmap" mappings exists, Toggle use of ":lmap" mappings. */ | |
| 8316 if (State & LANGMAP) | |
| 8317 { | |
| 8318 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE; | |
| 8319 State &= ~LANGMAP; | |
| 8320 } | |
| 8321 else | |
| 8322 { | |
| 8323 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP; | |
| 8324 State |= LANGMAP; | |
| 8325 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
| 8326 im_set_active(FALSE); | |
| 8327 #endif | |
| 8328 } | |
| 8329 } | |
| 8330 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
| 8331 else | |
| 8332 { | |
| 8333 /* There are no ":lmap" mappings, toggle IM */ | |
| 8334 if (im_get_status()) | |
| 8335 { | |
| 8336 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE; | |
| 8337 im_set_active(FALSE); | |
| 8338 } | |
| 8339 else | |
| 8340 { | |
| 8341 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_IM; | |
| 8342 State &= ~LANGMAP; | |
| 8343 im_set_active(TRUE); | |
| 8344 } | |
| 8345 } | |
| 8346 #endif | |
| 8347 set_iminsert_global(); | |
| 8348 showmode(); | |
| 8349 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8350 /* may show different cursor shape or color */ | |
| 8351 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 8352 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 8353 #endif | |
| 8354 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_KEYMAP) | |
| 8355 /* Show/unshow value of 'keymap' in status lines. */ | |
| 8356 status_redraw_curbuf(); | |
| 8357 #endif | |
| 8358 } | |
| 8359 | |
| 8360 /* | |
| 7 | 8361 * Handle ESC in insert mode. |
| 8362 * Returns TRUE when leaving insert mode, FALSE when going to repeat the | |
| 8363 * insert. | |
| 8364 */ | |
| 8365 static int | |
| 477 | 8366 ins_esc(count, cmdchar, nomove) |
| 7 | 8367 long *count; |
| 8368 int cmdchar; | |
| 477 | 8369 int nomove; /* don't move cursor */ |
| 7 | 8370 { |
| 8371 int temp; | |
| 8372 static int disabled_redraw = FALSE; | |
| 8373 | |
| 744 | 8374 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 449 | 8375 check_spell_redraw(); |
| 8376 #endif | |
| 7 | 8377 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN) |
| 8378 # if defined(ESC_CHG_TO_ENG_MODE) | |
| 8379 hangul_input_state_set(0); | |
| 8380 # endif | |
| 8381 if (composing_hangul) | |
| 8382 { | |
| 8383 push_raw_key(composing_hangul_buffer, 2); | |
| 8384 composing_hangul = 0; | |
| 8385 } | |
| 8386 #endif | |
| 8387 | |
| 8388 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8389 if (disabled_redraw) | |
| 8390 { | |
| 8391 --RedrawingDisabled; | |
| 8392 disabled_redraw = FALSE; | |
| 8393 } | |
| 8394 if (!arrow_used) | |
| 8395 { | |
| 8396 /* | |
| 8397 * Don't append the ESC for "r<CR>" and "grx". | |
| 75 | 8398 * When 'insertmode' is set only CTRL-L stops Insert mode. Needed for |
| 8399 * when "count" is non-zero. | |
| 7 | 8400 */ |
| 8401 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') | |
| 75 | 8402 AppendToRedobuff(p_im ? (char_u *)"\014" : ESC_STR); |
| 7 | 8403 |
| 8404 /* | |
| 8405 * Repeating insert may take a long time. Check for | |
| 8406 * interrupt now and then. | |
| 8407 */ | |
| 8408 if (*count > 0) | |
| 8409 { | |
| 8410 line_breakcheck(); | |
| 8411 if (got_int) | |
| 8412 *count = 0; | |
| 8413 } | |
| 8414 | |
| 8415 if (--*count > 0) /* repeat what was typed */ | |
| 8416 { | |
| 164 | 8417 /* Vi repeats the insert without replacing characters. */ |
| 8418 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REPLCNT) != NULL) | |
| 8419 State &= ~REPLACE_FLAG; | |
| 8420 | |
| 7 | 8421 (void)start_redo_ins(); |
| 8422 if (cmdchar == 'r' || cmdchar == 'v') | |
| 6098 | 8423 stuffRedoReadbuff(ESC_STR); /* no ESC in redo buffer */ |
| 7 | 8424 ++RedrawingDisabled; |
| 8425 disabled_redraw = TRUE; | |
| 8426 return FALSE; /* repeat the insert */ | |
| 8427 } | |
| 5434 | 8428 stop_insert(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE, nomove); |
| 7 | 8429 undisplay_dollar(); |
| 8430 } | |
| 8431 | |
| 8432 /* When an autoindent was removed, curswant stays after the | |
| 8433 * indent */ | |
| 8434 if (restart_edit == NUL && (colnr_T)temp == curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
| 8435 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 8436 | |
| 8437 /* Remember the last Insert position in the '^ mark. */ | |
| 8438 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps) | |
| 8439 curbuf->b_last_insert = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 8440 | |
| 8441 /* | |
| 8442 * The cursor should end up on the last inserted character. | |
| 477 | 8443 * Don't do it for CTRL-O, unless past the end of the line. |
| 7 | 8444 */ |
| 477 | 8445 if (!nomove |
| 8446 && (curwin->w_cursor.col != 0 | |
| 7 | 8447 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
| 8448 || curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 | |
| 8449 #endif | |
| 477 | 8450 ) |
| 8451 && (restart_edit == NUL | |
| 5735 | 8452 || (gchar_cursor() == NUL && !VIsual_active)) |
| 7 | 8453 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 8454 && !revins_on | |
| 8455 #endif | |
| 8456 ) | |
| 8457 { | |
| 8458 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 8459 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || ve_flags == VE_ALL) | |
| 8460 { | |
| 8461 oneleft(); | |
| 8462 if (restart_edit != NUL) | |
| 8463 ++curwin->w_cursor.coladd; | |
| 8464 } | |
| 8465 else | |
| 8466 #endif | |
| 8467 { | |
| 8468 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8469 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8470 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */ | |
| 8471 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 8472 mb_adjust_cursor(); | |
| 8473 #endif | |
| 8474 } | |
| 8475 } | |
| 8476 | |
| 8477 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
| 8478 /* Disable IM to allow typing English directly for Normal mode commands. | |
| 8479 * When ":lmap" is enabled don't change 'iminsert' (IM can be enabled as | |
| 8480 * well). */ | |
| 8481 if (!(State & LANGMAP)) | |
| 8482 im_save_status(&curbuf->b_p_iminsert); | |
| 8483 im_set_active(FALSE); | |
| 8484 #endif | |
| 8485 | |
| 8486 State = NORMAL; | |
| 8487 /* need to position cursor again (e.g. when on a TAB ) */ | |
| 8488 changed_cline_bef_curs(); | |
| 8489 | |
| 8490 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 8491 setmouse(); | |
| 8492 #endif | |
| 8493 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE | |
| 8494 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ | |
| 8495 #endif | |
| 8496 | |
| 8497 /* | |
| 8498 * When recording or for CTRL-O, need to display the new mode. | |
| 8499 * Otherwise remove the mode message. | |
| 8500 */ | |
| 8501 if (Recording || restart_edit != NUL) | |
| 8502 showmode(); | |
| 8503 else if (p_smd) | |
| 8504 MSG(""); | |
| 8505 | |
| 8506 return TRUE; /* exit Insert mode */ | |
| 8507 } | |
| 8508 | |
| 8509 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8510 /* | |
| 8511 * Toggle language: hkmap and revins_on. | |
| 8512 * Move to end of reverse inserted text. | |
| 8513 */ | |
| 8514 static void | |
| 8515 ins_ctrl_() | |
| 8516 { | |
| 8517 if (revins_on && revins_chars && revins_scol >= 0) | |
| 8518 { | |
| 8519 while (gchar_cursor() != NUL && revins_chars--) | |
| 8520 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8521 } | |
| 8522 p_ri = !p_ri; | |
| 8523 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri); | |
| 8524 if (revins_on) | |
| 8525 { | |
| 8526 revins_scol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8527 revins_legal++; | |
| 8528 revins_chars = 0; | |
| 8529 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 8530 } | |
| 8531 else | |
| 8532 revins_scol = -1; | |
| 8533 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 8534 if (p_altkeymap) | |
| 8535 { | |
| 8536 /* | |
| 8537 * to be consistent also for redo command, using '.' | |
| 8538 * set arrow_used to true and stop it - causing to redo | |
| 8539 * characters entered in one mode (normal/reverse insert). | |
| 8540 */ | |
| 8541 arrow_used = TRUE; | |
| 8542 (void)stop_arrow(); | |
| 8543 p_fkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; | |
| 8544 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) | |
| 8545 State = INSERT; | |
| 8546 } | |
| 8547 else | |
| 8548 #endif | |
| 8549 p_hkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; /* be consistent! */ | |
| 8550 showmode(); | |
| 8551 } | |
| 8552 #endif | |
| 8553 | |
| 8554 /* | |
| 8555 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. | |
| 8556 * Returns TRUE when a CTRL-O and other keys stuffed. | |
| 8557 */ | |
| 8558 static int | |
| 8559 ins_start_select(c) | |
| 8560 int c; | |
| 8561 { | |
| 8562 if (km_startsel) | |
| 8563 switch (c) | |
| 8564 { | |
| 8565 case K_KHOME: | |
| 8566 case K_KEND: | |
| 8567 case K_PAGEUP: | |
| 8568 case K_KPAGEUP: | |
| 8569 case K_PAGEDOWN: | |
| 8570 case K_KPAGEDOWN: | |
| 8571 # ifdef MACOS | |
| 8572 case K_LEFT: | |
| 8573 case K_RIGHT: | |
| 8574 case K_UP: | |
| 8575 case K_DOWN: | |
| 8576 case K_END: | |
| 8577 case K_HOME: | |
| 8578 # endif | |
| 8579 if (!(mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)) | |
| 8580 break; | |
| 8581 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
| 8582 case K_S_LEFT: | |
| 8583 case K_S_RIGHT: | |
| 8584 case K_S_UP: | |
| 8585 case K_S_DOWN: | |
| 8586 case K_S_END: | |
| 8587 case K_S_HOME: | |
| 8588 /* Start selection right away, the cursor can move with | |
| 8589 * CTRL-O when beyond the end of the line. */ | |
| 8590 start_selection(); | |
| 8591 | |
| 8592 /* Execute the key in (insert) Select mode. */ | |
| 8593 stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_O); | |
| 8594 if (mod_mask) | |
| 8595 { | |
| 8596 char_u buf[4]; | |
| 8597 | |
| 8598 buf[0] = K_SPECIAL; | |
| 8599 buf[1] = KS_MODIFIER; | |
| 8600 buf[2] = mod_mask; | |
| 8601 buf[3] = NUL; | |
| 8602 stuffReadbuff(buf); | |
| 8603 } | |
| 8604 stuffcharReadbuff(c); | |
| 8605 return TRUE; | |
| 8606 } | |
| 8607 return FALSE; | |
| 8608 } | |
| 8609 | |
| 8610 /* | |
| 4352 | 8611 * <Insert> key in Insert mode: toggle insert/replace mode. |
| 449 | 8612 */ |
| 8613 static void | |
| 8614 ins_insert(replaceState) | |
| 8615 int replaceState; | |
| 8616 { | |
| 8617 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 8618 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) | |
| 8619 { | |
| 8620 beep_flush(); | |
| 8621 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */ | |
| 8622 return; | |
| 8623 } | |
| 8624 #endif | |
| 8625 | |
| 8626 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 532 | 8627 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
| 449 | 8628 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, |
| 8629 (char_u *)((State & REPLACE_FLAG) ? "i" : | |
| 667 | 8630 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE |
| 8631 replaceState == VREPLACE ? "v" : | |
| 8632 # endif | |
| 8633 "r"), 1); | |
| 532 | 8634 # endif |
| 449 | 8635 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHANGE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
| 8636 #endif | |
| 8637 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8638 State = INSERT | (State & LANGMAP); | |
| 8639 else | |
| 8640 State = replaceState | (State & LANGMAP); | |
| 8641 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_INS); | |
| 8642 showmode(); | |
| 8643 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE | |
| 8644 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ | |
| 8645 #endif | |
| 8646 } | |
| 8647 | |
| 8648 /* | |
| 8649 * Pressed CTRL-O in Insert mode. | |
| 8650 */ | |
| 8651 static void | |
| 8652 ins_ctrl_o() | |
| 8653 { | |
| 8654 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 8655 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8656 restart_edit = 'V'; | |
| 8657 else | |
| 8658 #endif | |
| 8659 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8660 restart_edit = 'R'; | |
| 8661 else | |
| 8662 restart_edit = 'I'; | |
| 8663 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 8664 if (virtual_active()) | |
| 8665 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor always keeps its column */ | |
| 8666 else | |
| 8667 #endif | |
| 8668 ins_at_eol = (gchar_cursor() == NUL); | |
| 8669 } | |
| 8670 | |
| 8671 /* | |
| 7 | 8672 * If the cursor is on an indent, ^T/^D insert/delete one |
| 8673 * shiftwidth. Otherwise ^T/^D behave like a "<<" or ">>". | |
| 1796 | 8674 * Always round the indent to 'shiftwidth', this is compatible |
| 7 | 8675 * with vi. But vi only supports ^T and ^D after an |
| 8676 * autoindent, we support it everywhere. | |
| 8677 */ | |
| 8678 static void | |
| 8679 ins_shift(c, lastc) | |
| 8680 int c; | |
| 8681 int lastc; | |
| 8682 { | |
| 8683 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 8684 return; | |
| 8685 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
| 8686 | |
| 8687 /* | |
| 8688 * 0^D and ^^D: remove all indent. | |
| 8689 */ | |
| 1330 | 8690 if (c == Ctrl_D && (lastc == '0' || lastc == '^') |
| 8691 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
| 7 | 8692 { |
| 8693 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8694 (void)del_char(FALSE); /* delete the '^' or '0' */ | |
| 8695 /* In Replace mode, restore the characters that '^' or '0' replaced. */ | |
| 8696 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8697 replace_pop_ins(); | |
| 8698 if (lastc == '^') | |
| 8699 old_indent = get_indent(); /* remember curr. indent */ | |
| 1516 | 8700 change_indent(INDENT_SET, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE); |
| 7 | 8701 } |
| 8702 else | |
| 1516 | 8703 change_indent(c == Ctrl_D ? INDENT_DEC : INDENT_INC, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE); |
| 7 | 8704 |
| 8705 if (did_ai && *skipwhite(ml_get_curline()) != NUL) | |
| 8706 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 8707 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 8708 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 8709 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 8710 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 8711 #endif | |
| 8712 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 8713 can_cindent = FALSE; /* no cindenting after ^D or ^T */ | |
| 8714 #endif | |
| 8715 } | |
| 8716 | |
| 8717 static void | |
| 8718 ins_del() | |
| 8719 { | |
| 8720 int temp; | |
| 8721 | |
| 8722 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 8723 return; | |
| 8724 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL) /* delete newline */ | |
| 8725 { | |
| 8726 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8727 if (!can_bs(BS_EOL) /* only if "eol" included */ | |
| 5848 | 8728 || do_join(2, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL) |
| 7 | 8729 vim_beep(); |
| 8730 else | |
| 8731 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp; | |
| 8732 } | |
| 8733 else if (del_char(FALSE) == FAIL) /* delete char under cursor */ | |
| 8734 vim_beep(); | |
| 8735 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 8736 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 8737 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 8738 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 8739 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 8740 #endif | |
| 8741 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_DEL); | |
| 8742 } | |
| 8743 | |
| 1460 | 8744 static void ins_bs_one __ARGS((colnr_T *vcolp)); |
| 8745 | |
| 8746 /* | |
| 8747 * Delete one character for ins_bs(). | |
| 8748 */ | |
| 8749 static void | |
| 8750 ins_bs_one(vcolp) | |
| 8751 colnr_T *vcolp; | |
| 8752 { | |
| 8753 dec_cursor(); | |
| 8754 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, vcolp, NULL, NULL); | |
| 8755 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8756 { | |
| 8757 /* Don't delete characters before the insert point when in | |
| 8758 * Replace mode */ | |
| 8759 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum | |
| 8760 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col) | |
| 1782 | 8761 replace_do_bs(-1); |
| 1460 | 8762 } |
| 8763 else | |
| 8764 (void)del_char(FALSE); | |
| 8765 } | |
| 8766 | |
| 7 | 8767 /* |
| 8768 * Handle Backspace, delete-word and delete-line in Insert mode. | |
| 8769 * Return TRUE when backspace was actually used. | |
| 8770 */ | |
| 8771 static int | |
| 8772 ins_bs(c, mode, inserted_space_p) | |
| 8773 int c; | |
| 8774 int mode; | |
| 8775 int *inserted_space_p; | |
| 8776 { | |
| 8777 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 8778 int cc; | |
| 8779 int temp = 0; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 1872 | 8780 colnr_T save_col; |
| 7 | 8781 colnr_T mincol; |
| 8782 int did_backspace = FALSE; | |
| 8783 int in_indent; | |
| 8784 int oldState; | |
| 8785 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 714 | 8786 int cpc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing characters */ |
| 7 | 8787 #endif |
| 8788 | |
| 8789 /* | |
| 8790 * can't delete anything in an empty file | |
| 8791 * can't backup past first character in buffer | |
| 8792 * can't backup past starting point unless 'backspace' > 1 | |
| 8793 * can backup to a previous line if 'backspace' == 0 | |
| 8794 */ | |
| 8795 if ( bufempty() | |
| 8796 || ( | |
| 8797 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8798 !revins_on && | |
| 8799 #endif | |
| 8800 ((curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 1 && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 8801 || (!can_bs(BS_START) | |
| 8802 && (arrow_used | |
| 5852 | 8803 || (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart_orig.lnum |
| 8804 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= Insstart_orig.col))) | |
| 7 | 8805 || (!can_bs(BS_INDENT) && !arrow_used && ai_col > 0 |
| 8806 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= ai_col) | |
| 8807 || (!can_bs(BS_EOL) && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)))) | |
| 8808 { | |
| 8809 vim_beep(); | |
| 8810 return FALSE; | |
| 8811 } | |
| 8812 | |
| 8813 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 8814 return FALSE; | |
| 8815 in_indent = inindent(0); | |
| 8816 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 8817 if (in_indent) | |
| 8818 can_cindent = FALSE; | |
| 8819 #endif | |
| 8820 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 8821 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* After BS, don't auto-end comment */ | |
| 8822 #endif | |
| 8823 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8824 if (revins_on) /* put cursor after last inserted char */ | |
| 8825 inc_cursor(); | |
| 8826 #endif | |
| 8827 | |
| 8828 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 8829 /* Virtualedit: | |
| 8830 * BACKSPACE_CHAR eats a virtual space | |
| 8831 * BACKSPACE_WORD eats all coladd | |
| 8832 * BACKSPACE_LINE eats all coladd and keeps going | |
| 8833 */ | |
| 8834 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) | |
| 8835 { | |
| 8836 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR) | |
| 8837 { | |
| 8838 --curwin->w_cursor.coladd; | |
| 8839 return TRUE; | |
| 8840 } | |
| 8841 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD) | |
| 8842 { | |
| 8843 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 8844 return TRUE; | |
| 8845 } | |
| 8846 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 8847 } | |
| 8848 #endif | |
| 8849 | |
| 8850 /* | |
| 8851 * delete newline! | |
| 8852 */ | |
| 8853 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 8854 { | |
| 6629 | 8855 lnum = Insstart.lnum; |
| 5852 | 8856 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == lnum |
| 7 | 8857 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 8858 || revins_on | |
| 8859 #endif | |
| 8860 ) | |
| 8861 { | |
| 8862 if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 2), | |
| 8863 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) == FAIL) | |
| 8864 return FALSE; | |
| 6629 | 8865 --Insstart.lnum; |
| 8866 Insstart.col = MAXCOL; | |
| 7 | 8867 } |
| 8868 /* | |
| 8869 * In replace mode: | |
| 8870 * cc < 0: NL was inserted, delete it | |
| 8871 * cc >= 0: NL was replaced, put original characters back | |
| 8872 */ | |
| 8873 cc = -1; | |
| 8874 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8875 cc = replace_pop(); /* returns -1 if NL was inserted */ | |
| 8876 /* | |
| 8877 * In replace mode, in the line we started replacing, we only move the | |
| 8878 * cursor. | |
| 8879 */ | |
| 8880 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum) | |
| 8881 { | |
| 8882 dec_cursor(); | |
| 8883 } | |
| 8884 else | |
| 8885 { | |
| 8886 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 8887 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8888 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum > orig_line_count) | |
| 8889 #endif | |
| 8890 { | |
| 8891 temp = gchar_cursor(); /* remember current char */ | |
| 8892 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 278 | 8893 |
| 8894 /* When "aw" is in 'formatoptions' we must delete the space at | |
| 8895 * the end of the line, otherwise the line will be broken | |
| 8896 * again when auto-formatting. */ | |
| 8897 if (has_format_option(FO_AUTO) | |
| 8898 && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR)) | |
| 8899 { | |
| 8900 char_u *ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, | |
| 8901 TRUE); | |
| 8902 int len; | |
| 8903 | |
| 835 | 8904 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr); |
| 278 | 8905 if (len > 0 && ptr[len - 1] == ' ') |
| 8906 ptr[len - 1] = NUL; | |
| 8907 } | |
| 8908 | |
| 5848 | 8909 (void)do_join(2, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE); |
| 7 | 8910 if (temp == NUL && gchar_cursor() != NUL) |
| 8911 inc_cursor(); | |
| 8912 } | |
| 8913 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 8914 else | |
| 8915 dec_cursor(); | |
| 8916 #endif | |
| 8917 | |
| 8918 /* | |
| 8919 * In REPLACE mode we have to put back the text that was replaced | |
| 8920 * by the NL. On the replace stack is first a NUL-terminated | |
| 8921 * sequence of characters that were deleted and then the | |
| 8922 * characters that NL replaced. | |
| 8923 */ | |
| 8924 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8925 { | |
| 8926 /* | |
| 8927 * Do the next ins_char() in NORMAL state, to | |
| 8928 * prevent ins_char() from replacing characters and | |
| 8929 * avoiding showmatch(). | |
| 8930 */ | |
| 8931 oldState = State; | |
| 8932 State = NORMAL; | |
| 8933 /* | |
| 8934 * restore characters (blanks) deleted after cursor | |
| 8935 */ | |
| 8936 while (cc > 0) | |
| 8937 { | |
| 1872 | 8938 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 7 | 8939 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 8940 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc); | |
| 8941 #else | |
| 8942 ins_char(cc); | |
| 8943 #endif | |
| 1872 | 8944 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; |
| 7 | 8945 cc = replace_pop(); |
| 8946 } | |
| 8947 /* restore the characters that NL replaced */ | |
| 8948 replace_pop_ins(); | |
| 8949 State = oldState; | |
| 8950 } | |
| 8951 } | |
| 8952 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 8953 } | |
| 8954 else | |
| 8955 { | |
| 8956 /* | |
| 8957 * Delete character(s) before the cursor. | |
| 8958 */ | |
| 8959 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8960 if (revins_on) /* put cursor on last inserted char */ | |
| 8961 dec_cursor(); | |
| 8962 #endif | |
| 8963 mincol = 0; | |
| 8964 /* keep indent */ | |
| 1085 | 8965 if (mode == BACKSPACE_LINE |
| 8966 && (curbuf->b_p_ai | |
| 8967 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 2004 | 8968 || cindent_on() |
| 1085 | 8969 #endif |
| 8970 ) | |
| 7 | 8971 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 8972 && !revins_on | |
| 8973 #endif | |
| 8974 ) | |
| 8975 { | |
| 1872 | 8976 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 7 | 8977 beginline(BL_WHITE); |
| 1988 | 8978 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < save_col) |
| 7 | 8979 mincol = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 1872 | 8980 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; |
| 7 | 8981 } |
| 8982 | |
| 8983 /* | |
| 8984 * Handle deleting one 'shiftwidth' or 'softtabstop'. | |
| 8985 */ | |
| 8986 if ( mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR | |
| 8987 && ((p_sta && in_indent) | |
| 3873 | 8988 || (get_sts_value() != 0 |
| 1497 | 8989 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 |
| 7 | 8990 && (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == TAB |
| 8991 || (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == ' ' | |
| 8992 && (!*inserted_space_p | |
| 8993 || arrow_used)))))) | |
| 8994 { | |
| 8995 int ts; | |
| 8996 colnr_T vcol; | |
| 8997 colnr_T want_vcol; | |
| 1460 | 8998 colnr_T start_vcol; |
| 7 | 8999 |
| 9000 *inserted_space_p = FALSE; | |
| 648 | 9001 if (p_sta && in_indent) |
| 5438 | 9002 ts = (int)get_sw_value(curbuf); |
| 7 | 9003 else |
| 3873 | 9004 ts = (int)get_sts_value(); |
| 7 | 9005 /* Compute the virtual column where we want to be. Since |
| 9006 * 'showbreak' may get in the way, need to get the last column of | |
| 9007 * the previous character. */ | |
| 9008 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 1460 | 9009 start_vcol = vcol; |
| 7 | 9010 dec_cursor(); |
| 9011 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &want_vcol); | |
| 9012 inc_cursor(); | |
| 9013 want_vcol = (want_vcol / ts) * ts; | |
| 9014 | |
| 9015 /* delete characters until we are at or before want_vcol */ | |
| 9016 while (vcol > want_vcol | |
| 9017 && (cc = *(ml_get_cursor() - 1), vim_iswhite(cc))) | |
| 1460 | 9018 ins_bs_one(&vcol); |
| 7 | 9019 |
| 9020 /* insert extra spaces until we are at want_vcol */ | |
| 9021 while (vcol < want_vcol) | |
| 9022 { | |
| 9023 /* Remember the first char we inserted */ | |
| 5852 | 9024 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart_orig.lnum |
| 9025 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart_orig.col) | |
| 9026 Insstart_orig.col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 7 | 9027 |
| 9028 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9029 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9030 ins_char(' '); | |
| 9031 else | |
| 9032 #endif | |
| 9033 { | |
| 9034 ins_str((char_u *)" "); | |
| 1460 | 9035 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)) |
| 9036 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 7 | 9037 } |
| 9038 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 9039 } | |
| 1460 | 9040 |
| 9041 /* If we are now back where we started delete one character. Can | |
| 9042 * happen when using 'sts' and 'linebreak'. */ | |
| 9043 if (vcol >= start_vcol) | |
| 9044 ins_bs_one(&vcol); | |
| 7 | 9045 } |
| 9046 | |
| 9047 /* | |
| 9048 * Delete upto starting point, start of line or previous word. | |
| 9049 */ | |
| 9050 else do | |
| 9051 { | |
| 9052 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 9053 if (!revins_on) /* put cursor on char to be deleted */ | |
| 9054 #endif | |
| 9055 dec_cursor(); | |
| 9056 | |
| 9057 /* start of word? */ | |
| 9058 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD && !vim_isspace(gchar_cursor())) | |
| 9059 { | |
| 9060 mode = BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE; | |
| 9061 temp = vim_iswordc(gchar_cursor()); | |
| 9062 } | |
| 9063 /* end of word? */ | |
| 9064 else if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE | |
| 9065 && (vim_isspace(cc = gchar_cursor()) | |
| 9066 || vim_iswordc(cc) != temp)) | |
| 9067 { | |
| 9068 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 9069 if (!revins_on) | |
| 9070 #endif | |
| 9071 inc_cursor(); | |
| 9072 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 9073 else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9074 dec_cursor(); | |
| 9075 #endif | |
| 9076 break; | |
| 9077 } | |
| 9078 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1782 | 9079 replace_do_bs(-1); |
| 7 | 9080 else |
| 9081 { | |
| 9082 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9083 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco) | |
| 714 | 9084 (void)utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), cpc); |
| 7 | 9085 #endif |
| 9086 (void)del_char(FALSE); | |
| 9087 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9088 /* | |
| 714 | 9089 * If there are combining characters and 'delcombine' is set |
| 9090 * move the cursor back. Don't back up before the base | |
| 7 | 9091 * character. |
| 9092 */ | |
| 714 | 9093 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco && cpc[0] != NUL) |
| 7 | 9094 inc_cursor(); |
| 9095 #endif | |
| 9096 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 9097 if (revins_chars) | |
| 9098 { | |
| 9099 revins_chars--; | |
| 9100 revins_legal++; | |
| 9101 } | |
| 9102 if (revins_on && gchar_cursor() == NUL) | |
| 9103 break; | |
| 9104 #endif | |
| 9105 } | |
| 9106 /* Just a single backspace?: */ | |
| 9107 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR) | |
| 9108 break; | |
| 9109 } while ( | |
| 9110 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 9111 revins_on || | |
| 9112 #endif | |
| 9113 (curwin->w_cursor.col > mincol | |
| 5852 | 9114 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart_orig.lnum |
| 9115 || curwin->w_cursor.col != Insstart_orig.col))); | |
| 7 | 9116 did_backspace = TRUE; |
| 9117 } | |
| 9118 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 9119 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 9120 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 9121 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 9122 #endif | |
| 9123 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= 1) | |
| 9124 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 9125 /* | |
| 9126 * It's a little strange to put backspaces into the redo | |
| 9127 * buffer, but it makes auto-indent a lot easier to deal | |
| 9128 * with. | |
| 9129 */ | |
| 9130 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
| 9131 | |
| 9132 /* If deleted before the insertion point, adjust it */ | |
| 5852 | 9133 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart_orig.lnum |
| 9134 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart_orig.col) | |
| 9135 Insstart_orig.col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 7 | 9136 |
| 9137 /* vi behaviour: the cursor moves backward but the character that | |
| 9138 * was there remains visible | |
| 9139 * Vim behaviour: the cursor moves backward and the character that | |
| 9140 * was there is erased from the screen. | |
| 9141 * We can emulate the vi behaviour by pretending there is a dollar | |
| 9142 * displayed even when there isn't. | |
| 9143 * --pkv Sun Jan 19 01:56:40 EST 2003 */ | |
| 3318 | 9144 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_BACKSPACE) != NULL && dollar_vcol == -1) |
| 7 | 9145 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol; |
| 9146 | |
| 1514 | 9147 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
| 9148 /* When deleting a char the cursor line must never be in a closed fold. | |
| 9149 * E.g., when 'foldmethod' is indent and deleting the first non-white | |
| 9150 * char before a Tab. */ | |
| 9151 if (did_backspace) | |
| 9152 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9153 #endif | |
| 9154 | |
| 7 | 9155 return did_backspace; |
| 9156 } | |
| 9157 | |
| 9158 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 9159 static void | |
| 9160 ins_mouse(c) | |
| 9161 int c; | |
| 9162 { | |
| 9163 pos_T tpos; | |
| 840 | 9164 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; |
| 7 | 9165 |
| 9166 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 9167 /* When GUI is active, also move/paste when 'mouse' is empty */ | |
| 9168 if (!gui.in_use) | |
| 9169 # endif | |
| 9170 if (!mouse_has(MOUSE_INSERT)) | |
| 9171 return; | |
| 9172 | |
| 9173 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9174 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9175 if (do_mouse(NULL, c, BACKWARD, 1L, 0)) | |
| 9176 { | |
| 840 | 9177 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 9178 win_T *new_curwin = curwin; | |
| 9179 | |
| 9180 if (curwin != old_curwin && win_valid(old_curwin)) | |
| 9181 { | |
| 9182 /* Mouse took us to another window. We need to go back to the | |
| 9183 * previous one to stop insert there properly. */ | |
| 9184 curwin = old_curwin; | |
| 9185 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
| 9186 } | |
| 9187 #endif | |
| 9188 start_arrow(curwin == old_curwin ? &tpos : NULL); | |
| 9189 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9190 if (curwin != new_curwin && win_valid(new_curwin)) | |
| 9191 { | |
| 9192 curwin = new_curwin; | |
| 9193 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
| 9194 } | |
| 9195 #endif | |
| 7 | 9196 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT |
| 9197 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9198 # endif | |
| 9199 } | |
| 9200 | |
| 9201 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9202 /* redraw status lines (in case another window became active) */ | |
| 9203 redraw_statuslines(); | |
| 9204 #endif | |
| 9205 } | |
| 9206 | |
| 9207 static void | |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9208 ins_mousescroll(dir) |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9209 int dir; |
| 7 | 9210 { |
| 9211 pos_T tpos; | |
| 1434 | 9212 # if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) |
| 9213 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; | |
| 9214 # endif | |
| 9215 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 9216 int did_scroll = FALSE; | |
| 7 | 9217 # endif |
| 9218 | |
| 9219 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9220 | |
| 4162 | 9221 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 9222 if (mouse_row >= 0 && mouse_col >= 0) | |
| 7 | 9223 { |
| 9224 int row, col; | |
| 9225 | |
| 9226 row = mouse_row; | |
| 9227 col = mouse_col; | |
| 9228 | |
| 9229 /* find the window at the pointer coordinates */ | |
| 9230 curwin = mouse_find_win(&row, &col); | |
| 9231 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
| 9232 } | |
| 9233 if (curwin == old_curwin) | |
| 9234 # endif | |
| 9235 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9236 | |
| 1434 | 9237 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 9238 /* Don't scroll the window in which completion is being done. */ | |
| 9239 if (!pum_visible() | |
| 9240 # if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) | |
| 9241 || curwin != old_curwin | |
| 9242 # endif | |
| 9243 ) | |
| 9244 # endif | |
| 9245 { | |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9246 if (dir == MSCR_DOWN || dir == MSCR_UP) |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9247 { |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9248 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL)) |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9249 scroll_redraw(dir, |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9250 (long)(curwin->w_botline - curwin->w_topline)); |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9251 else |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9252 scroll_redraw(dir, 3L); |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9253 } |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9254 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 1434 | 9255 else |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9256 { |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9257 int val, step = 6; |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9258 |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9259 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL)) |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9260 step = W_WIDTH(curwin); |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9261 val = curwin->w_leftcol + (dir == MSCR_RIGHT ? -step : step); |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9262 if (val < 0) |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9263 val = 0; |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9264 gui_do_horiz_scroll(val, TRUE); |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9265 } |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9266 #endif |
| 1434 | 9267 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 9268 did_scroll = TRUE; | |
| 9269 # endif | |
| 9270 } | |
| 7 | 9271 |
| 4162 | 9272 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 7 | 9273 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; |
| 9274 | |
| 9275 curwin = old_curwin; | |
| 9276 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
| 9277 # endif | |
| 9278 | |
| 1434 | 9279 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 9280 /* The popup menu may overlay the window, need to redraw it. | |
| 9281 * TODO: Would be more efficient to only redraw the windows that are | |
| 9282 * overlapped by the popup menu. */ | |
| 9283 if (pum_visible() && did_scroll) | |
| 9284 { | |
| 9285 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID); | |
| 9286 ins_compl_show_pum(); | |
| 9287 } | |
| 9288 # endif | |
| 9289 | |
| 7 | 9290 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, tpos)) |
| 9291 { | |
| 9292 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9293 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9294 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9295 # endif | |
| 9296 } | |
| 9297 } | |
| 9298 #endif | |
| 9299 | |
| 692 | 9300 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 724 | 9301 static void |
| 692 | 9302 ins_tabline(c) |
| 9303 int c; | |
| 9304 { | |
| 9305 /* We will be leaving the current window, unless closing another tab. */ | |
| 9306 if (c != K_TABMENU || current_tabmenu != TABLINE_MENU_CLOSE | |
| 9307 || (current_tab != 0 && current_tab != tabpage_index(curtab))) | |
| 9308 { | |
| 9309 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9310 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9311 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9312 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9313 # endif | |
| 9314 } | |
| 9315 | |
| 9316 if (c == K_TABLINE) | |
| 9317 goto_tabpage(current_tab); | |
| 9318 else | |
| 846 | 9319 { |
| 692 | 9320 handle_tabmenu(); |
| 846 | 9321 redraw_statuslines(); /* will redraw the tabline when needed */ |
| 9322 } | |
| 692 | 9323 } |
| 9324 #endif | |
| 9325 | |
| 9326 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 7 | 9327 void |
| 9328 ins_scroll() | |
| 9329 { | |
| 9330 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9331 | |
| 9332 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9333 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9334 if (gui_do_scroll()) | |
| 9335 { | |
| 9336 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9337 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9338 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9339 # endif | |
| 9340 } | |
| 9341 } | |
| 9342 | |
| 9343 void | |
| 9344 ins_horscroll() | |
| 9345 { | |
| 9346 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9347 | |
| 9348 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9349 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9350 if (gui_do_horiz_scroll(scrollbar_value, FALSE)) |
| 7 | 9351 { |
| 9352 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9353 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9354 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9355 # endif | |
| 9356 } | |
| 9357 } | |
| 9358 #endif | |
| 9359 | |
| 9360 static void | |
| 9361 ins_left() | |
| 9362 { | |
| 9363 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9364 | |
| 9365 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9366 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9367 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9368 #endif | |
| 9369 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9370 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9371 if (oneleft() == OK) | |
| 9372 { | |
| 941 | 9373 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) |
| 9374 /* Only call start_arrow() when not busy with preediting, it will | |
| 9375 * break undo. K_LEFT is inserted in im_correct_cursor(). */ | |
| 9376 if (!im_is_preediting()) | |
| 9377 #endif | |
| 9378 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 7 | 9379 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 9380 /* If exit reversed string, position is fixed */ | |
| 9381 if (revins_scol != -1 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col >= revins_scol) | |
| 9382 revins_legal++; | |
| 9383 revins_chars++; | |
| 9384 #endif | |
| 9385 } | |
| 9386 | |
| 9387 /* | |
| 9388 * if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode may go to | |
| 9389 * previous line | |
| 9390 */ | |
| 9391 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, '[') != NULL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 9392 { | |
| 9393 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9394 --(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 9395 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
| 9396 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; /* so we stay at the end */ | |
| 9397 } | |
| 9398 else | |
| 9399 vim_beep(); | |
| 9400 } | |
| 9401 | |
| 9402 static void | |
| 9403 ins_home(c) | |
| 9404 int c; | |
| 9405 { | |
| 9406 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9407 | |
| 9408 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9409 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9410 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9411 #endif | |
| 9412 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9413 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9414 if (c == K_C_HOME) | |
| 9415 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1; | |
| 9416 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 9417 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 9418 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 9419 #endif | |
| 9420 curwin->w_curswant = 0; | |
| 9421 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9422 } | |
| 9423 | |
| 9424 static void | |
| 9425 ins_end(c) | |
| 9426 int c; | |
| 9427 { | |
| 9428 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9429 | |
| 9430 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9431 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9432 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9433 #endif | |
| 9434 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9435 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9436 if (c == K_C_END) | |
| 9437 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 9438 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
| 9439 curwin->w_curswant = MAXCOL; | |
| 9440 | |
| 9441 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9442 } | |
| 9443 | |
| 9444 static void | |
| 9445 ins_s_left() | |
| 9446 { | |
| 9447 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9448 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9449 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9450 #endif | |
| 9451 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9452 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1 || curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
| 9453 { | |
| 9454 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9455 (void)bck_word(1L, FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 9456 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 9457 } | |
| 9458 else | |
| 9459 vim_beep(); | |
| 9460 } | |
| 9461 | |
| 9462 static void | |
| 9463 ins_right() | |
| 9464 { | |
| 9465 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9466 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9467 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9468 #endif | |
| 9469 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 1877 | 9470 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL |
| 9471 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 9472 || virtual_active() | |
| 9473 #endif | |
| 7 | 9474 ) |
| 9475 { | |
| 9476 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9477 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 9478 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 9479 if (virtual_active()) | |
| 9480 oneright(); | |
| 9481 else | |
| 9482 #endif | |
| 9483 { | |
| 9484 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9485 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 474 | 9486 curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor()); |
| 7 | 9487 else |
| 9488 #endif | |
| 9489 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 9490 } | |
| 9491 | |
| 9492 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 9493 revins_legal++; | |
| 9494 if (revins_chars) | |
| 9495 revins_chars--; | |
| 9496 #endif | |
| 9497 } | |
| 9498 /* if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode, may move the | |
| 9499 * cursor to the next line */ | |
| 9500 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, ']') != NULL | |
| 9501 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 9502 { | |
| 9503 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9504 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 9505 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 9506 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 9507 } | |
| 9508 else | |
| 9509 vim_beep(); | |
| 9510 } | |
| 9511 | |
| 9512 static void | |
| 9513 ins_s_right() | |
| 9514 { | |
| 9515 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9516 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9517 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9518 #endif | |
| 9519 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9520 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
| 9521 || gchar_cursor() != NUL) | |
| 9522 { | |
| 9523 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9524 (void)fwd_word(1L, FALSE, 0); | |
| 9525 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 9526 } | |
| 9527 else | |
| 9528 vim_beep(); | |
| 9529 } | |
| 9530 | |
| 9531 static void | |
| 9532 ins_up(startcol) | |
| 9533 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */ | |
| 9534 { | |
| 9535 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9536 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline; | |
| 9537 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 9538 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; | |
| 9539 #endif | |
| 9540 | |
| 9541 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9542 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9543 if (cursor_up(1L, TRUE) == OK) | |
| 9544 { | |
| 9545 if (startcol) | |
| 9546 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart)); | |
| 9547 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline | |
| 9548 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 9549 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill | |
| 9550 #endif | |
| 9551 ) | |
| 9552 redraw_later(VALID); | |
| 9553 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9554 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9555 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9556 #endif | |
| 9557 } | |
| 9558 else | |
| 9559 vim_beep(); | |
| 9560 } | |
| 9561 | |
| 9562 static void | |
| 9563 ins_pageup() | |
| 9564 { | |
| 9565 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9566 | |
| 9567 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 828 | 9568 |
| 9569 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9570 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL) | |
| 9571 { | |
| 9572 /* <C-PageUp>: tab page back */ | |
| 1013 | 9573 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) |
| 9574 { | |
| 9575 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9576 goto_tabpage(-1); | |
| 9577 } | |
| 828 | 9578 return; |
| 9579 } | |
| 9580 #endif | |
| 9581 | |
| 7 | 9582 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 9583 if (onepage(BACKWARD, 1L) == OK) | |
| 9584 { | |
| 9585 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9586 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9587 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9588 #endif | |
| 9589 } | |
| 9590 else | |
| 9591 vim_beep(); | |
| 9592 } | |
| 9593 | |
| 9594 static void | |
| 9595 ins_down(startcol) | |
| 9596 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */ | |
| 9597 { | |
| 9598 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9599 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline; | |
| 9600 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 9601 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; | |
| 9602 #endif | |
| 9603 | |
| 9604 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9605 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9606 if (cursor_down(1L, TRUE) == OK) | |
| 9607 { | |
| 9608 if (startcol) | |
| 9609 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart)); | |
| 9610 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline | |
| 9611 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 9612 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill | |
| 9613 #endif | |
| 9614 ) | |
| 9615 redraw_later(VALID); | |
| 9616 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9617 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9618 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9619 #endif | |
| 9620 } | |
| 9621 else | |
| 9622 vim_beep(); | |
| 9623 } | |
| 9624 | |
| 9625 static void | |
| 9626 ins_pagedown() | |
| 9627 { | |
| 9628 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9629 | |
| 9630 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 828 | 9631 |
| 9632 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9633 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL) | |
| 9634 { | |
| 9635 /* <C-PageDown>: tab page forward */ | |
| 1013 | 9636 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) |
| 9637 { | |
| 9638 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9639 goto_tabpage(0); | |
| 9640 } | |
| 828 | 9641 return; |
| 9642 } | |
| 9643 #endif | |
| 9644 | |
| 7 | 9645 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 9646 if (onepage(FORWARD, 1L) == OK) | |
| 9647 { | |
| 9648 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9649 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9650 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9651 #endif | |
| 9652 } | |
| 9653 else | |
| 9654 vim_beep(); | |
| 9655 } | |
| 9656 | |
| 9657 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
| 9658 static void | |
| 9659 ins_drop() | |
| 9660 { | |
| 9661 do_put('~', BACKWARD, 1L, PUT_CURSEND); | |
| 9662 } | |
| 9663 #endif | |
| 9664 | |
| 9665 /* | |
| 9666 * Handle TAB in Insert or Replace mode. | |
| 9667 * Return TRUE when the TAB needs to be inserted like a normal character. | |
| 9668 */ | |
| 9669 static int | |
| 9670 ins_tab() | |
| 9671 { | |
| 9672 int ind; | |
| 9673 int i; | |
| 9674 int temp; | |
| 9675 | |
| 9676 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum) | |
| 9677 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); | |
| 9678 if (echeck_abbr(TAB + ABBR_OFF)) | |
| 9679 return FALSE; | |
| 9680 | |
| 9681 ind = inindent(0); | |
| 9682 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9683 if (ind) | |
| 9684 can_cindent = FALSE; | |
| 9685 #endif | |
| 9686 | |
| 9687 /* | |
| 9688 * When nothing special, insert TAB like a normal character | |
| 9689 */ | |
| 9690 if (!curbuf->b_p_et | |
| 5438 | 9691 && !(p_sta && ind && curbuf->b_p_ts != get_sw_value(curbuf)) |
| 3873 | 9692 && get_sts_value() == 0) |
| 7 | 9693 return TRUE; |
| 9694 | |
| 9695 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 9696 return TRUE; | |
| 9697 | |
| 9698 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 9699 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 9700 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 9701 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 9702 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 9703 #endif | |
| 9704 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\t"); | |
| 9705 | |
| 9706 if (p_sta && ind) /* insert tab in indent, use 'shiftwidth' */ | |
| 5438 | 9707 temp = (int)get_sw_value(curbuf); |
| 3873 | 9708 else if (curbuf->b_p_sts != 0) /* use 'softtabstop' when set */ |
| 9709 temp = (int)get_sts_value(); | |
| 7 | 9710 else /* otherwise use 'tabstop' */ |
| 9711 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; | |
| 9712 temp -= get_nolist_virtcol() % temp; | |
| 9713 | |
| 9714 /* | |
| 9715 * Insert the first space with ins_char(). It will delete one char in | |
| 9716 * replace mode. Insert the rest with ins_str(); it will not delete any | |
| 9717 * chars. For VREPLACE mode, we use ins_char() for all characters. | |
| 9718 */ | |
| 9719 ins_char(' '); | |
| 9720 while (--temp > 0) | |
| 9721 { | |
| 9722 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9723 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9724 ins_char(' '); | |
| 9725 else | |
| 9726 #endif | |
| 9727 { | |
| 9728 ins_str((char_u *)" "); | |
| 9729 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) /* no char replaced */ | |
| 9730 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 9731 } | |
| 9732 } | |
| 9733 | |
| 9734 /* | |
| 9735 * When 'expandtab' not set: Replace spaces by TABs where possible. | |
| 9736 */ | |
| 3873 | 9737 if (!curbuf->b_p_et && (get_sts_value() || (p_sta && ind))) |
| 7 | 9738 { |
| 9739 char_u *ptr; | |
| 9740 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9741 char_u *saved_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 9742 pos_T pos; | |
| 9743 #endif | |
| 9744 pos_T fpos; | |
| 9745 pos_T *cursor; | |
| 9746 colnr_T want_vcol, vcol; | |
| 9747 int change_col = -1; | |
| 9748 int save_list = curwin->w_p_list; | |
| 9749 | |
| 9750 /* | |
| 9751 * Get the current line. For VREPLACE mode, don't make real changes | |
| 9752 * yet, just work on a copy of the line. | |
| 9753 */ | |
| 9754 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9755 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9756 { | |
| 9757 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9758 cursor = &pos; | |
| 9759 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 9760 if (saved_line == NULL) | |
| 9761 return FALSE; | |
| 9762 ptr = saved_line + pos.col; | |
| 9763 } | |
| 9764 else | |
| 9765 #endif | |
| 9766 { | |
| 9767 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 9768 cursor = &curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9769 } | |
| 9770 | |
| 9771 /* When 'L' is not in 'cpoptions' a tab always takes up 'ts' spaces. */ | |
| 9772 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL) | |
| 9773 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE; | |
| 9774 | |
| 9775 /* Find first white before the cursor */ | |
| 9776 fpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9777 while (fpos.col > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[-1])) | |
| 9778 { | |
| 9779 --fpos.col; | |
| 9780 --ptr; | |
| 9781 } | |
| 9782 | |
| 9783 /* In Replace mode, don't change characters before the insert point. */ | |
| 9784 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9785 && fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
| 9786 && fpos.col < Insstart.col) | |
| 9787 { | |
| 9788 ptr += Insstart.col - fpos.col; | |
| 9789 fpos.col = Insstart.col; | |
| 9790 } | |
| 9791 | |
| 9792 /* compute virtual column numbers of first white and cursor */ | |
| 9793 getvcol(curwin, &fpos, &vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 9794 getvcol(curwin, cursor, &want_vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 9795 | |
| 5995 | 9796 /* Use as many TABs as possible. Beware of 'breakindent', 'showbreak' |
| 9797 * and 'linebreak' adding extra virtual columns. */ | |
| 7 | 9798 while (vim_iswhite(*ptr)) |
| 9799 { | |
| 5995 | 9800 i = lbr_chartabsize(NULL, (char_u *)"\t", vcol); |
| 7 | 9801 if (vcol + i > want_vcol) |
| 9802 break; | |
| 9803 if (*ptr != TAB) | |
| 9804 { | |
| 9805 *ptr = TAB; | |
| 9806 if (change_col < 0) | |
| 9807 { | |
| 9808 change_col = fpos.col; /* Column of first change */ | |
| 9809 /* May have to adjust Insstart */ | |
| 9810 if (fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum && fpos.col < Insstart.col) | |
| 9811 Insstart.col = fpos.col; | |
| 9812 } | |
| 9813 } | |
| 9814 ++fpos.col; | |
| 9815 ++ptr; | |
| 9816 vcol += i; | |
| 9817 } | |
| 9818 | |
| 9819 if (change_col >= 0) | |
| 9820 { | |
| 9821 int repl_off = 0; | |
| 5995 | 9822 char_u *line = ptr; |
| 7 | 9823 |
| 9824 /* Skip over the spaces we need. */ | |
| 9825 while (vcol < want_vcol && *ptr == ' ') | |
| 9826 { | |
| 5995 | 9827 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(line, ptr, vcol); |
| 7 | 9828 ++ptr; |
| 9829 ++repl_off; | |
| 9830 } | |
| 9831 if (vcol > want_vcol) | |
| 9832 { | |
| 9833 /* Must have a char with 'showbreak' just before it. */ | |
| 9834 --ptr; | |
| 9835 --repl_off; | |
| 9836 } | |
| 9837 fpos.col += repl_off; | |
| 9838 | |
| 9839 /* Delete following spaces. */ | |
| 9840 i = cursor->col - fpos.col; | |
| 9841 if (i > 0) | |
| 9842 { | |
| 1622 | 9843 STRMOVE(ptr, ptr + i); |
| 7 | 9844 /* correct replace stack. */ |
| 9845 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9846 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9847 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9848 #endif | |
| 9849 ) | |
| 9850 for (temp = i; --temp >= 0; ) | |
| 9851 replace_join(repl_off); | |
| 9852 } | |
| 33 | 9853 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG |
| 2210 | 9854 if (netbeans_active()) |
| 33 | 9855 { |
|
2209
d0ddf7ba1630
Included the patch to support netbeans in a terminal.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
9856 netbeans_removed(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col, (long)(i + 1)); |
| 33 | 9857 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col, |
| 9858 (char_u *)"\t", 1); | |
| 9859 } | |
| 9860 #endif | |
| 7 | 9861 cursor->col -= i; |
| 9862 | |
| 9863 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9864 /* | |
| 9865 * In VREPLACE mode, we haven't changed anything yet. Do it now by | |
| 9866 * backspacing over the changed spacing and then inserting the new | |
| 9867 * spacing. | |
| 9868 */ | |
| 9869 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9870 { | |
| 9871 /* Backspace from real cursor to change_col */ | |
| 9872 backspace_until_column(change_col); | |
| 9873 | |
| 9874 /* Insert each char in saved_line from changed_col to | |
| 9875 * ptr-cursor */ | |
| 9876 ins_bytes_len(saved_line + change_col, | |
| 9877 cursor->col - change_col); | |
| 9878 } | |
| 9879 #endif | |
| 9880 } | |
| 9881 | |
| 9882 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9883 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9884 vim_free(saved_line); | |
| 9885 #endif | |
| 9886 curwin->w_p_list = save_list; | |
| 9887 } | |
| 9888 | |
| 9889 return FALSE; | |
| 9890 } | |
| 9891 | |
| 9892 /* | |
| 9893 * Handle CR or NL in insert mode. | |
| 9894 * Return TRUE when out of memory or can't undo. | |
| 9895 */ | |
| 9896 static int | |
| 9897 ins_eol(c) | |
| 9898 int c; | |
| 9899 { | |
| 9900 int i; | |
| 9901 | |
| 9902 if (echeck_abbr(c + ABBR_OFF)) | |
| 9903 return FALSE; | |
| 9904 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 9905 return TRUE; | |
| 9906 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9907 | |
| 9908 /* | |
| 9909 * Strange Vi behaviour: In Replace mode, typing a NL will not delete the | |
| 9910 * character under the cursor. Only push a NUL on the replace stack, | |
| 9911 * nothing to put back when the NL is deleted. | |
| 9912 */ | |
| 9913 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9914 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9915 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9916 #endif | |
| 9917 ) | |
| 9918 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 9919 | |
| 9920 /* | |
| 9921 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts | |
| 9922 * replacing the next line, so we push all of the characters left on the | |
| 9923 * line onto the replace stack. This is not done here though, it is done | |
| 9924 * in open_line(). | |
| 9925 */ | |
| 9926 | |
| 844 | 9927 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
| 9928 /* Put cursor on NUL if on the last char and coladd is 1 (happens after | |
| 9929 * CTRL-O). */ | |
| 9930 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) | |
| 9931 coladvance(getviscol()); | |
| 9932 #endif | |
| 9933 | |
| 7 | 9934 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 9935 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 9936 if (p_altkeymap && p_fkmap) | |
| 9937 fkmap(NL); | |
| 9938 # endif | |
| 9939 /* NL in reverse insert will always start in the end of | |
| 9940 * current line. */ | |
| 9941 if (revins_on) | |
| 9942 curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()); | |
| 9943 #endif | |
| 9944 | |
| 9945 AppendToRedobuff(NL_STR); | |
| 9946 i = open_line(FORWARD, | |
| 9947 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 9948 has_format_option(FO_RET_COMS) ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : | |
| 9949 #endif | |
| 9950 0, old_indent); | |
| 9951 old_indent = 0; | |
| 9952 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9953 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9954 #endif | |
| 1032 | 9955 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
| 9956 /* When inserting a line the cursor line must never be in a closed fold. */ | |
| 9957 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9958 #endif | |
| 7 | 9959 |
| 9960 return (!i); | |
| 9961 } | |
| 9962 | |
| 9963 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 9964 /* | |
| 9965 * Handle digraph in insert mode. | |
| 9966 * Returns character still to be inserted, or NUL when nothing remaining to be | |
| 9967 * done. | |
| 9968 */ | |
| 9969 static int | |
| 9970 ins_digraph() | |
| 9971 { | |
| 9972 int c; | |
| 9973 int cc; | |
| 2811 | 9974 int did_putchar = FALSE; |
| 7 | 9975 |
| 9976 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; | |
| 9977 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) | |
| 9978 { | |
| 9979 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
| 661 | 9980 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 9981 |
| 9982 edit_putchar('?', TRUE); | |
| 2811 | 9983 did_putchar = TRUE; |
| 7 | 9984 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO |
| 9985 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_K); | |
| 9986 #endif | |
| 9987 } | |
| 9988 | |
| 9989 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 9990 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
| 9991 #endif | |
| 9992 | |
| 9993 /* don't map the digraph chars. This also prevents the | |
| 9994 * mode message to be deleted when ESC is hit */ | |
| 9995 ++no_mapping; | |
| 9996 ++allow_keys; | |
| 1389 | 9997 c = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 9998 --no_mapping; |
| 9999 --allow_keys; | |
| 2811 | 10000 if (did_putchar) |
| 10001 /* when the line fits in 'columns' the '?' is at the start of the next | |
| 10002 * line and will not be removed by the redraw */ | |
| 10003 edit_unputchar(); | |
|
2319
c79ccf947487
Fix: When entering a digraph or special character after a line that fits the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2297
diff
changeset
|
10004 |
| 7 | 10005 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || mod_mask) /* special key */ |
| 10006 { | |
| 10007 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 10008 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 10009 #endif | |
| 10010 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 10011 return NUL; | |
| 10012 } | |
| 10013 if (c != ESC) | |
| 10014 { | |
| 2811 | 10015 did_putchar = FALSE; |
| 7 | 10016 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) |
| 10017 { | |
| 10018 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
| 661 | 10019 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 10020 |
| 10021 if (char2cells(c) == 1) | |
| 10022 { | |
| 661 | 10023 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 10024 edit_putchar(c, TRUE); |
| 2811 | 10025 did_putchar = TRUE; |
| 7 | 10026 } |
| 10027 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 10028 add_to_showcmd_c(c); | |
| 10029 #endif | |
| 10030 } | |
| 10031 ++no_mapping; | |
| 10032 ++allow_keys; | |
| 1389 | 10033 cc = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 10034 --no_mapping; |
| 10035 --allow_keys; | |
| 2811 | 10036 if (did_putchar) |
| 10037 /* when the line fits in 'columns' the '?' is at the start of the | |
| 10038 * next line and will not be removed by a redraw */ | |
| 10039 edit_unputchar(); | |
| 7 | 10040 if (cc != ESC) |
| 10041 { | |
| 10042 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); | |
| 10043 c = getdigraph(c, cc, TRUE); | |
| 10044 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 10045 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 10046 #endif | |
| 10047 return c; | |
| 10048 } | |
| 10049 } | |
| 10050 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 10051 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 10052 #endif | |
| 10053 return NUL; | |
| 10054 } | |
| 10055 #endif | |
| 10056 | |
| 10057 /* | |
| 10058 * Handle CTRL-E and CTRL-Y in Insert mode: copy char from other line. | |
| 10059 * Returns the char to be inserted, or NUL if none found. | |
| 10060 */ | |
| 3501 | 10061 int |
| 7 | 10062 ins_copychar(lnum) |
| 10063 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 10064 { | |
| 10065 int c; | |
| 10066 int temp; | |
| 10067 char_u *ptr, *prev_ptr; | |
| 5995 | 10068 char_u *line; |
| 7 | 10069 |
| 10070 if (lnum < 1 || lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 10071 { | |
| 10072 vim_beep(); | |
| 10073 return NUL; | |
| 10074 } | |
| 10075 | |
| 10076 /* try to advance to the cursor column */ | |
| 10077 temp = 0; | |
| 5995 | 10078 line = ptr = ml_get(lnum); |
| 7 | 10079 prev_ptr = ptr; |
| 10080 validate_virtcol(); | |
| 10081 while ((colnr_T)temp < curwin->w_virtcol && *ptr != NUL) | |
| 10082 { | |
| 10083 prev_ptr = ptr; | |
| 5995 | 10084 temp += lbr_chartabsize_adv(line, &ptr, (colnr_T)temp); |
| 7 | 10085 } |
| 10086 if ((colnr_T)temp > curwin->w_virtcol) | |
| 10087 ptr = prev_ptr; | |
| 10088 | |
| 10089 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 10090 c = (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr); | |
| 10091 #else | |
| 10092 c = *ptr; | |
| 10093 #endif | |
| 10094 if (c == NUL) | |
| 10095 vim_beep(); | |
| 10096 return c; | |
| 10097 } | |
| 10098 | |
| 449 | 10099 /* |
| 10100 * CTRL-Y or CTRL-E typed in Insert mode. | |
| 10101 */ | |
| 10102 static int | |
| 10103 ins_ctrl_ey(tc) | |
| 10104 int tc; | |
| 10105 { | |
| 10106 int c = tc; | |
| 10107 | |
| 10108 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 10109 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL) | |
| 10110 { | |
| 10111 if (c == Ctrl_Y) | |
| 10112 scrolldown_clamp(); | |
| 10113 else | |
| 10114 scrollup_clamp(); | |
| 10115 redraw_later(VALID); | |
| 10116 } | |
| 10117 else | |
| 10118 #endif | |
| 10119 { | |
| 10120 c = ins_copychar(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + (c == Ctrl_Y ? -1 : 1)); | |
| 10121 if (c != NUL) | |
| 10122 { | |
| 10123 long tw_save; | |
| 10124 | |
| 10125 /* The character must be taken literally, insert like it | |
| 10126 * was typed after a CTRL-V, and pretend 'textwidth' | |
| 10127 * wasn't set. Digits, 'o' and 'x' are special after a | |
| 10128 * CTRL-V, don't use it for these. */ | |
| 10129 if (c < 256 && !isalnum(c)) | |
| 10130 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */ | |
| 10131 tw_save = curbuf->b_p_tw; | |
| 10132 curbuf->b_p_tw = -1; | |
| 10133 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 10134 curbuf->b_p_tw = tw_save; | |
| 10135 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 10136 revins_chars++; | |
| 10137 revins_legal++; | |
| 10138 #endif | |
| 10139 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last character */ | |
| 10140 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 10141 } | |
| 10142 } | |
| 10143 return c; | |
| 10144 } | |
| 10145 | |
| 7 | 10146 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT |
| 10147 /* | |
| 10148 * Try to do some very smart auto-indenting. | |
| 10149 * Used when inserting a "normal" character. | |
| 10150 */ | |
| 10151 static void | |
| 10152 ins_try_si(c) | |
| 10153 int c; | |
| 10154 { | |
| 10155 pos_T *pos, old_pos; | |
| 10156 char_u *ptr; | |
| 10157 int i; | |
| 10158 int temp; | |
| 10159 | |
| 10160 /* | |
| 10161 * do some very smart indenting when entering '{' or '}' | |
| 10162 */ | |
| 10163 if (((did_si || can_si_back) && c == '{') || (can_si && c == '}')) | |
| 10164 { | |
| 10165 /* | |
| 10166 * for '}' set indent equal to indent of line containing matching '{' | |
| 10167 */ | |
| 10168 if (c == '}' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '{')) != NULL) | |
| 10169 { | |
| 10170 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 10171 /* | |
| 10172 * If the matching '{' has a ')' immediately before it (ignoring | |
| 10173 * white-space), then line up with the start of the line | |
| 10174 * containing the matching '(' if there is one. This handles the | |
| 10175 * case where an "if (..\n..) {" statement continues over multiple | |
| 10176 * lines -- webb | |
| 10177 */ | |
| 10178 ptr = ml_get(pos->lnum); | |
| 10179 i = pos->col; | |
| 10180 if (i > 0) /* skip blanks before '{' */ | |
| 10181 while (--i > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[i])) | |
| 10182 ; | |
| 10183 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; | |
| 10184 curwin->w_cursor.col = i; | |
| 10185 if (ptr[i] == ')' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL) | |
| 10186 curwin->w_cursor = *pos; | |
| 10187 i = get_indent(); | |
| 10188 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos; | |
| 10189 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 10190 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1516 | 10191 change_indent(INDENT_SET, i, FALSE, NUL, TRUE); |
| 7 | 10192 else |
| 10193 #endif | |
| 10194 (void)set_indent(i, SIN_CHANGED); | |
| 10195 } | |
| 10196 else if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
| 10197 { | |
| 10198 /* | |
| 10199 * when inserting '{' after "O" reduce indent, but not | |
| 10200 * more than indent of previous line | |
| 10201 */ | |
| 10202 temp = TRUE; | |
| 10203 if (c == '{' && can_si_back && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 10204 { | |
| 10205 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 10206 i = get_indent(); | |
| 10207 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 10208 { | |
| 10209 ptr = skipwhite(ml_get(--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))); | |
| 10210 | |
| 10211 /* ignore empty lines and lines starting with '#'. */ | |
| 10212 if (*ptr != '#' && *ptr != NUL) | |
| 10213 break; | |
| 10214 } | |
| 10215 if (get_indent() >= i) | |
| 10216 temp = FALSE; | |
| 10217 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos; | |
| 10218 } | |
| 10219 if (temp) | |
| 1516 | 10220 shift_line(TRUE, FALSE, 1, TRUE); |
| 7 | 10221 } |
| 10222 } | |
| 10223 | |
| 10224 /* | |
| 10225 * set indent of '#' always to 0 | |
| 10226 */ | |
| 10227 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && can_si && c == '#') | |
| 10228 { | |
| 10229 /* remember current indent for next line */ | |
| 10230 old_indent = get_indent(); | |
| 10231 (void)set_indent(0, SIN_CHANGED); | |
| 10232 } | |
| 10233 | |
| 10234 /* Adjust ai_col, the char at this position can be deleted. */ | |
| 10235 if (ai_col > curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
| 10236 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 10237 } | |
| 10238 #endif | |
| 10239 | |
| 10240 /* | |
| 10241 * Get the value that w_virtcol would have when 'list' is off. | |
| 10242 * Unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag. | |
| 10243 */ | |
| 10244 static colnr_T | |
| 10245 get_nolist_virtcol() | |
| 10246 { | |
| 10247 if (curwin->w_p_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL) | |
| 10248 return getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 10249 validate_virtcol(); | |
| 10250 return curwin->w_virtcol; | |
| 10251 } | |
| 3390 | 10252 |
| 10253 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 10254 /* | |
| 10255 * Handle the InsertCharPre autocommand. | |
| 10256 * "c" is the character that was typed. | |
| 10257 * Return a pointer to allocated memory with the replacement string. | |
| 10258 * Return NULL to continue inserting "c". | |
| 10259 */ | |
| 10260 static char_u * | |
| 10261 do_insert_char_pre(c) | |
| 10262 int c; | |
| 10263 { | |
| 3547 | 10264 char_u *res; |
| 10265 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; | |
| 3390 | 10266 |
| 10267 /* Return quickly when there is nothing to do. */ | |
| 10268 if (!has_insertcharpre()) | |
| 10269 return NULL; | |
| 10270 | |
| 3547 | 10271 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 10272 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 10273 buf[(*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf)] = NUL; | |
| 10274 else | |
| 10275 #endif | |
| 10276 { | |
| 10277 buf[0] = c; | |
| 10278 buf[1] = NUL; | |
| 10279 } | |
| 10280 | |
| 3390 | 10281 /* Lock the text to avoid weird things from happening. */ |
| 10282 ++textlock; | |
| 3547 | 10283 set_vim_var_string(VV_CHAR, buf, -1); /* set v:char */ |
| 10284 | |
| 10285 res = NULL; | |
| 3390 | 10286 if (apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHARPRE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf)) |
| 3547 | 10287 { |
| 10288 /* Get the value of v:char. It may be empty or more than one | |
| 10289 * character. Only use it when changed, otherwise continue with the | |
| 10290 * original character to avoid breaking autoindent. */ | |
| 10291 if (STRCMP(buf, get_vim_var_str(VV_CHAR)) != 0) | |
| 10292 res = vim_strsave(get_vim_var_str(VV_CHAR)); | |
| 10293 } | |
| 3390 | 10294 |
| 10295 set_vim_var_string(VV_CHAR, NULL, -1); /* clear v:char */ | |
| 10296 --textlock; | |
| 10297 | |
| 10298 return res; | |
| 10299 } | |
| 10300 #endif |